Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES & EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-Q

 

 

(Mark One)

 

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2011

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission File No. 001-10362

 

 

MGM Resorts International

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   88-0215232

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109

(Address of principal executive offices)

(702) 693-7120

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act):    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date:

 

Class    Outstanding at August 2, 2011

Common Stock, $.01 par value

   488,636,870 shares

 

 

 


Table of Contents

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL AND SUBSIDIARIES

FORM 10-Q

I N D E X

 

          Page  
PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION   

Item 1.

  

Financial Statements (Unaudited)

  
  

Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

     1   
  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Months and Six Months Ended June  30, 2011 and June 30, 2010

     2   
  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2010

     3   
  

Condensed Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     4-25   

Item 2.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     26-39   

Item 3.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     39   

Item 4.

  

Controls and Procedures

     40   
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION   

Item 1.

  

Legal Proceedings

     40   

Item 1A.

  

Risk Factors

     41   

Item 2.

  

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

     46   

Item 6.

  

Exhibits

     46   

SIGNATURES

     49   


Table of Contents

Part I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Financial Statements

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share data)

(Unaudited)

 

     June 30,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 
ASSETS     

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 921,553     $ 498,964  

Accounts receivable, net

     370,075       321,894  

Inventories

     105,318       96,392  

Income tax receivable

            175,982  

Deferred income taxes

     151,044       110,092  

Prepaid expenses and other

     245,290       252,321  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,793,280       1,455,645  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     15,017,905       14,554,350  

Other assets

    

Investments in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates

     1,690,136       1,923,155  

Goodwill

     2,906,755       86,353  

Other intangible assets, net

     5,209,866       342,804  

Other long-term assets, net

     598,248       598,738  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other assets

     10,405,005       2,951,050  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 27,216,190     $ 18,961,045  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 179,703     $ 167,084  

Income taxes payable

     2,244         

Accrued interest on long-term debt

     200,746       211,914  

Other accrued liabilities

     1,202,332       867,223  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,585,025       1,246,221  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes

     2,736,116       2,469,333  

Long-term debt

     12,630,291       12,047,698  

Other long-term obligations

     219,484       199,248  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

    

Stockholders’ equity

    

Common stock, $.01 par value: authorized 1,000,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 488,627,213 and 488,513,351 shares

     4,886       4,885  

Capital in excess of par value

     4,077,236       4,060,826  

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     2,285,249       (1,066,865

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,520     (301
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total MGM Resorts International stockholders’ equity

     6,365,851       2,998,545  

Noncontrolling interests

     3,679,423         
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     10,045,274       2,998,545  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 27,216,190     $ 18,961,045  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying condensed notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

1


Table of Contents

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
June  30,
    Six Months Ended
June  30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  

Revenues

        

Casino

   $ 797,495     $ 599,026     $ 1,387,715     $ 1,218,644  

Rooms

     396,791       361,030       765,128       686,706  

Food and beverage

     371,960       360,217       708,784       676,373  

Entertainment

     130,094       123,935       249,687       240,617  

Retail

     54,292       51,062       100,442       94,951  

Other

     128,826       121,249       243,049       230,255  

Reimbursed costs

     89,482       90,361       175,770       183,684  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,968,940       1,706,880       3,630,575       3,331,230  

Less: Promotional allowances

     (162,955     (159,551     (311,739     (317,648
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,805,985       1,547,329       3,318,836       3,013,582  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

        

Casino

     485,965       356,001       836,730       710,807  

Rooms

     123,886       108,009       240,872       208,755  

Food and beverage

     215,899       204,675       414,147       387,287  

Entertainment

     94,505       90,261       182,716       181,257  

Retail

     32,479       30,579       61,638       58,578  

Other

     88,392       84,127       166,689       162,154  

Reimbursed costs

     89,482       90,361       175,770       183,684  

General and administrative

     301,582       282,404       571,144       558,458  

Corporate expense

     40,016       31,950       76,501       56,828  

Preopening and start-up expenses

     (316     537       (316     4,031  

Property transactions, net

     900       1,126,282       991       1,126,971  

Gain on MGM China transaction

     (3,496,005            (3,496,005       

Depreciation and amortization

     177,467       164,766       329,864       327,900  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1,845,748     2,569,952       (439,259     3,966,710  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        

Income (loss) from unconsolidated affiliates

     32,027       (26,194     95,370       (107,112
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     3,683,760       (1,048,817     3,853,465       (1,060,240
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-operating income (expense)

        

Interest expense

     (270,224     (291,169     (540,138     (555,344

Non-operating items from unconsolidated affiliates

     (28,002     (31,574     (68,292     (54,924

Other, net

     (13,017     8,589       (16,972     150,444  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (311,243     (314,154     (625,402     (459,824
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     3,372,517       (1,362,971     3,228,063       (1,520,064

Benefit for income taxes

     78,174       479,495       132,757       539,847  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     3,450,691       (883,476     3,360,820       (980,217

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (8,706            (8,706       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to MGM Resorts International

   $ 3,441,985     $ (883,476   $ 3,352,114     $ (980,217
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) per share of common stock attributable to MGM Resorts International

        

Basic

   $ 7.04     $ (2.00   $ 6.86     $ (2.22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 6.22     $ (2.00   $ 6.09     $ (2.22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

2


Table of Contents

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2011     2010  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,360,820     $ (980,217

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     329,864       327,900  

Amortization of debt discounts, premiums and issuance costs

     47,182       39,731  

Gain on retirement of long-term debt

            (140,642

Provision for doubtful accounts

     12,539       19,135  

Stock-based compensation

     18,606       17,557  

Property transactions, net

     991       1,126,971  

Gain on MGM China transaction

     (3,496,005       

(Income) loss from unconsolidated affiliates

     (27,078     165,529  

Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates

     48,214       19,909  

Change in deferred income taxes

     (146,131     (349,177

Change in current assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (7,008     (15,316

Inventories

     (641     5,004  

Income taxes receivable and payable, net

     178,284       183,211  

Prepaid expenses and other

     21,199       14,432  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     (43,969     (88,691

Other

     56       4,508  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     296,923       349,844  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Capital expenditures, net of construction payable

     (85,178     (79,095

Dispositions of property and equipment

     36       99  

Acquisition of MGM China, net of cash acquired

     407,046         

Investments in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates

     (102,648     (302,000

Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates

     2,799         

Investments in treasury securities - maturities longer than 90 days

     (150,130       

Proceeds from treasury securities - maturities longer than 90 days

     149,999         

Other

     (778     14,810  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     221,146       (366,186
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Net repayments under bank credit facilities – maturities of 90 days or less

     (1,278,106     (3,112,807

Borrowings under bank credit facilities – maturities longer than 90 days

     3,490,856       5,122,565  

Repayments under bank credit facilities – maturities longer than 90 days

     (2,284,128     (4,341,560

Issuance of senior notes

     311,415       1,995,000  

Retirement of senior notes

     (333,906     (508,640

Debt issuance costs

            (98,531

Capped call transactions

            (81,478

Other

     (1,364     (1,206
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (95,233     (1,026,657
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate on cash

     (247       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

    

Net increase (decrease) for the period

     422,589       (1,042,999

Balance, beginning of period

     498,964       2,056,207  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 921,553     $ 1,013,208  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow disclosures

    

Interest paid, net of amounts capitalized

   $ 505,816     $ 500,523  

Federal, state and foreign income taxes paid, net of refunds

     (172,177     (361,533

Non-cash investing and financing activities

    

Increase in investment in CityCenter related to change in completion guarantee liability

   $ 18,459     $ 115,892  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

3


Table of Contents

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

 

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION

Organization. MGM Resorts International (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation. As of June 30, 2011, approximately 27% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock were owned by Tracinda Corporation, a Nevada corporation wholly owned by Kirk Kerkorian. Tracinda Corporation has significant influence with respect to the election of directors and other matters, but it does not have the power to solely determine these matters. MGM Resorts International acts largely as a holding company and, through wholly owned subsidiaries, owns and/or operates casino resorts.

The Company owns and operates the following casino resorts in Las Vegas, Nevada: Bellagio, MGM Grand Las Vegas, The Mirage, Mandalay Bay, Luxor, New York-New York, Monte Carlo, Excalibur, and Circus Circus Las Vegas. Operations at MGM Grand Las Vegas include management of The Signature at MGM Grand Las Vegas, a condominium-hotel consisting of three towers. Other Nevada operations include Circus Circus Reno, Gold Strike in Jean, and Railroad Pass in Henderson. The Company and its local partners own and operate MGM Grand Detroit in Detroit, Michigan. The Company owns and operates two resorts in Mississippi: Beau Rivage in Biloxi and Gold Strike Tunica. The Company also owns Shadow Creek, an exclusive world-class golf course located approximately ten miles north of its Las Vegas Strip resorts, Primm Valley Golf Club at the California/Nevada state line and Fallen Oak golf course in Saucier, Mississippi.

The Company owns 51% and has a controlling interest in MGM China Holdings Limited (“MGM China”), which owns MGM Grand Paradise, S.A. (“MGM Grand Paradise”), the Macau company that owns the MGM Macau resort and casino and the related gaming subconcession and land concession. MGM Macau is a five-star integrated resort located on the Macau Peninsula, with a 587-room hotel, over 1,000 slot machines and 427 table games. See Note 3 for additional information related to MGM China.

The Company owns 50% of CityCenter, located between Bellagio and Monte Carlo. The other 50% of CityCenter is owned by Infinity World Development Corp (“Infinity World”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Dubai World, a Dubai, United Arab Emirates government decree entity. CityCenter consists of Aria, a casino resort; Mandarin Oriental Las Vegas, a non-gaming boutique hotel; Crystals, a retail, dining and entertainment district; and Vdara, a luxury condominium-hotel. In addition, CityCenter features residential units in the Residences at Mandarin Oriental and Veer. The Company receives a management fee of 2% of revenues for the management of Aria and Vdara, and 5% of EBITDA (as defined in the agreements governing the Company’s management of Aria and Vdara). In addition, the Company receives an annual fee of $3 million for the management of Crystals.

The Company has 50% interests in Grand Victoria and Silver Legacy. Grand Victoria is a riverboat casino in Elgin, Illinois; an affiliate of Hyatt Gaming owns the other 50% of Grand Victoria and also operates the resort. Silver Legacy is located in Reno, adjacent to Circus Circus Reno, and the other 50% is owned by Eldorado LLC.

MGM Hospitality seeks to leverage the Company’s management expertise and well-recognized brands through strategic partnerships and international expansion opportunities. The Company has entered into management agreements for hotels in the Middle East, North Africa, India and China.

Borgata. The Company has a 50% economic interest in Borgata Hotel Casino & Spa (“Borgata”) located on Renaissance Pointe in the Marina area of Atlantic City, New Jersey. Boyd Gaming Corporation (“Boyd”) owns the other 50% of Borgata and also operates the resort. The Company’s interest is held in trust and currently offered for sale pursuant to the Company’s settlement agreement with New Jersey Department of Gaming Enforcement (“DGE”). In March 2010, the New Jersey Casino Control Commission (“CCC”) approved the Company’s settlement agreement with the DGE pursuant to which the Company placed its 50% ownership interest in Borgata and related leased land in Atlantic City into a divestiture trust. The settlement agreement was amended on July 22, 2011 with the approval of the CCC on August 8, 2011. Following the transfer of these interests into trust, the Company ceased to be regulated by the CCC or the DGE, except as otherwise provided by the trust agreement and the settlement agreement. Boyd’s 50% interest is not affected by the settlement.

 

4


Table of Contents

The terms of the settlement, as amended, mandate the sale of the trust property by March 2014, which represents an 18-month extension compared to the original settlement. During the period ending in March 2013, which also represents an 18-month extension compared to the original settlement, the Company has the right to direct the trustee to sell the trust property, subject to approval of the CCC. If a sale is not concluded by that time, the trustee is responsible for selling the trust property during the following 12-month period. The Company continues to negotiate with certain parties that have expressed interest in the asset, but can provide no assurance that a transaction will be completed. Prior to the consummation of the sale, the divestiture trust will retain any cash flows received in respect of the trust property, but will pay property taxes and other costs attributable to the trust property. The Company is the sole economic beneficiary of the trust and will be permitted to reapply for a New Jersey gaming license beginning 30 months after the completion of the sale of the trust assets. As of June 30, 2011, the trust had $188 million of cash and investments, of which $150 million is held in U.S. treasury securities with maturities greater than 90 days but less than one year, and is recorded within “Prepaid expenses and other.”

As a result of the Company’s ownership interest in Borgata being placed into a trust, the Company no longer has significant influence over Borgata; therefore, the Company discontinued the equity method of accounting for Borgata at the point the assets were placed in the trust in March 2010, and accounts for its investment in Borgata under the cost method of accounting. The carrying value of the investment related to Borgata is included in “Other long-term assets, net.” Earnings and losses that relate to the investment that were previously accrued remain as a part of the carrying amount of the investment. Distributions received by the trust that do not exceed the Company’s share of earnings are recognized currently in earnings. However, distributions received by the trust that exceed the Company’s share of earnings for such periods are applied to reduce the carrying amount of its investment. The Company consolidates the trust as it is the sole economic beneficiary. The trust did not receive distributions from Borgata during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011. In the second quarter of 2010, the trust received distributions from the joint venture of $15 million, of which $6 million was recorded as a reduction of the carrying value and $9 million was recorded as “Other, net” non-operating income.

NOTE 2 — BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted. These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s 2010 annual consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments – which include only normal recurring adjustments – necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2011 and the results of its operations and cash flows for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010. The results of operations for such periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

As further discussed in Note 3, the Company began consolidating the results of MGM China on June 3, 2011 and ceased recording the results of MGM Macau as an equity method investment.

Certain reclassifications, which have no effect on previously reported net income, have been made to the 2010 financial statements to conform to the 2011 presentation. The Company reclassified hotel resort fees to rooms revenue from other revenue. The total amounts reclassified to rooms revenue for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 were $16 million and $28 million, respectively. Pursuant to the guidance in the recently issued AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide Gaming , the Company also reclassified certain amounts paid under slot participation agreements from a reduction in casino revenue to casino expense. Slot participation fees were $8 million and $16 million in the three and six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively, and $10 million and $18 million in the three and six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively.

Investments in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates. The Company has investments in unconsolidated affiliates accounted for under the equity method. Under the equity method, carrying value is adjusted for the Company’s share of the investees’ earnings and losses, as well as capital contributions to and distributions from these companies. Distributions in excess of equity method earnings are recognized as a return of investment and recorded as investing cash inflows in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows. The Company classifies operating income and losses as well as gains and impairments related to

 

5


Table of Contents

its investments in unconsolidated affiliates as a component of operating income or loss, as the Company’s investments in such unconsolidated affiliates are an extension of the Company’s core business operations.

The Company evaluates its investments in unconsolidated affiliates for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of its investment may have experienced an “other-than-temporary” decline in value. If such conditions exist, the Company compares the estimated fair value of the investment to its carrying value to determine if an impairment is indicated and determines whether the impairment is “other-than-temporary” based on its assessment of all relevant factors, including consideration of the Company’s intent and ability to retain its investment. The Company estimates fair value using a discounted cash flow analysis based on estimated future results of the investee and market indicators of terminal year capitalization rates.

Fair value measurement. Fair value measurements affect the Company’s accounting and impairment assessments of its long-lived assets, investments in unconsolidated affiliates, cost method investments, assets acquired and liabilities assumed in an acquisition, goodwill, and other intangible assets. Fair value measurements also affect the Company’s accounting for certain of its financial assets and liabilities. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and is measured according to a hierarchy that includes: “Level 1” inputs, such as quoted prices in an active market; “Level 2” inputs, which are observable inputs for similar assets; or “Level 3” inputs, which are unobservable inputs.

When assessing the impairment of its investment in CityCenter at June 30, 2010, the Company estimated fair value utilizing “Level 3” inputs. See Note 4 for additional discussion. At June 30, 2011, the fair value of the Company’s treasury securities held by the Borgata trust was $150 million, measured using “Level 1” inputs. See Note 1. The Company’s $300 million 4.25% convertible senior notes due 2015 were recorded at fair value on the issue date, measured using “Level 1” inputs. See Note 7 for further discussion of the convertible senior note issuance.

Gaming promoters. A significant portion of the high-end (“VIP”) gaming volume at MGM Macau is generated through the use of gaming promoters, also known as junket operators. These operators introduce high-end gaming players to MGM Macau, assist these customers with travel arrangements, and extend gaming credit to these players. VIP gaming at MGM Macau is conducted by the use of special purpose nonnegotiable gaming chips called “rolling chips.” Gaming promoters purchase these rolling chips from MGM Macau and in turn they sell these chips to their players. The rolling chips allow MGM Macau to track the amount of wagering conducted by each gaming promoters’ clients in order to determine VIP gaming play. In exchange for the gaming promoters’ services, MGM Macau pays them either through rolling chip turnover-based commissions or through revenue-sharing arrangements. The estimated portion of the gaming promoter payments that represent amounts passed through to VIP customers is recorded net against casino revenue, and the estimated portion retained by the gaming promoter for its compensation is recorded to casino expense.

Currency translation. The Company translates the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries that are not denominated in US dollars. Balance sheet accounts are translated at the exchange rate in effect at each balance sheet date. Income statement accounts are translated at the average rate of exchange prevailing during the period. Translation adjustments resulting from this process are charged or credited to other comprehensive income (loss).

Recently issued accounting standards. Certain amendments to Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, “Fair Value Measurements,” become effective for the Company for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2011. Such amendments include a consistent definition of fair value, enhanced disclosure requirements for “Level 3” fair value adjustments and other changes to required disclosures. The Company does not expect this amendment to have a material affect on its financial statements and will comply with the disclosure enhancements of this amendment when the amendment is effective.

In addition, ASC 220, “Comprehensive Income,” was amended in June 2011 and will become effective for the Company for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2011, including retrospective adjustment. Such amendments allow the Company two options for the presentation of comprehensive income. Under either option, the Company is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. As a result of the amendment, the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity is eliminated. The Company does not expect this amendment to have a material affect on its financial statements and will comply with the disclosure enhancements of this amendment when the amendment is effective.

 

6


Table of Contents

NOTE 3 — MGM CHINA ACQUISITION

On June 3, 2011, the Company and Ms. Ho, Pansy Catilina Chiu King (“Ms. Pansy Ho”) completed a reorganization of the capital structure of MGM China and the initial public offering of 760 million shares of MGM China on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “IPO”), representing 20% of the post issuance capital stock of MGM China, at an offer price of HKD 15.34 per share. Pursuant to this reorganization, the Company, through a wholly owned subsidiary, acquired an additional 1% of the overall capital stock of MGM China for HKD 15.34 per share, or approximately $75 million, and thereby became the indirect owner of 51% of MGM China. Following the IPO, Ms. Pansy Ho sold an additional 59 million shares of MGM China pursuant to the underwriters’ overallotment option.

Through the acquisition of its additional 1% interest of MGM China, the Company obtained a controlling interest and was required to consolidate MGM China as of June 3, 2011. Prior to the IPO, the Company held a 50% interest in MGM Grand Paradise, which was accounted for under the equity method as discussed in Note 4. The acquisition of the controlling financial interest was accounted for as a business combination and the Company recognized 100% of the assets, liabilities, and noncontrolling interests of MGM China at fair value at the date of acquisition. The fair value of the equity interests of MGM China was determined by the IPO transaction price and equaled approximately $7.5 billion. The carrying value of the Company’s equity method investment was significantly less than its share of the fair value of MGM China at the acquisition date, resulting in a $3.5 billion gain on the acquisition. Under the acquisition method, the fair value was allocated to the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interests recorded in the transaction. The allocation of fair value for substantially all of the assets and liabilities is preliminary and may be adjusted up to one year after the acquisition date. The following table sets forth the preliminary allocation at June 3, 2011 (in thousands):

 

Current assets

   $ 558,037  

Property and equipment and other long-term assets

     704,823  

Goodwill

     2,821,589  

Gaming subconcession

     4,499,727  

Land concession

     84,466  

Customer relationships

     308,553  

Current liabilities, excluding long-term debt

     (459,518 )

Long-term debt

     (642,818 )

Deferred taxes

     (380,628 )
  

 

 

 
   $ 7,494,231  
  

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interests

   $ (3,672,173
  

 

 

 

As discussed above, the Company recognized the identifiable intangible assets of MGM China at fair value. The gaming subconcession and land concession had historical cost bases which were being amortized by MGM Macau. The customer relationship intangible assets did not have historical cost bases at MGM Macau. The estimated fair values of the intangible assets acquired were primarily determined using the income approach based on significant inputs that were not observable. The gaming subconcession was valued using an excess earnings model based on estimated future cash flows of MGM Macau. All of the recognized intangible assets were determined to have finite lives and are being amortized over their estimated useful lives as discussed below.

Land concession. MGM Grand Paradise entered into a contract with the Macau government to use the land under MGM Macau commencing from April 6, 2006. The land use right has an initial term through April 6, 2031, with rights to renew for additional periods. The land concession intangible asset will be amortized over the remaining initial contractual term.

Gaming subconcession. Pursuant to the agreement dated June 19, 2004 between MGM Grand Paradise and Sociedade de Jogos de Macau, S.A. (“SJM”), a gaming subconcession was acquired by MGM Grand Paradise for the right to operate casino games of chance and other casino games for a period of 15 years commencing on April 20, 2005. The Company cannot provide

 

7


Table of Contents

any assurance that the gaming subconcession will be extended beyond the original terms of the agreement; however, management believes that the gaming subconcession will be extended, given that the land concession agreement with the government extends significantly beyond the gaming subconcession. In addition, the fair value of MGM China reflected in the IPO pricing suggests that market participants have assumed the gaming subconcession will be extended beyond its initial term. As such, the Company has determined that the gaming subconcession intangible asset should be amortized over the initial term of the land concession through April 2031.

Customer relationships. The Company recognized intangible assets related to gaming promoter relationships with an estimated value of $180 million and customer lists with an estimated value of $129 million, which will be amortized over their estimated useful lives of four years and five years, respectively.

Deferred taxes. The Company recorded a net deferred tax liability of $381 million for the acquisition of the controlling financial interest in MGM China and a corresponding increase to goodwill. The net deferred tax liability represents the excess of the financial reporting amounts of the net assets of MGM China over their respective bases under Macau tax law measured at the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods such differences are expected to be realized, net of a valuation allowance of $72 million. The tax-effected components of the net deferred tax liability at June 3, 2011 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Deferred tax assets- foreign

  

Accruals, reserves and other

   $ 121  

Bad debt reserve

     3,161  

Long-term debt

     2,816  

Net operating loss carryforward

     58,781  

Preopening and start-up expenses

     3,838  

Property and equipment

     7,822  
  

 

 

 
     76,539  

Less: Valuation allowance

     (71,670
  

 

 

 
     4,869  
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities- foreign

  

Intangible assets

     (385,497
  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (380,628
  

 

 

 

Income generated from gaming operations of MGM Grand Paradise is exempted from Macau’s 12% complementary tax for the five-year period ending December 31, 2011 pursuant to approval from the Macau government granted June 19, 2008. A request for an additional five-year exemption through December 31, 2016 is pending with the Macau government. Non-gaming operations remain subject to the complementary tax. MGM Grand Paradise has a complementary tax net operating loss carryforward of $490 million resulting from non-gaming operations that will expire if not utilized against non-gaming income in years 2011 through 2013.

MGM Grand Paradise’s exemption from the Macau 12% complementary tax on gaming profits does not apply to dividend distributions of such profits to MGM China, its sole shareholder. The complementary tax would be levied on MGM China at the time such profits are distributed. MGM Grand Paradise plans to submit a request to the Macau government to settle the complementary tax that would be due on such distributions by paying a flat annual fee regardless of the amount of distributable dividends. MGM China would not be subject to the complementary tax on such distributions if such an arrangement is put in place.

At June 3, 2011, the Company has an excess amount for financial reporting over the US tax basis of its investment in MGM China of $3.6 billion that management does not consider to be essentially permanent in duration. The Company expects this basis difference to resolve through repatriations of future MGM China earnings. The Company has not provided deferred taxes for such excess financial reporting basis because there would be sufficient foreign tax credits to offset all U.S. income tax that would result from the future repatriation of such earnings.

June consolidated results. Net revenue for the 28 days ending June 30, 2011 was $193 million, operating income was $19 million and net income was $16 million.

Pro forma information. The operating results for MGM China and its subsidiaries are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of income from the date of acquisition. The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information for the Company has been prepared assuming the Company’s

 

8


Table of Contents

acquisition of its controlling financial interest had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented and does not include the gain recognized by the Company:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2011     2010  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Net revenues

   $ 4,373,682     $ 3,634,120  

Operating income (loss)

     476,562       (1,145,930

Net loss

     (23,095     (1,072,618

Net loss attributable to MGM Resorts International

     (79,945     (1,037,914

Loss per share of common stock attributable to MGM Resorts International:

    

Basic

   $ (0.16   $ (2.35

Diluted

   $ (0.16   $ (2.35

NOTE 4 — INVESTMENTS IN AND ADVANCES TO UNCONSOLIDATED AFFILIATES

Investments in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates includes:

 

     June 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
     (In thousands)  

CityCenter Holdings, LLC – CityCenter (50%)

   $ 1,362,729      $ 1,417,843  

Elgin Riverboat Resort–Riverboat Casino – Grand Victoria (50%)

     291,507        294,305  

MGM Grand Paradise Limited – Macau (50%)

             173,030  

Circus and Eldorado Joint Venture – Silver Legacy (50%)

     24,936        25,408  

Other

     10,964        12,569  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,690,136      $ 1,923,155  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company recorded its share of the results of operations of unconsolidated affiliates as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Income (loss) from unconsolidated affiliates

   $ 32,027     $ (26,194   $ 95,370     $ (107,112

Preopening and start-up expenses

                          (3,493

Non-operating items from unconsolidated affiliates

     (28,002     (31,574     (68,292     (54,924
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 4,025     $ (57,768   $ 27,078     $ (165,529
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borgata

As discussed in Note 1, the Company discontinued the equity method of accounting for Borgata in March 2010 at the point the assets were placed in the trust, and accounts for its rights under the trust arrangement under the cost method of accounting.

Silver Legacy

Silver Legacy has approximately $143 million of outstanding senior notes due in March 2012. Silver Legacy is exploring various alternatives for refinancing or restructuring its obligations under the notes. There can be no assurance, however, that it will be able to refinance or restructure the notes on acceptable terms, or at all. If Silver Legacy is unable to refinance or restructure its obligations with respect to the mortgage notes, the holders of the notes will be entitled to exercise the remedies provided in the indenture governing the notes, including foreclosing on the assets securing the mortgage notes.

 

9


Table of Contents

MGM Macau

MGM China.  As discussed in Note 3, the Company obtained a controlling financial interest in MGM China as of June 3, 2011 and therefore was required to consolidate MGM China beginning on that date. Prior thereto, the Company’s investment in MGM Grand Paradise was accounted for under the equity method.

Distributions. The Company did not receive distributions from MGM Macau during the three months ending June 30, 2011. The Company received a distribution of approximately $31 million from MGM Macau in the first quarter of 2011. The Company recognized this distribution as a cash inflow from operating activities in the accompanying consolidated statement of cash flows. No distributions were received from MGM Macau during the three and six months ending June 30, 2010.

CityCenter

January 2011 debt restructuring transactions. In January 2011, CityCenter completed a series of transactions including the issuance of $900 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.625% senior secured first lien notes due 2016 and $600 million in aggregate principal amount of 10.75%/11.50% senior secured second lien PIK toggle notes due 2017 in a private placement. The interest rate on the second lien notes is 10.75% for interest paid in cash, and 11.50% if CityCenter pays interest in the form of additional debt. CityCenter received net proceeds from the offering of the notes of $1.46 billion after initial purchaser’s discounts and commissions but before other offering expenses.

Effective concurrently with the notes offering, CityCenter’s senior credit facility was amended and restated which extended the maturity of $500 million of the $1.85 billion outstanding loans until January 21, 2015. The restated senior credit facility does not include a revolving loan component. All borrowings under the senior credit facility in excess of $500 million were repaid using the proceeds of the first lien notes and the second lien notes. In addition, net proceeds from the note offerings, together with equity contributions of $73 million from the members, were used to fund the interest escrow account of $159 million for the benefit of the holders of the first lien notes and the lenders under the restated senior credit facility. The restated senior credit facility is secured, on a pari passu basis with the first lien notes, by a first priority lien on substantially all of CityCenter’s assets and those of its subsidiaries, except that any proceeds generated by the sale of Crystals outside of bankruptcy or foreclosure proceedings will be paid first to the lenders under the restated senior credit facility. CityCenter recorded a loss on the debt modification of $24 million in the first quarter of 2011 related to the above transactions.

Completion guarantee. The Company entered into an amended completion and cost overrun guarantee in connection with CityCenter’s restated senior credit facility agreement and issuance of $1.5 billion of senior secured first lien notes and senior secured second lien notes, as discussed in Note 8.

Investment impairment. At June 30, 2010, the Company reviewed its CityCenter investment for impairment using revised operating forecasts developed by CityCenter management late in the second quarter. Based on the then current and forecasted market conditions and because CityCenter’s results of operations through June 30, 2010 were below previous forecasts, and the revised operating forecasts were lower than previous forecasts, management concluded it should review the carrying value of its investment. The Company’s discounted cash flow analysis for CityCenter included future cash inflows from operations, including residential sales, and estimated future cash outflows for capital expenditures. The analysis used an 11% discount rate and a long term growth rate of 4% related to forecasted cash flows for CityCenter’s operating assets. Based on its analysis, the Company determined that the carrying value of its investment exceeded its fair value and therefore an impairment was indicated. The Company intends to and believes it will be able to retain its investment in CityCenter; however, due to the extent of the shortfall and the Company’s assessment of the uncertainty of fully recovering its investment, the Company determined that the impairment was “other-than-temporary” and recorded an impairment charge of $1.12 billion included in “Property transactions, net.”

Residential inventory impairment. Upon substantial completion of construction of the Mandarin Oriental residential inventory in the first quarter of 2010 and the Veer residential inventory in the second quarter of 2010, CityCenter is required to carry its residential inventory at the lower of its carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Fair value of the residential inventory is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis based on management’s current expectations of future cash flows. The key inputs in the discounted cash flow analysis include estimated sales prices of units currently under contract and new unit sales, the absorption rate over the sell-out period, and the discount rate.

 

10


Table of Contents

CityCenter recorded a $53 million impairment charge in the second quarter of 2011. The Company recognized 50% of such impairment charge, resulting in a pre-tax charge of approximately $26 million. CityCenter recorded impairment charges of $57 million and $228 million in the three and six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively. The Company recognized 50% of such impairment charges, resulting in pre-tax charges of approximately $29 million and $114 million in the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2010, respectively.

CityCenter summary financial information. Summarized balance sheet information of the CityCenter joint venture is as follows:

 

     June 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
     (In thousands)  

Current assets

   $ 424,110      $ 211,646  

Property and other assets, net

     9,267,577        9,430,171  

Current liabilities

     340,501        381,314  

Long-term debt and other liabilities

     2,561,990        2,752,196  

Equity

     6,789,196        6,508,307  

Summary results of operations for CityCenter are provided below:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
    Six Months Ended
June  30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Net revenues

   $ 281,281     $ 401,076     $ 552,904     $ 661,394  

Operating expenses, except preopening expenses

     (371,034     (529,088     (679,549     (1,038,613

Preopening and start-up expenses

                          (6,202
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (89,753     (128,012     (126,645     (383,421

Other non-operating expense

     (66,216     (58,385     (154,351     (113,445
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (155,969   $ (186,397   $ (280,996   $ (496,866
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues related to residential operations were $6 million and $15 million in the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 and $218 million and $298 million in the three and six months ended June 30, 2010.

NOTE 5 — GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill and other intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
     (In thousands)  

Goodwill:

     

Mirage Resorts acquisition (2000)

   $ 39,648      $ 39,648  

Mandalay Resort Group acquisition (2005)

     45,510        45,510  

MGM China acquisition (2011)

     2,820,402          

Other

     1,195        1,195  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,906,755      $ 86,353  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets:

     

Detroit development rights

   $ 98,098      $ 98,098  

Trademarks, license rights and other

     235,672        235,672  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     333,770        333,770  

Finite-lived intangible assets:

     

Macau gaming subconcession

     4,480,320          

Macau land concession

     84,102          

Macau customer relationships

     302,996          

Other intangible assets, net

     8,678        9,034  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,876,096        9,034  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 5,209,866      $ 342,804  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

11


Table of Contents

See Note 3 for additional information related to the goodwill and intangible assets recognized as part of the MGM China transaction.

NOTE 6 — OTHER ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Other accrued liabilities includes:

 

     June 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
     (In thousands)  

Payroll and related

   $ 296,473      $ 256,305  

Advance deposits and ticket sales

     117,530        114,808  

Casino outstanding chip liability

     257,717        79,987  

Casino front money deposits

     90,270        97,586  

Other gaming related accruals

     111,772        79,062  

Taxes, other than income taxes

     175,503        63,888  

CityCenter completion guarantee

     18,499        79,583  

Other

     134,568        96,004  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,202,332      $ 867,223  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 7 — LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

     June 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
     (In thousands)  

Senior credit facility:

     

$1,834 million term loans, net

   $ 1,706,748      $ 1,686,043  

Revolving loans

     450,000        470,000  

MGM Grand Paradise credit facility

     591,126          

$325.5 million 8.375% senior subordinated notes, repaid in 2011

             325,470  

$128.7 million 6.375% senior notes, due 2011, net

     128,791        128,913  

$544.7 million 6.75% senior notes, due 2012

     544,650        544,650  

$484.2 million 6.75% senior notes, due 2013

     484,226        484,226  

$150 million 7.625% senior subordinated debentures, due 2013, net

     151,932        152,366  

$750 million 13% senior secured notes, due 2013, net

     721,003        716,045  

$508.9 million 5.875% senior notes, due 2014, net

     508,076        507,922  

$650 million 10.375% senior secured notes, due 2014, net

     638,268        636,578  

$875 million 6.625% senior notes, due 2015, net

     877,482        877,747  

$1,450 million 4.25% convertible senior notes, due 2015, net

     1,467,441        1,150,000  

$242.9 million 6.875% senior notes, due 2016

     242,900        242,900  

$732.7 million 7.5% senior notes, due 2016

     732,749        732,749  

$500 million 10% senior notes, due 2016, net

     494,949        494,600  

$743 million 7.625% senior notes, due 2017

     743,000        743,000  

$850 million 11.125% senior secured notes, due 2017, net

     831,211        830,234  

$475 million 11.375% senior notes, due 2018, net

     464,383        463,869  

$845 million 9% senior secured notes, due 2020

     845,000        845,000  

Floating rate convertible senior debentures, due 2033

     36        8,472  

$0.6 million 7% debentures, due 2036, net

     573        573  

$4.3 million 6.7% debentures, due 2096

     4,265        4,265  

Other notes

     1,482        2,076  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 12,630,291      $ 12,047,698  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, long-term debt due within one year of the balance sheet date is classified as long-term because the Company has both the intent and ability to repay these amounts with

 

12


Table of Contents

available borrowings under the senior credit facility. The Company did not capitalize interest in the three and six months ending June 30, 2011 and 2010.

Senior credit facility. The Company’s senior credit facility matures in February 2014 and consists of approximately $1.8 billion in term loans and a $1.7 billion revolving loan. The Company had approximately $1.2 billion of available borrowing capacity under its senior credit facility at June 30, 2011. Substantially all of the assets of MGM Grand Detroit serve as collateral to secure its $450 million obligation outstanding as a co-borrower under the Company’s senior credit facility. In addition, substantially all of the assets of Gold Strike Tunica and certain land across from the Luxor serve as collateral to secure up to $300 million of obligations outstanding under the Company’s senior credit facility.

Interest on the senior credit facility is based on a LIBOR margin of 5.00%, with a LIBOR floor of 2.00%, and a base rate margin of 4.00%, with a base rate floor of 4.00%. The interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the senior credit facility at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was 7.0%.

At June 30, 2011, the Company and its restricted subsidiaries were required under the senior credit facility to maintain a minimum trailing annual EBITDA (as defined in the agreement governing the Company’s senior credit facility) of $1.1 billion, which increases to $1.15 billion as of September 30, 2011 and to $1.2 billion as of December 31, 2011, with periodic increases thereafter. EBITDA for the trailing twelve months ended June 30, 2011 calculated in accordance with the terms of the senior credit facility was $1.25 billion. Additionally, the Company and its restricted subsidiaries are limited to $500 million of annual capital expenditures (as defined) during 2011 and were in compliance with the maximum capital expenditures covenants at June 30, 2011.

MGM Grand Paradise credit facility. MGM Grand Paradise’s credit facility is equivalent to approximately $551 million in term loans and a $40 million revolving loan at June 30, 2011 based on exchange rates at that date. Scheduled amortization on the term loan begins in July 2012 with a lump sum payment of $276 million upon final maturity in July 2015. The revolving loan may be redrawn, but is required to be repaid in full on the last date of the respective term loan, no later than July 2015. Interest on the term loan facility is based on HIBOR plus a margin ranging between 3% and 4.5%, based on MGM Grand Paradise’s adjusted leverage ratio, as defined in its credit facility agreement. Interest on the revolving facility can be denominated in either Hong Kong dollars or US dollars and is based on the same margin range, plus HIBOR or LIBOR, as appropriate. As of June 30, 2011, the credit facility is denominated entirely in Hong Kong dollars and interest is based on the margin range of 3%, plus HIBOR. Substantially all of the assets of MGM Grand Paradise serve as collateral for the MGM Grand Paradise credit facility, which is guaranteed by MGM China and certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

At June 30, 2011, MGM Grand Paradise was required to maintain a specified adjusted leverage ratio, as defined, at the end of each quarter while the loans are outstanding. The adjusted leverage ratio is required to be no greater than 4.00 to 1.00 for each quarter during 2011 and no greater than 3.50 to 1.00 thereafter. In addition, MGM Grand Paradise is required to maintain a debt service coverage ratio, as defined of no less than 1.50 to 1.00 at each quarter end. At June 30, 2011, MGM Grand Paradise was in compliance with its adjusted leverage ratio and debt service coverage ratios.

Convertible notes. In June 2011, the Company sold $300 million in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 4.25% convertible senior notes due 2015 (the “Notes”) on terms that were consistent with those governing the Company’s existing convertible senior notes due 2015 for a purchase price of 103.805% of the principal amount to an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Ms. Pansy Ho in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Notes are convertible at an initial conversion rate, subject to adjustment under certain circumstances, of approximately 53.83 shares of the Company’s common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes. The Company received approximately $311 million in proceeds related to this transaction.

The initial agreement to sell the Notes occurred in April 2011, and the Notes were not sold until June 2011. The agreement to issue the Notes at a later date based on the fixed terms described above constituted a derivative instrument. At issuance, the fair value of the derivative instrument was equal to the difference between the fair value of the Notes and the Notes’ issuance price. The Notes were recorded at fair value determined by the trading price (105.872%) of the Company’s existing convertible notes on the date of issuance of the Notes, with the difference recorded as a premium to be recognized over the term of the Notes. The Company recorded a loss of $6 million related to the change in fair value of the derivative in “Other, net” non-operating income (expense) during the three and six months ended June 30, 2011.

Senior and senior secured notes. In February 2011, the Company repaid the $325 million of outstanding principal amount of its 8.375% senior subordinated notes due 2011 at maturity.

Substantially all of the assets of New York-New York serve as collateral for the Company’s 13% senior secured notes due 2013, substantially all of the assets of Bellagio and The Mirage serve as collateral for the Company’s 10.375% senior secured notes due 2014 and the 11.125% senior secured notes due 2017, and substantially all of the assets of MGM Grand serve as collateral for the Company’s 9.00% senior secured notes due 2020. Upon the issuance of the 10.375%, 11.125% and 9.00% notes, the holders of the Company’s 13% senior secured notes due 2013 obtained an equal and ratable lien in all collateral securing these notes.

Fair value of long-term debt. The estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term debt at June 30, 2011 was approximately $13.2 billion. Fair value was estimated using quoted market prices for the

 

13


Table of Contents

Company’s senior notes, senior subordinated notes and senior credit facility. Carrying value of the MGM Grand Paradise credit facility approximates fair value. At December 31, 2010, the estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term debt was approximately $12.4 billion, and was based on quoted market prices.

NOTE 8 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

CityCenter completion guarantee. In January 2011, the Company entered into an amended completion and cost overrun guarantee in connection with CityCenter’s restated senior credit facility agreement and issuance of $1.5 billion of senior secured first lien notes and senior secured second lien toggle notes, as previously discussed. Consistent with the terms of the previous completion guarantee, the terms of the amended completion guarantee provide for the ability to utilize the then remaining $124 million of net residential proceeds to fund construction costs, or to reimburse the Company for construction costs previously expended, though the timing of receipt of such proceeds is uncertain. The completion guarantee is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of Circus Circus Las Vegas, as well as certain undeveloped land adjacent to that property.

As of June 30, 2011, the Company has funded $619 million under the completion guarantee. The Company has recorded a receivable from CityCenter of $110 million related to these amounts, which represents amounts reimbursable to the Company from CityCenter from future residential proceeds. The Company has a remaining estimated net obligation under the completion guarantee of $18 million which includes estimated litigation costs related to the resolution of disputes with contractors as to the final construction costs and estimated amounts to be paid to contractors either through the joint venture’s extra-judicial settlement process or through the legal process related to the Perini litigation. The Company’s accrual also reflects certain estimated offsets to the amounts claimed by the contractors. CityCenter has reached, or expects to reach, settlement agreements with most of the construction subcontractors. However, significant disputes remain with the general contractor and certain subcontractors. Amounts claimed by such parties exceed amounts included in the Company’s completion guarantee accrual by approximately $200 million, as such amounts exceed the Company’s best estimate of its liability. Moreover, the Company has not accrued for any contingent payments to CityCenter related to the Harmon Hotel & Spa component, which is unlikely to be completed using the building as it now stands. The Clark County Building Division (“Building Division”) requested that CityCenter conduct an analysis, based on all available information, as to whether the current structure of the Harmon building complies with applicable building codes. On July 11, 2011 a consulting engineer engaged by CityCenter for this review submitted the results of his analysis of the Harmon tower and podium in its current as-built condition. The engineer opined, among other things, that “[i]n a code-level earthquake, using either the permitted or current code specified loads, it is likely that critical structural members in the tower will fail and become incapable of supporting gravity loads, leading to a partial or complete collapse of the tower. There is missing or misplaced reinforcing steel in columns, beams, shear walls, and transfer walls throughout the structure of the tower below the twenty-first floor.” In response to this opinion, the Building Division required CityCenter, no later than August 15, 2011, “to provide a plan of action that will abate the potential for structural collapse and protect impacted uses and occupancies.” Under the relevant building code provision, “abate” means repair, rehabilitation, demolition or removal of the subject building. CityCenter is preparing its response to the Building Division’s request. The Company does not believe it would be responsible for funding under the completion guarantee any additional remediation efforts that might be required with respect to the Harmon; however, the Company’s view is based on a number of developing factors, including with respect to on-going litigation with CityCenter’s contractors, actions by local officials and other developments related to the CityCenter venture, that are subject to change.

CityCenter construction litigation. In March 2010, Perini Building Company, Inc. (“Perini”), general contractor for the CityCenter development project (the “Project”), filed a lawsuit in the Eighth Judicial District Court for Clark County, State of Nevada, against MGM MIRAGE Design Group (a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company which was the original party to the Perini construction agreement) and certain direct or indirect subsidiaries of CityCenter Holdings, LLC (the “CityCenter Owners”). Perini asserts that the Project was substantially completed, but the defendants failed to pay Perini approximately $490 million allegedly due and owing under the construction agreement for labor, equipment and materials expended on the Project. The complaint further charges the defendants with failure to provide timely and complete design documents, late delivery to Perini of design changes, mismanagement of the change order process, obstruction of Perini’s ability to complete the Harmon Hotel & Spa component, and fraudulent inducement of Perini to compromise significantly amounts due for its general conditions. The complaint advances claims for breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, tortious breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, unjust enrichment and promissory estoppel, and fraud and intentional misrepresentation. Perini seeks compensatory damages, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and costs.

In April 2010, Perini served an amended complaint in this case which joins as defendants many owners of CityCenter residential condominium units (the “Condo Owner Defendants”), adds a count for foreclosure of Perini’s recorded master mechanic’s lien against the CityCenter property in the amount of approximately $491 million, and asserts the priority of this mechanic’s lien over the interests of the CityCenter Owners, the Condo Owner Defendants and the Project lenders in the CityCenter property.

The CityCenter Owners and the other defendants dispute Perini’s allegations, and contend that the defendants are entitled to substantial amounts from Perini, including offsets against amounts claimed to be owed to Perini and its subcontractors and damages based on breach of their contractual and other duties to CityCenter, duplicative payment requests, non-conforming work, lack of proof of alleged work performance, defective work related to the Harmon Hotel & Spa component, property damage and Perini’s failure to perform its obligations to pay Project subcontractors and to prevent filing of liens against the Project. Parallel

 

14


Table of Contents

to the court litigation CityCenter management conducted an extra-judicial program for settlement of Project subcontractor claims. CityCenter has resolved the claims of the majority of the 223 first-tier subcontractors, with only several remaining for further proceedings along with trial of Perini’s claims and CityCenter’s Harmon-related counterclaim and other claims by CityCenter against Perini and its parent guarantor, Tutor Perini. In December 2010, Perini recorded an amended notice of lien reducing its lien to approximately $313 million.

The CityCenter Owners and the other defendants will continue to vigorously assert and protect their interests in the lawsuit. The Company believes that a loss with respect to Perini’s punitive damages claim is neither probable nor reasonably possible. Please refer to the disclosure above for further discussion on the Company’s completion guarantee obligation which may be impacted by the outcome of the above litigation and the joint venture’s extra-judicial settlement process.

Call center litigation . Lori Zaragoza v. MGM MIRAGE, Inc. and MGM Resorts International, Case No. BC 461912, Los Angeles County Superior Court, filed May 18, 2011. This putative class action complaint alleges that during the one year prior to the filing defendant’s call center reservation agents monitored and recorded consumer telephone calls for hotel room and other hospitality-related bookings, without prior notice to plaintiff and other California consumers in violation of various provisions of the California Penal Code. The plaintiff seeks certification of a class action, compensatory damages including consequential or statutory damages pursuant to California Penal Code §637.2, whichever is greater, injunctive relief, prejudgment interest and costs of suit. The case is in its early stages and the Company cannot reasonably estimate a possible range of loss at this time. The Company contests that the complaint has merit and will vigorously defend itself against the claims in this lawsuit.

Other guarantees. The Company is party to various guarantee contracts in the normal course of business, which are generally supported by letters of credit issued by financial institutions. The Company’s senior credit facility limits the amount of letters of credit that can be issued to $250 million, and the amount of available borrowings under the senior credit facility is reduced by any outstanding letters of credit. At June 30, 2011, the Company had provided $37 million of total letters of credit.

Other litigation. The Company is a party to various legal proceedings, most of which relate to routine matters incidental to its business. Management does not believe that the outcome of such proceedings will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

NOTE 9 — INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK

The weighted-average number of common and common equivalent shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted income (loss) per share consisted of the following:

 

     Three Months Ended     Six Months Ended  
     June 30,     June 30,  
     2011      2010     2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Numerator:

          

Net income (loss) attributable to MGM Resorts International - basic

   $ 3,441,985      $ (883,476   $ 3,352,114      $ (980,217

Interest on convertible debt, net of tax

     9,054               17,902          
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to MGM Resorts International - diluted

   $ 3,451,039      $ (883,476   $ 3,370,016      $ (980,217
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

          

Weighted-average common shares outstanding - basic

     488,609        441,297       488,574        441,269  

Potential dilution from share-based awards

     1,891               1,962          

Potential dilution from assumed conversion of convertible debt

     64,390               63,154          
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average common and common equivalent shares - diluted

     554,890        441,297       553,690        441,269  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Anti-dilutive share-based awards excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share

     18,004        26,180       18,224        26,180  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 10 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY, NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Authorized common stock. In June 2011, the stockholders of the Company approved a proposal to amend and restate the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company to increase the Company’s number of authorized shares of common stock to 1,000,000,000 shares.

 

15


Table of Contents

Noncontrolling interests. As discussed in Note 3, the Company became the controlling shareholder of MGM China and began consolidating the financial position of MGM China in its financial statements as of June 3, 2011. The noncontrolling interests in MGM China and other minor subsidiaries are presented as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, and the net income attributable to noncontrolling interests is presented on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests was $9 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011.

Supplemental equity information. The following table presents the Company’s changes in equity and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the six months ended June 30, 2011:

 

     Common
Stock
     Capital in
Excess of
Par Value
    Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total
MGM  Resorts
International
Stockholders’
Equity
    Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
     (In thousands)  

Balances, January 1, 2011

   $ 4,885      $ 4,060,826     $ (1,066,865   $ (301   $ 2,998,545     $      $ 2,998,545  

Net income

                    3,352,114              3,352,114       8,706       3,360,820  

Currency translation adjustment

                           (1,182 )     (1,182 )     (1,652     (2,834

Other comprehensive loss from unconsolidated affiliate, net

                           (37     (37            (37
           

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

              3,350,895       7,054       3,357,949  

MGM China acquisition

                                         3,672,173       3,672,173  

Stock-based compensation

             20,619                     20,619       196       20,815  

Change in excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

             (3,696                   (3,696            (3,696

Issuance of common stock pursuant to stock-based compensation awards

     1        (605                   (604            (604

Other

             92                     92              92  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, June 30, 2011

   $ 4,886      $ 4,077,236     $ 2,285,249     $ (1,520   $ 6,365,851     $ 3,679,423     $ 10,045,274  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss). Comprehensive income (loss) consisted of the following:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Net income (loss) including noncontrolling interests

   $ 3,450,691     $ (883,476   $ 3,360,820     $ (980,217

Currency translation adjustment

     (5,433     (763     (2,834     (763

Other

                   (37     (70
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3,445,258       (884,239     3,357,949       (981,050

Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (7,054            (7,054       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to MGM Resorts International

   $ 3,438,204     $ (884,239   $ 3,350,895     $ (981,050
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 11 — STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Company’s omnibus incentive plan, as amended (“Omnibus Plan”), allows it to grant stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and other stock-based awards to eligible directors, officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The plans are administered by the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors. The Committee has discretion under the omnibus plan regarding which type of awards to grant, the vesting and service requirements, exercise price and other conditions, in all cases subject to certain limits, including:

 

   

As amended, the omnibus plan allows for the issuance of up to 35 million shares or share-based awards; and

 

   

For stock options and SARs, the exercise price of the award must be at least equal to the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant and the maximum term of such an award is 10 years.

 

16


Table of Contents

Stock options and SARs granted under all plans generally have terms of either seven or ten years, and in most cases vest in either four or five equal annual installments. RSUs granted vest ratably over 4 years.

As of June 30, 2011, the Company had an aggregate of approximately 11 million shares of common stock available for grant as share-based awards under the Company’s omnibus incentive plan. A summary of activity under the Company’s share-based payment plans for the six months ended June 30, 2011 is presented below:

Stock options and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”)

 

     Shares
(000’s)
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2011

     28,129     $ 21.73  

Granted

     320       13.20  

Exercised

     (205     9.69  

Forfeited or expired

     (390     23.54  
  

 

 

   

Outstanding at June 30, 2011

     27,854       21.70  
  

 

 

   

Exercisable at June 30, 2011

     18,835       25.75  
  

 

 

   

As of June 30, 2011, there was a total of $48 million of unamortized compensation related to stock options and stock appreciation rights expected to vest, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.7 years.

Restricted stock units (“RSUs”)

 

     Shares
(000’s)
    Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested at January 1, 2011

     1,144     $ 13.90  

Granted

              

Vested

     (92     18.85  

Forfeited

     (69     14.18  
  

 

 

   

Nonvested at June 30, 2011

     983       13.42  
  

 

 

   

As of June 30, 2011, there was a total of $25 million of unamortized compensation related to RSUs which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.3 years.

The following table includes additional information related to stock options, SARs and RSUs:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Intrinsic value of share-based awards exercised or RSUs vested

   $ 2,192      $ 1,766  

Income tax benefit from share-based awards exercised or RSUs vested

     760        613  

The Company net settles stock option exercises, whereby shares of common stock are issued equivalent to the intrinsic value of the option less applicable taxes. Accordingly, the Company does not receive proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

MGM China Share Option Plan. The Company’s subsidiary, MGM China, adopted an equity award plan in 2011 for grants of stock options to purchase ordinary shares of MGM China to eligible directors and employees of MGM China and its subsidiaries (“MGM China Plan”). The MGM China Plan is administered by MGM China’s Board of Directors, which has the discretion to determine the exercise price and term of the award, as well as other conditions, in all cases subject to certain limits, including:

 

17


Table of Contents
   

The current MGM China Plan allows for a maximum of 10% of the total number of shares of MGM China in issue at the date of approval of the MGM China Plan to be issued upon exercise;

 

   

The exercise price of the award must be at least equal to the fair market value of the stock on the offer date, or the average of the closing price for the five business days immediately preceding the offer date, and the maximum term of the award must not exceed ten years.

Stock options currently granted under the MGM China Plan have a term of ten years, and vest in four equal annual installments. Expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the awards net of estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant, with such estimate updated periodically and with actual forfeitures recognized currently to the extent they differ from the estimate. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted under the MGM China Plan using the Black-Scholes model. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility from a selection of companies in MGM China’s peer group due to MGM China’s lack of historical information. The Company determined expected term based on a binomial model. The risk-free interest rate was based on rates in effect at the grant date for the Hong Kong Exchange Fund Note with maturities matching the relevant expected term of the award.

On June 3, 2011, MGM China granted 17 million options under the MGM China Plan, with an estimated fair value as of the date of grant of $22 million. Weighted average assumptions used in estimating the fair value of each award are listed in the table under “Recognition of compensation cost.” As of June 30, 2011, MGM China had an aggregate of approximately 363 million shares of options available for grant as share-based awards.

Recognition of compensation cost. Compensation cost for both the Omnibus Plan and MGM China Plan was recognized as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Omnibus Plan:

        

Stock options and SARS

   $ 5,789     $ 4,223     $ 11,656     $ 10,020  

RSUs

     4,152       4,964       8,758       10,126  

MGM China Plan

     401              401         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total compensation cost

     10,342       9,187       20,815       20,146  

Less: CityCenter reimbursed costs

     (946     (1,185     (2,209     (2,589
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Compensation cost recognized as expense

     9,396       8,002       18,606       17,557  

Less: Related tax benefit

     (3,132     (2,781     (6,337     (6,106
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Compensation expense, net of tax benefit

   $ 6,264     $ 5,221     $ 12,269     $ 11,451  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Compensation cost for SARs granted under the 2005 Omnibus Plan is based on the fair value of each award, measured by applying the Black-Scholes model on the date of grant, using the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  

Expected volatility

     66     74     67     74

Expected term

     4.9  yrs.      4.8  yrs.      4.9  yrs.      4.8  yrs. 

Expected dividend yield

     0     0     0     0

Risk-free interest rate

     1.7     1.7     1.8     1.8

Forfeiture rate

     6.1     4.8     6.1     4.8

Weighted-average fair value of options granted

   $ 7.25     $ 7.88     $ 7.37     $ 7.80  

 

18


Table of Contents

Expected volatility is based in part on historical volatility and in part on implied volatility based on traded options on the Company’s stock. The expected term considers the contractual term of the option as well as historical exercise and forfeiture behavior. The risk-free interest rate is based on the rates in effect on the grant date for U.S. Treasury instruments with maturities matching the relevant expected term of the award.

Compensation cost for stock options granted under the MGM China Plan is based on the fair value of each award, measured by applying the Black-Scholes model on the date of grant, using the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
   Six Months Ended
June 30,
     2011     2010    2011     2010

Expected volatility

     60   NA      60   NA

Expected term

     8.0  yrs.    NA      8.0  yrs.    NA

Expected dividend yield

     0   NA      0   NA

Risk-free interest rate

     1.6   NA      1.6   NA

Weighted-average fair value of options granted

   $ 1.27     NA    $ 1.27     NA

NOTE 12 — PROPERTY TRANSACTIONS, NET

Property transactions, net includes:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2011      2010      2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

CityCenter investment impairment charge

   $       $ 1,122,456      $       $ 1,122,456  

Other property transactions, net

     900        3,826        991        4,515  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 900      $ 1,126,282      $ 991      $ 1,126,971  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Note 4 for discussion of the CityCenter investment impairment charge.

NOTE 13 — SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company’s management views each of its casino resorts as an operating segment. Operating segments are aggregated based on their similar economic characteristics, types of customers, types of services and products provided, the regulatory environments in which they operate, and their management and reporting structure. The Company’s principal operating activities occur in two geographic regions: the United States and Macau S.A.R. The Company has aggregated its operations into two reportable segments based on the similar characteristics of the operating segments within the regions in which they operate: wholly owned domestic resorts and MGM China. The Company’s operations related to investments in unconsolidated affiliates, MGM Hospitality, and certain other corporate and management operations have not been identified as separate reportable segments; therefore, these operations are included in corporate and other in the following segment disclosures to reconcile to consolidated results.

The Company’s management utilizes Adjusted Property EBITDA as the primary profit measure for its reportable segments. Adjusted Property EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure defined as Adjusted EBITDA before corporate expense and stock compensation expense related to the MGM Resorts stock option plan, which are not allocated to the reportable segments. MGM China recognizes stock compensation expense related to its stock compensation plan which is included in the calculation of Adjusted Property EBITDA for MGM China. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure defined as earnings before interest and other non-operating income (expense), taxes, depreciation and amortization, preopening and start-up expenses, and property transactions, net.

 

19


Table of Contents

The following table presents the Company’s segment information:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Net Revenues:

        

Wholly owned domestic resorts

   $ 1,505,308     $ 1,441,731     $ 2,911,738     $ 2,804,141  

MGM China

     192,984              192,984         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reportable segment net revenues

     1,698,292       1,441,731       3,104,722       2,804,141  

Corporate and other

     107,693       105,598       214,114       209,441  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 1,805,985     $ 1,547,329     $ 3,318,836     $ 3,013,582  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA:

        

Wholly owned domestic resorts

   $ 331,386     $ 308,788     $ 631,348     $ 580,085  

MGM China

     46,422              46,422         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reportable segment Adjusted Property EBITDA

     377,808       308,788       677,770       580,085  

Corporate and other

     (12,002     (66,020     10,229       (181,423
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     365,806       242,768       687,999       398,662  

Other operating income (expense):

        

Preopening and start-up expenses

     316       (537     316       (4,031

Property transactions, net

     (900     (1,126,282     (991     (1,126,971

Gain on MGM China transaction

     3,496,005              3,496,005         

Depreciation and amortization

     (177,467     (164,766     (329,864     (327,900
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     3,683,760       (1,048,817     3,853,465       (1,060,240
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-operating income (expense):

        

Interest expense, net

     (270,224     (291,169     (540,138     (555,344

Non-operating items from unconsolidated affiliates

     (28,002     (31,574     (68,292     (54,924

Other, net

     (13,017     8,589       (16,972     150,444  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (311,243     (314,154     (625,402     (459,824
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     3,372,517       (1,362,971     3,228,063       (1,520,064

Benefit for income taxes

     78,174       479,495       132,757       539,847  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     3,450,691       (883,476     3,360,820       (980,217

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (8,706            (8,706       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to MGM Resorts International

   $ 3,441,985     $ (883,476   $ 3,352,114     $ (980,217
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     June 30,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
     (In thousands)  

Total assets:

  

Wholly owned domestic resorts

   $ 13,734,651      $ 14,047,237  

MGM China

     8,892,296          
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reportable segment total assets

     22,626,947        14,047,237  

Corporate and other

     4,589,243        4,913,808  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 27,216,190      $ 18,961,045  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Capital expenditures:

     

Wholly owned domestic resorts

   $ 71,115      $ 36,468  

MGM China

     2,615          
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reportable segment capital expenditures

     73,730        36,468  

Corporate and other

     11,448        42,627  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 85,178      $ 79,095  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

20


Table of Contents

NOTE 14 — CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Excluding MGM Grand Detroit, LLC, MGM China and certain minor subsidiaries, the Company’s subsidiaries that are 100% directly or indirectly owned have fully and unconditionally guaranteed, on a joint and several basis, payment of the senior credit facility, the senior notes, senior secured notes and the senior subordinated notes. Separate condensed financial statement information for the subsidiary guarantors and non-guarantors as of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and for the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION

 

     At June 30, 2011  
     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Elimination     Consolidated  
     (In thousands)  

Current assets

   $ 358,169     $ 831,861     $ 603,250      $      $ 1,793,280  

Property and equipment, net

            13,704,121       1,325,756        (11,972     15,017,905  

Investments in subsidiaries

     23,861,757       7,697,771               (31,559,528       

Investments in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates

            1,690,136                      1,690,136  

Other non-current assets

     277,291       623,309       7,814,269               8,714,869  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 24,497,217     $ 24,547,198     $ 9,743,275      $ (31,571,500   $ 27,216,190  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

   $ 243,799     $ 893,621     $ 447,605      $      $ 1,585,025  

Intercompany accounts

     374,754       (394,484     19,730                 

Deferred income taxes

     2,353,408              382,708               2,736,116  

Long-term debt

     11,302,086       287,079       1,041,126               12,630,291  

Other long-term obligations

     177,896       41,008       580               219,484  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     14,451,943       827,224       1,891,749               17,170,916  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

MGM Resorts stockholders’ equity

     10,045,274       23,719,974       4,172,103        (31,571,500     6,365,851  

Noncontrolling interests

                   3,679,423               3,679,423  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     10,045,274       23,719,974       7,851,526        (31,571,500     10,045,274  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 24,497,217     $ 24,547,198     $ 9,743,275      $ (31,571,500   $ 27,216,190  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     At December 31, 2010  
     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Elimination     Consolidated  
     (In thousands)  

Current assets

   $ 358,725     $ 930,936     $ 165,984      $      $ 1,455,645  

Property and equipment, net

            13,925,224       641,098        (11,972     14,554,350  

Investments in subsidiaries

     16,520,722       471,283               (16,992,005       

Investments in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates

            1,923,155                      1,923,155  

Other non-current assets

     294,165       436,353       297,377               1,027,895  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 17,173,612     $ 17,686,951     $ 1,104,459      $ (17,003,977   $ 18,961,045  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

   $ 305,354     $ 911,731     $ 29,136      $      $ 1,246,221  

Intercompany accounts

     (44,380     38,277       6,103                 

Deferred income taxes

     2,469,333                             2,469,333  

Long-term debt

     11,301,034       296,664       450,000               12,047,698  

Other long-term obligations

     143,726       54,828       694               199,248  

Stockholders’ equity

     2,998,545       16,385,451       618,526        (17,003,977     2,998,545  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 17,173,612     $ 17,686,951     $ 1,104,459      $ (17,003,977   $ 18,961,045  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

21


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS INFORMATION

 

     For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2011  
     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Elimination     Consolidated  
     (In thousands)  

Net revenues

   $      $ 1,465,275     $ 340,710     $      $ 1,805,985  

Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings

     3,717,944       3,568,881              (7,286,825       

Expenses:

          

Casino and hotel operations

     2,488       917,709       210,411              1,130,608  

General and administrative

     2,438       262,693       36,451              301,582  

Corporate expense

     15,414       24,364       238              40,016  

Preopening and start-up expenses

            (316                   (316

Property transactions, net

            622       278              900  

Gain on MGM China transaction

                   (3,496,005            (3,496,005

Depreciation and amortization

            140,727       36,740              177,467  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     20,340       1,345,799       (3,211,887            (1,845,748
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from unconsolidated affiliates

            (21,471     53,498              32,027  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     3,697,604       3,666,886       3,606,095       (7,286,825     3,683,760  

Interest expense

     (255,619     (4,832     (9,773            (270,224

Other, net

            (24,151     (16,868            (41,019
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     3,441,985       3,637,903       3,579,454       (7,286,825     3,372,517  

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

            80,043       (1,869            78,174  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     3,441,985       3,717,946       3,577,585       (7,286,825     3,450,691  

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

                   (8,706            (8,706
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to

          

MGM Resorts International

   $ 3,441,985     $ 3,717,946     $ 3,568,879     $ (7,286,825   $ 3,441,985  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     For the Three Months Ended June 30, 2010  
     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Elimination     Consolidated  
     (In thousands)  

Net revenues

   $      $ 1,407,620     $ 139,709     $      $ 1,547,329  

Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings

     (1,080,285     24,099              1,056,186         

Expenses:

          

Casino and hotel operations

     2,263       886,246       75,504              964,013  

General and administrative

     2,182       255,437       24,785              282,404  

Corporate expense

     4,865       27,625       (540            31,950  

Preopening and start-up expenses

            537                     537  

Property transactions, net

            1,126,282                     1,126,282  

Depreciation and amortization

            154,593       10,173              164,766  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     9,310       2,450,720       109,922              2,569,952  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from unconsolidated affiliates

            (44,965     18,771              (26,194
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (1,089,595     (1,063,966     48,558       1,056,186       (1,048,817

Interest expense

     (284,564     1,180       (7,785            (291,169

Other, net

     (3,217     (4,895     (14,873            (22,985
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (1,377,376     (1,067,681     25,900       1,056,186       (1,362,971

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

     493,900       (13,156     (1,249            479,495  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (883,476   $ (1,080,837   $ 24,651     $ 1,056,186     $ (883,476
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

22


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS INFORMATION

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2011  
     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Elimination     Consolidated  
     (In thousands)  

Net revenues

   $      $ 2,834,440     $ 484,396     $      $ 3,318,836  

Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings

     3,831,543       3,634,251              (7,465,794       

Expenses:

          

Casino and hotel operations

     5,294       1,787,880       285,388              2,078,562  

General and administrative

     4,868       504,425       61,851              571,144  

Corporate expense

     31,124       45,373       4              76,501  

Preopening and start-up expenses

            (316                   (316

Property transactions, net

            611       380              991  

Gain on MGM China transaction

                   (3,496,005            (3,496,005

Depreciation and amortization

            283,359       46,505              329,864  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     41,286       2,621,332       (3,101,877            (439,259
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from unconsolidated affiliates

            (19,719     115,089              95,370  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     3,790,257       3,827,640       3,701,362       (7,465,794     3,853,465  

Interest expense

     (512,843     (9,645     (17,650            (540,138

Other, net

     10,982       (66,769     (29,477            (85,264
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     3,288,396       3,751,226       3,654,235       (7,465,794     3,228,063  

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

     63,718       79,943       (10,904            132,757  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     3,352,114       3,831,169       3,643,331       (7,465,794     3,360,820  

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

                   (8,706            (8,706
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to MGM Resorts International

   $ 3,352,114     $ 3,831,169     $ 3,634,625     $ (7,465,794   $ 3,352,114  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2010  
     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Elimination     Consolidated  
     (In thousands)  

Net Revenues

   $      $ 2,727,503     $ 286,079     $      $ 3,013,582  

Equity in subsidiaries’ earnings

     (1,123,509     64,654              1,058,855         

Expenses:

          

Casino and hotel operations

     5,720       1,734,095       152,707              1,892,522  

General and administrative

     4,631       502,679       51,148              558,458  

Corporate Expense

     8,514       49,731       (1,417            56,828  

Preopening and start-up expenses

            4,031                     4,031  

Property transactions, net

            1,126,971                     1,126,971  

Depreciation and amortization

            307,557       20,343              327,900  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     18,865       3,725,064       222,781              3,966,710  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from unconsolidated affiliates

            (149,096     41,984              (107,112
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (1,142,374     (1,082,003     105,282       1,058,855       (1,060,240

Interest expense

     (535,369     (5,270     (14,705            (555,344

Other, net

     149,106       (31,650     (21,936            95,520  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (1,528,637     (1,118,923     68,641       1,058,855       (1,520,064

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

     548,420       (6,018     (2,555            539,847  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income (loss)

   $ (980,217   $ (1,124,941   $ 66,086     $ 1,058,855     $ (980,217
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

23


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2011  
     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Elimination      Consolidated  
     (In thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

           

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (269,860   $ 504,578     $ 62,205     $       $ 296,923  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

           

Capital expenditures, net of construction payable

            (80,265     (4,913             (85,178

Dispositions of property and equipment

            34       2               36  

Acquisition of MGM China, net of cash paid

                   407,046               407,046  

Investments in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates

     (66,000     (36,648                    (102,648

Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates

            2,799                      2,799  

Investments in treasury securities - maturities longer than 90 days

            (150,130                    (150,130

Proceeds from treasury securities - maturities longer than 90 days

            149,999                      149,999  

Other

            (778                    (778
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (66,000     (114,989     402,135               221,146  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

           

Net repayments under bank credit facilities - maturities of 90 days or less

     (844,609            (433,497             (1,278,106

Borrowings under bank credit facilities - maturities longer than 90 days

     2,658,737              832,119               3,490,856  

Repayments under bank credit facilities - maturities longer than 90 days

     (1,834,128            (450,000             (2,284,128

Issuance of senior notes, net

     311,415                             311,415  

Retirement of senior notes

     (325,470     (8,436                    (333,906

Intercompany accounts

     503,189       (448,287     (54,902               

Other

     (698     (630     (36             (1,364
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     468,436       (457,353     (106,316             (95,233
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate on cash

                   (247             (247

Cash and cash equivalents

           

Net increase (decrease) for the period

     132,576       (67,764     357,777               422,589  

Balance, beginning of period

     72,457       278,801       147,706               498,964  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 205,033     $ 211,037     $ 505,483     $       $ 921,553  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

24


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2010  
     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Elimination      Consolidated  
     (In thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

           

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (58,908   $ 356,410     $ 52,342     $       $ 349,844  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

           

Capital expenditures, net of construction payable

            (77,112     (1,983             (79,095

Dispositions of property and equipment

            99                      99  

Investments in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates

            (302,000                    (302,000

Other

            14,810                      14,810  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

            (364,203     (1,983             (366,186
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

           

Net repayments under bank credit facilities - maturities of 90 days or less

     (2,942,807            (170,000             (3,112,807

Borrowings under bank credit facilities maturities longer than 90 days

     4,672,565              450,000               5,122,565  

Repayments under bank credit facilities maturities longer than 90 days

     (4,061,560            (280,000             (4,341,560

Issuance of senior notes, net

     1,995,000                             1,995,000  

Retirement of senior notes

     (211,684     (296,956                    (508,640

Debt issuance costs

     (98,531                           (98,531

Issuance of common stock upon exercise

           

Intercompany accounts

     (193,999     245,673       (51,674               

Capped call transactions

     (81,478                           (81,478

Other

     (539     (633     (34             (1,206
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (923,033     (51,916     (51,708             (1,026,657
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

           

Net decrease for the period

     (981,941     (59,709     (1,349             (1,042,999

Balance, beginning of period

     1,718,616       263,386       74,205               2,056,207  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 736,675     $ 203,677     $ 72,856     $       $ 1,013,208  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

25


Table of Contents
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations (“MD&A”) contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see “Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our historical financial statements and related notes thereto and the other disclosures contained elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, and the audited consolidated financial statements and notes for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, which were included in our Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 28, 2011. The results of operations for the periods reflected herein are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for future periods. MGM Resorts International together with its subsidiaries may be referred to as “we,” “us” or “our.” MGM China Holdings Limited together with its subsidiaries is referred to as “MGM China.”

Executive Overview

Our primary business is the ownership and operation of casino resorts, which includes offering gaming, hotel, dining, entertainment, retail and other resort amenities. Most of our revenue is essentially cash-based, through customers wagering with cash or paying for non-gaming services with cash or credit cards.

Our industry is capital intensive and we rely heavily on the ability of our resorts to generate operating cash flow to repay debt financing, fund maintenance capital expenditures and provide excess cash for future development. We believe that we own several of the premier casino resorts in the world and have continually reinvested in our resorts to maintain our competitive advantage.

Our results of operations are affected by decisions we make related to our capital allocation, our access to capital, and our cost of capital. Our general cost of debt has increased over the past few years due to the global recession and instability in the capital markets. We have been able to access the capital markets to meet our near term liquidity needs but our ability to refinance our debt at more favorable rates depends on the future state of the economy and credit markets.

Our results of operations do not tend to be seasonal in nature, though a variety of factors may affect the results of any interim period, including the timing of major conventions, the amount and timing of marketing and special events for our high-end gaming customers, and the level of play during major holidays, including New Year and Chinese New Year. Our results do not depend on key individual customers, although our success in marketing to customer groups, such as convention customers, and the financial health of customer segments, such as business travelers or high-end gaming customers from a particular country or region, can affect our results. We are also exposed to risks related to tourism and the general economy, including national and global economic conditions and terrorist attacks or other global events.

We have two reportable segments that are based on the regions in which we operate: wholly owned domestic resorts and MGM China. We currently operate 15 wholly owned resorts in the United States. MGM China’s operations currently consist of the MGM Macau resort and casino. We have additional business activities including our investments in unconsolidated affiliates, our MGM Hospitality operations, and certain other corporate and management operations. CityCenter is our most significant unconsolidated affiliate, which we also manage for a fee. Our operations which have not been segregated into separate reportable segments are reported as corporate and other operations in our reconciliations of segment results to consolidated results.

Wholly Owned Domestic Resorts

Historically, over half of our net revenue from wholly owned domestic resorts is derived from non-gaming activities, as our operating philosophy is to provide a complete resort experience for our guests, including non-gaming amenities for which our guests are willing to pay a premium. Our significant convention and meeting facilities allow us to maximize hotel occupancy and customer volumes during off-peak times such as mid-week or during traditionally slower leisure travel periods, which also leads to better labor utilization. Our operating results are highly dependent on the volume of customers at our resorts, which in turn affects the price we can charge for our hotel rooms and other amenities. We market to different customer segments to manage our hotel occupancy, such as targeting large conventions to increase mid-week occupancy.

A significant portion of our operating results for our wholly owned domestic resorts is dependent upon the high-end gaming business, which can be a cause for variability in our results. Key performance indicators related to gaming and hotel revenue at our wholly owned domestic resorts are:

 

26


Table of Contents
   

Gaming revenue indicators – table games drop and slots handle (volume indicators); “win” or “hold” percentage, which is not fully controllable by us. Our normal table games hold percentage is in the range of 19% to 23% of table games drop and our normal slots hold percentage is in the range of 7.5% to 8.5% of slots handle;

 

   

Hotel revenue indicators – hotel occupancy (a volume indicator); average daily rate (“ADR,” a price indicator); and revenue per available room (“REVPAR,” a summary measure of hotel results, combining ADR and occupancy rate).

We generate a majority of the net revenue from our wholly owned domestic resorts in Las Vegas, Nevada, which exposes us to certain risks, such as increased competition from new or expanded Las Vegas resorts, and from the expansion of gaming in California.

The state of the U.S. economy has negatively affected the results of our wholly owned domestic resorts over the past several years, and we expect these operations to continue to be sensitive to certain aspects of the current economic conditions, such as weaknesses in employment and constrained consumer spending. While we have begun to see a rebound in our U.S. customer groups, including convention business, and we have achieved increases in REVPAR in the first half of 2011, we expect adverse conditions currently or recently present in the economic environment to continue to negatively affect our operating results.

MGM China

On June 3, 2011, we and Ms. Ho, Pansy Catilina Chiu King (“Ms. Pansy Ho”) completed a reorganization of the capital structure and the initial public offering of 760 million shares of MGM China on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “IPO”), representing 20% of the post issuance base capital stock of MGM China, at an offer price of HKD 15.34 per share. Pursuant to this reorganization, we acquired, through a wholly owned subsidiary, an additional 1% of the overall capital stock of MGM China for HKD 15.34 per share, or approximately $75 million, and thereby became the indirect owner of 51% of MGM China. Following the IPO, the underwriters partially exercised their overallotment option and Ms. Pansy Ho sold an additional 59 million shares of MGM China.

Through our acquisition of the additional 1% interest of MGM China, we obtained a controlling interest and were required to consolidate MGM China as of June 3, 2011. Prior to the IPO, we held a 50% interest in MGM Grand Paradise, which was accounted for under the equity method. The acquisition of the controlling financial interest was accounted for as a business combination and we recognized 100% of the assets, liabilities, and noncontrolling interests of MGM China at fair value at the date of acquisition. The fair value of the equity of MGM China was determined by the IPO transaction price and equaled approximately $7.5 billion. The carrying value of our equity method investment was significantly less than our share of the fair value of MGM China, resulting in a $3.5 billion gain on the acquisition.

We believe this acquisition plays an important role in extending our reach internationally and will foster future growth and profitability. Asia is the fastest-growing gaming market in the world and Macau is the world’s largest gaming destination in terms of revenue and has continued to grow over the past few years despite the global economic downturn.

Our MGM China operations primarily relate to operations at MGM Macau resort and casino. Revenues at MGM Macau are generated primarily from gaming operations made up of two distinct market segments: main floor and high-end (“VIP”). MGM China main floor operations consist of both table games and slot machines on the main gaming floors for the public, which usually consists of walk-in and day trip visitors. VIP players play mostly in dedicated VIP rooms or designated gaming areas. VIP customers can be further divided into customers sourced by in-house VIP programs and those sourced through gaming promoters.

A significant portion of our VIP volume is generated through the use of gaming promoters, also known as junket operators. These operators introduce high-end gaming players to MGM Macau, assist these customers with travel arrangements, and extend gaming credit to these players. VIP gaming at MGM Macau is conducted by the use of special purpose nonnegotiable gaming chips called “rolling chips.” Gaming promoters purchase these rolling chips from MGM Macau and in turn they sell these chips to their players. The rolling chips allow MGM Macau to track the amount of wagering conducted by each gaming promoters’ clients in order to determine VIP gaming play. In exchange for the gaming promoters’ services, MGM Macau pays them either through rolling chip turnover-based commissions or through revenue-sharing arrangements. The estimated portion of the gaming promoter payments that represent amounts passed through to VIP customers is recorded net against casino revenue, and the estimated portion retained by the gaming promoter for its compensation is recorded to casino expense.

 

27


Table of Contents

In addition to the key performance indicators used by our wholly owned domestic resorts, MGM Macau utilizes “turnover” which is the sum of rolling chip wagers won by MGM Macau (rolling chips purchased plus rolling chips exchanged less rolling chips returned). Turnover provides a basis for measuring VIP casino win percentage. Normal win for VIP gaming operations at MGM Macau is in the range of 2.7% to 3.0% of turnover. MGM Macau’s main floor table games historical hold percentage is in the range of 20% to 27% of table games drop. Normal slots hold percentage at MGM Macau is in the range of 5.5% to 7.5% of slots handle.

Other Executive Overview Items

Borgata. We have a 50% economic interest in Borgata Hotel Casino & Spa (“Borgata”) located on Renaissance Pointe in the Marina area of Atlantic City, New Jersey. Boyd Gaming Corporation (“Boyd”) owns the other 50% of Borgata and also operates the resort. Our interest is held in trust and currently offered for sale pursuant to our settlement agreement with New Jersey Department of Gaming Enforcement (“DGE”). In March 2010, the New Jersey Casino Control Commission (“CCC”) approved our settlement agreement with the DGE pursuant to which we placed our 50% ownership interest in Borgata and related leased land in Atlantic City into a divestiture trust. The settlement agreement was amended on July 22, 2011 with the approval of the CCC on August 8, 2011. Following the transfer of these interests into trust, we ceased to be regulated by the CCC or the DGE, except as otherwise provided by the trust agreement and the settlement agreement. Boyd’s 50% interest is not affected by the settlement.

The terms of the settlement, as amended, mandate the sale of the trust property by March 2014, which represents an 18-month extension compared to the original settlement. During the period ending in March 2013, which also represents an 18-month extension compared to the original settlement we have the right to direct the trustee to sell the trust property, subject to approval of the CCC. If a sale is not concluded by that time, the trustee is responsible for selling the trust property during the following 12-month period. We continue to negotiate with certain parties that have expressed interest in the asset, but can provide no assurance that a transaction will be completed. Prior to the consummation of the sale, the divestiture trust will retain any cash flows received in respect of the trust property, but will pay property taxes and other costs attributable to the trust property. We are the sole economic beneficiary of the trust and will be permitted to reapply for a New Jersey gaming license beginning 30 months after the completion of the sale of the trust assets. As of June 30, 2011, the trust had $188 million of cash and investments, of which $150 million is held in treasury securities with maturities greater than 90 days but less than one year, and is recorded within “Prepaid expenses and other.”

As a result of our ownership interest in Borgata being placed into a trust we no longer have significant influence over Borgata; therefore, we discontinued the equity method of accounting for Borgata at the point the assets were placed in the trust in March 2010, and account for our rights under the trust agreement under the cost method of accounting. The carrying value of our investment related to Borgata is included in “Other long-term assets, net.” Earnings and losses that relate to the investment that were previously accrued remain as a part of the carrying amount of the investment. Distributions received by the trust that do not exceed our share of earnings are recognized currently in earnings. However, distributions received by the trust that exceed our share of earnings for such periods are applied to reduce the carrying amount of our investment. We consolidate the trust as we are the sole economic beneficiary. The trust did not receive distributions from Borgata during the six months ended June 30, 2011. In the second quarter of 2010, the trust received distributions from the joint venture of $15 million, of which $6 million was recorded as a reduction of the carrying value and $9 million was recorded as “Other, net” non-operating income.

Gold Strike Tunica. On May 2, 2011 the Mississippi Department of Environmental Quality mandated the closure of Gold Strike Tunica along with eight other Tunica area casino resorts. The property reopened on May 18, 2011. We recorded $8 million in “General and administrative” expense related to costs associated with flood prevention and other costs incurred during the time the property was closed. We carry flood and business interruption insurance, but we cannot determine the amount or timing of any reimbursements until we submit our claims and receive notice of approval from our insurers.

Impairments. A complete discussion of our critical accounting policies related to impairments of long-lived assets and investments in unconsolidated affiliates is included in our Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2010. We did not identify circumstances that existed that would indicate the carrying value of our long-lived assets may not be recoverable; therefore, we did not review any of our wholly owned long-lived asset groups – generally our operating resorts – for impairment as of June 30, 2011. Historically, the undiscounted cash flows of our significant long-lived assets have exceeded their carrying values by a substantial margin such that any recent decline in operating performance would not be indicative of a potential impairment. See “Operating Results – Details of Certain Charges” for discussion of impairment charges recorded for the period presented.

 

28


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following discussion is based on our consolidated financial statements for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010.

Summary Financial Results

The following table presents selected summary consolidated financial results:

 

     Three Months Ended     Six Months Ended  
     June 30,     June 30,  
     2011      2010     2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Net revenues

   $ 1,805,985      $ 1,547,329     $ 3,318,836      $ 3,013,582  

Operating income (loss)

     3,683,760        (1,048,817     3,853,465        (1,060,240

Net income (loss)

     3,450,691        (883,476     3,360,820        (980,217

Net income (loss) attributable to MGM Resorts International

     3,441,985        (883,476     3,352,114        (980,217

Our results of operations for the three and six months ending June 30, 2011 include the results of MGM China for the 28 days ending June 30, 2011 on a consolidated basis. Prior thereto, results of operations of MGM China were reflected under the equity method of accounting – see “Operating Results – Income from Unconsolidated Affiliates.” Net revenue and operating income attributable to MGM China for the 28 days ending June 30, 2011 were $193 million and $19 million, respectively.

The following items also affected comparability in our operating results:

 

   

A gain of $3.5 billion related to the MGM China transaction during the second quarter of 2011;

 

   

Our share of CityCenter residential inventory impairment of $26 million in the second quarter of 2011, $29 million in the second quarter of 2010, and $114 million for the six month period of 2010;

 

   

Our share of CityCenter forfeited residential deposits of $28 million and $40 million in the three and six month periods of 2010, respectively; and

 

   

A $1.12 billion impairment on our investment in CityCenter in the second quarter of 2010.

Excluding these items, operating income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 increased $140 million and $247 million, respectively. Operating income was positively affected by improved performance at MGM Macau, CityCenter resort operations and our wholly owned domestic resorts.

Operating Results – Detailed Segment Information

The following table presents net revenue and Adjusted EBITDA by reportable segment. Management uses Adjusted Property EBITDA as the primary profit measure for our reportable segments. See “Non-GAAP measures” for additional Adjusted EBITDA information:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

Net revenue:

         

Wholly owned domestic resorts

   $ 1,505,308     $ 1,441,731     $ 2,911,738      $ 2,804,141  

MGM China

     192,984              192,984          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reportable segment net revenue

     1,698,292       1,441,731       3,104,722        2,804,141  

Corporate and other

     107,693       105,598       214,114        209,441  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,805,985     $ 1,547,329     $ 3,318,836      $ 3,013,582  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA:

         

Wholly owned domestic resorts

   $ 331,386     $ 308,788     $ 631,348      $ 580,085  

MGM China

     46,422              46,422          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reportable segment Adjusted Property EBITDA

     377,808       308,788       677,770        580,085  

Corporate and other

     (12,002     (66,020     10,229        (181,423
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 365,806     $ 242,768     $ 687,999      $ 398,662  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

29


Table of Contents

Net revenue related to wholly owned domestic resorts increased 4% for the second quarter primarily driven by an 11% increase in REVPAR at our Las Vegas Strip resorts. Corporate and other revenue includes revenues from MGM Hospitality and management operations and reimbursed revenue primarily related to our CityCenter management agreement. Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA was $366 million in the 2011 quarter, a 51% increase compared to $243 million in the 2010 quarter, primarily due to strong performances at our Las Vegas resorts and MGM Macau.

Wholly owned domestic operations. The following table presents detailed net revenue at our wholly owned domestic resorts:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
           Percentage           Percentage              
     2011     Change     2010     2011     Change     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Casino revenue, net:

            

Table games

   $ 182,319       (5 %)    $ 192,371     $ 367,127       (9 %)    $ 405,036  

Slots

     407,674       5     389,845       796,221       3     775,312  

Other

     17,650       5     16,811       34,515       (10 %)      38,297  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Casino revenue, net

     607,643       1     599,027       1,197,863       (2 %)      1,218,645  

Non-casino revenue:

            

Rooms

     392,500       9     361,030       760,837       11     686,706  

Food and beverage

     364,239       2     356,756       698,510       4     672,912  

Entertainment, retail and other

     296,908       4     284,319       559,244       3     543,377  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Non-casino revenue

     1,053,647       5     1,002,105       2,018,591       6     1,902,995  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
     1,661,290       4     1,601,132       3,216,454       3     3,121,640  

Less: Promotional allowances

     (155,982     (2 %)      (159,401     (304,716     (4 %)      (317,499
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 
   $ 1,505,308       4   $ 1,441,731     $ 2,911,738       4   $ 2,804,141  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Table games revenue decreased 5% for the second quarter and was negatively affected by a lower table games hold percentage – an approximately 85 basis point decrease compared to the prior year quarter. Table games hold percentage was below our normal hold range in the current year quarter and near the low end of the range in the prior year quarter. Total table games revenue was also affected by table games volume decreasing 4% compared to the prior year quarter as a result of lower baccarat volume. Slots revenue increased 5% in the second quarter with a 7% increase at our Las Vegas Strip resorts.

For the six month period, table games revenue decreased 9%, affected by a 160 basis point decrease in table games hold. Hold percentage in the 2011 year-to-date period was below our normal range and near the low end of our normal range in the 2010 period. Total table games revenue was also affected by a decrease in baccarat volume, which led to a 4% decrease in total table games volume compared to the year-to-date period in 2010. Slots revenue increased 3%, with a 4% increase at our Las Vegas Strip resorts.

Rooms revenue in the second quarter increased 9%, with a 10% increase in Las Vegas Strip REVPAR. Rooms revenue for the six month period increased 11% with an increase in Las Vegas Strip REVPAR of 13%. The following table shows key hotel statistics for our Las Vegas Strip resorts:

 

     Three Months Ended
June  30,
    Six Months Ended
June  30,
 
       2011     2010     2011     2010  

Occupancy

     94     93     90     89

Average Daily Rate (ADR)

   $ 126     $ 115     $ 128     $ 115  

Revenue per Available Room (REVPAR)

     118       107       115       102  

Adjusted Property EBITDA for wholly owned domestic resorts increased 7% compared to the second quarter of 2010, led by a 62% increase in Adjusted Property EBITDA at Monte Carlo and a 35% increase in Adjusted Property EBITDA at Bellagio. Operations at Gold Strike Tunica were negatively affected by the state-mandated closure as previously discussed in “Executive Overview.”

 

30


Table of Contents

MGM China. Net revenue for MGM China was $193 million for the 28 days of consolidated operations ending June 30, 2011. Adjusted Property EBITDA was $46 million for the same period.

The following table presents certain supplemental pro forma information for MGM China for the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 as if the transaction had occurred as of the beginning of each period presented. This information includes the impact of certain purchase accounting adjustments. This supplemental pro forma information is provided solely for comparative purposes and does not presume to be indicative of what actual results would have been if the change in management control had been completed at the beginning of the periods presented, nor indicative of future results:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Net Revenue

   $ 668,292     $ 306,918     $ 1,264,015     $ 639,033  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Property EBITDA

   $ 170,074     $ 61,355     $ 316,429     $ 131,850  

Property transactions, net

     (497     (168     (510     (365

Depreciation and amortization

     (87,346     (87,605     (174,851     (175,381
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     82,231       (26,418     141,068       (43,896

Non-operating income (expense)

     (5,913     (13,920     (11,727     (26,906
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     76,318       (40,338     129,341       (70,802

Provision for income taxes

     (9,203     (22     (15,571     (22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 67,115     $ (40,360   $ 113,770     $ (70,824
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net revenue and Adjusted EBITDA for MGM China for the three and six months ended June 30, 2011 increased primarily as a result of a 110% and 101% increase in VIP table games turnover, respectively, and a 21% increase in main floor table games drop for both periods.

Operating Results – Details of Certain Charges

Property transactions, net consisted of the following:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2011      2010      2011      2010  
     (In thousands)  

CityCenter investment impairment charge

   $       $ 1,122,456      $       $ 1,122,456  

Other property transactions, net

     900        3,826        991        4,515  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 900      $ 1,126,282      $ 991      $ 1,126,971  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At June 30, 2010, we reviewed our CityCenter investment for impairment using revised operating forecasts developed by CityCenter management late in the second quarter. Because CityCenter’s results of operations through June 30, 2010 were below previous forecasts, the fact that the revised operating forecasts were lower than previous forecasts, and based on current and forecasted market conditions, we concluded we should review the carrying value of our investment. Our discounted cash flow analysis for CityCenter included estimated future cash inflows from operations, including residential sales and estimated future cash outflows for capital expenditures. The analysis used an 11% discount rate and a long term growth rate of 4% related to forecasted cash flows for CityCenter’s operating assets. Based on our analysis, we determined that the carrying value of our investment exceeded its fair value and therefore an impairment was indicated. We intend to and believe we will be able to retain our investment in CityCenter; however, due to the extent of the shortfall and our assessment of the uncertainty of fully recovering our investment, we determined that the impairment was “other-than-temporary” and recorded an impairment charge of $1.12 billion included in “Property transactions, net.”

 

31


Table of Contents

Operating Results – Income (loss) from Unconsolidated Affiliates

The following table summarizes information related to our income (loss) from unconsolidated affiliates:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

CityCenter

   $ (32,483   $ (55,562   $ (38,306   $ (174,173

MGM Macau

     53,539       18,694       115,219       41,793  

Borgata

                          6,971  

Other

     10,971       10,674       18,457       18,297  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 32,027     $ (26,194   $ 95,370     $ (107,112
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We ceased recording MGM Macau operating results as income from unconsolidated affiliates under the equity method of accounting in June 2011, and we ceased recording Borgata operating results as income from unconsolidated affiliates in March 2010.

Our share of income for MGM Macau through June 2, 2011 was $54 million in the second quarter of 2011, compared to $19 million for a full quarter of operations in the 2010 second quarter. Our share of operating income for MGM Macau for the 2011 six month period was $115 million compared to $42 million for the six months of 2010. As previously discussed, MGM Macau has achieved a significant increase in gaming volumes over the past twelve months.

In addition, our share of operating losses from CityCenter decreased for the three and six month periods in 2011 compared to 2010. As further discussed below, we recorded significant impairment charges for CityCenter residential inventory. Excluding these impairment charges, forfeited residential deposit income, and the loss on debt retirement in the first quarter of 2011, our loss from CityCenter decreased $50 million and $74 million for the three and six month periods, respectively.

Upon substantial completion of construction of the Mandarin Oriental residential inventory in the first quarter of 2010 and the Veer residential inventory in the second quarter of 2010, CityCenter is required to carry its residential inventory at the lower of its carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Fair value of the residential inventory is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis based on management’s current expectations of future cash flows. The key inputs in the discounted cash flow analysis include estimated sales prices of units currently under contract and new unit sales, the absorption rate over the sell-out period, and the discount rate.

CityCenter recorded a $53 million impairment charge in the second quarter of 2011. We recognized 50% of such impairment charge, resulting in a pre-tax charge of approximately $26 million. CityCenter recorded impairment charges of $57 million and $228 million in the three and six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively. We recognized 50% of such impairment charges, resulting in pre-tax charges of approximately $29 million and $114 million in the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2010, respectively.

Non-operating Results

Interest expense decreased to $270 million in the second quarter compared to $291 million in the prior year quarter. Interest expense for the six months of 2011 was $540 million compared to $555 million in the six months of 2010. Lower interest expense was a result of lower average debt outstanding during the three and six month periods. We did not capitalize interest expense in 2011 or 2010.

Non-operating items from unconsolidated affiliates decreased for the three months ended June 30, 2011 as a result of MGM Macau ceasing to be recorded as an equity method investment in the 2011 quarter.

Non-operating items from unconsolidated affiliates for the six month period increased due to our share of $24 million in non-operating expense at CityCenter related to certain costs incurred to restructure its debt and the write-off of debt issuance costs. Additionally, net interest expense increased at CityCenter as a result of ceasing capitalization of interest in early 2010.

“Other, net” in the second quarter of 2011 included a $6 million loss related to the loss on derivative associated with the issuance of the convertible notes in June 2011 and $8 million in costs associated with the IPO. The prior year second quarter included $9 million in distributions from the Borgata

 

32


Table of Contents

trust; no such distributions occurred in the second quarter of 2011. In addition, “Other, net” included a $142 million gain on debt redemption in the first quarter of 2010 related to amending and restating our senior credit facility.

We recognized a tax benefit of $133 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 despite having positive pre-tax income as no income taxes were provided on the $3.5 billion MGM China transaction gain. In addition, we recorded a $14 million income tax benefit during the second quarter to reflect the impact of a change in tax law in Michigan. Absent this benefit, we would have recorded income tax benefit on pre-tax losses exclusive of the MGM China gain at a 44% effective tax rate for the six month period.

Non-GAAP Measures

“Adjusted EBITDA” is earnings before interest and other non-operating income (expense), taxes, depreciation and amortization, preopening and start-up expenses, and property transactions, net, and the gain on the MGM China transaction. “Adjusted Property EBITDA” is Adjusted EBITDA before corporate expense and stock compensation expense related to the MGM Resorts stock option plan, which is not allocated to each property. MGM China recognizes stock compensation expense related to its stock compensation plan which is included in the calculation of Adjusted Property EBITDA for MGM China. Adjusted EBITDA information is presented solely as a supplemental disclosure to reported GAAP measures because management believes these measures are 1) widely used measures of operating performance in the gaming industry, and 2) a principal basis for valuation of gaming companies.

We believe that while items excluded from Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Property EBITDA may be recurring in nature and should not be disregarded in evaluation of our earnings performance, it is useful to exclude such items when analyzing current results and trends compared to other periods because these items can vary significantly depending on specific underlying transactions or events that may not be comparable between the periods being presented. Also, we believe excluded items may not relate specifically to current operating trends or be indicative of future results. For example, preopening and start-up expenses will be significantly different in periods when we are developing and constructing a major expansion project and dependent on where the current period lies within the development cycle, as well as the size and scope of the project(s). “Property transactions, net” includes normal recurring disposals and gains and losses on sales of assets related to specific assets within our resorts, but also includes gains or losses on sales of an entire operating resort or a group of resorts and impairment charges on entire asset groups or investments in unconsolidated affiliates, which may not be comparable period over period. In addition, capital allocation, tax planning, financing and stock compensation awards are all managed at the corporate level. Therefore, we use Adjusted Property EBITDA as the primary measure of our operating resorts’ performance.

Adjusted EBITDA or Adjusted Property EBITDA should not be construed as an alternative to operating income or net income, as an indicator of our performance; or as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities, as a measure of liquidity; or as any other measure determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. We have significant uses of cash flows, including capital expenditures, interest payments, taxes and debt principal repayments, which are not reflected in Adjusted EBITDA. Also, other companies in the gaming and hospitality industries that report Adjusted EBITDA information may calculate Adjusted EBITDA in a different manner.

The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss:

 

     Three Months Ended
June 30,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (In thousands)  

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 365,806     $ 242,768     $ 687,999     $ 398,662  

Preopening and start-up expenses

     316       (537     316       (4,031

Property transactions, net

     (900     (1,126,282     (991     (1,126,971

Gain on MGM China transaction

     3,496,005              3,496,005         

Depreciation and amortization

     (177,467     (164,766     (329,864     (327,900
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     3,683,760       (1,048,817     3,853,465       (1,060,240
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-operating income (expense)

        

Interest expense, net

     (270,224     (291,169     (540,138     (555,344

Other, net

     (41,019     (22,985     (85,264     95,520  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     3,372,517       (1,362,971     3,228,063       (1,520,064

Benefit for income taxes

     78,174       479,495       132,757       539,847  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     3,450,691       (883,476     3,360,820       (980,217

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (8,706            (8,706       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to MGM Resorts International

   $ 3,441,985     $ (883,476   $ 3,352,114     $ (980,217
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

33


Table of Contents

The following tables present reconciliations of operating income (loss) to Adjusted Property EBITDA for individual resorts and Adjusted EBITDA:

 

     Three Months Ended June 30, 2011  
     Operating
Income  (Loss)
    Preopening
and Start-up
Expenses
    Gain on
MGM  China
Transaction &
Property
Transactions,
Net
    Depreciation
and
Amortization
     Adjusted
EBITDA
 
     (In thousands)  

Bellagio

   $ 52,732     $      $ 317     $ 24,321      $ 77,370  

MGM Grand Las Vegas

     16,324                     19,233        35,557  

Mandalay Bay

     29,810              16       21,775        51,601  

The Mirage

     10,395              11       13,934        24,340  

Luxor

     9,349              6       9,486        18,841  

New York-New York

     15,999                     6,224        22,223  

Excalibur

     13,105              210       5,054        18,369  

Monte Carlo

     9,516              28       6,100        15,644  

Circus Circus Las Vegas

     2,295              (8     4,766        7,053  

MGM Grand Detroit

     32,139              269       9,755        42,163  

Beau Rivage

     8,217              19       11,052        19,288  

Gold Strike Tunica

     (5,063                   3,370        (1,693

Other resort operations

     (601            24       1,207        630  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Wholly owned domestic resorts

     194,217              892       136,277        331,386  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

MGM China

     19,448              13       26,961        46,422  

MGM Macau (50%)

     53,539                             53,539  

CityCenter (50%)

     (32,483                           (32,483

Other unconsolidated resorts

     10,971                             10,971  

Management and other operations

     (2,296     (316     (5     3,530        913  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     243,396       (316     900       166,768        410,748  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock compensation

     (8,995                           (8,995

Corporate

     3,449,359              (3,496,005     10,699        (35,947
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,683,760     $ (316   $ (3,495,105   $ 177,467      $ 365,806  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Three Months Ended June 30, 2010  
     Operating
Income (Loss)
    Preopening
and Start-up
Expenses
    Property
Transactions,
Net
    Depreciation
and
Amortization
     Adjusted
EBITDA
 
     (In thousands)  

Bellagio

   $ 33,267     $      $ 5     $ 24,041      $ 57,313  

MGM Grand Las Vegas

     32,896                     19,211        52,107  

Mandalay Bay

     16,868              659       22,815        40,342  

The Mirage

     3,612              (139     19,746        23,219  

Luxor

     7,134              (10     10,454        17,578  

New York-New York

     6,417              6,081       7,053        19,551  

Excalibur

     12,565                     5,845        18,410  

Monte Carlo

     3,426                     6,233        9,659  

Circus Circus Las Vegas

     93              225       5,213        5,531  

MGM Grand Detroit

     27,312                     10,153        37,465  

Beau Rivage

     4,404                     12,296        16,700  

Gold Strike Tunica

     7,375              (1,100     3,550        9,825  

Other resort operations

     (295            5       1,378        1,088  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Wholly owned domestic resorts

     155,074              5,726       147,988        308,788  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

MGM Macau (50%)

     18,694                             18,694  

CityCenter (50%)

     (55,562                           (55,562

Other unconsolidated resorts

     10,803                             10,803  

Management and other operations

     (7,943     537              3,841        (3,565
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     121,066       537       5,726       151,829        279,158  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock compensation

     (8,002                           (8,002

Corporate

     (1,161,881            1,120,556       12,937        (28,388
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (1,048,817   $ 537     $ 1,126,282     $ 164,766      $ 242,768  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

34


Table of Contents
     Six Months Ended June 30, 2011  
     Operating
Income (Loss)
    Preopening
and Start-up
Expenses
    Gain on
MGM  China
Transaction &
Property
Transactions,
Net
    Depreciation
and
Amortization
     Adjusted
EBITDA
 
     (In thousands)  

Bellagio

   $ 81,546     $      $ 317     $ 49,408      $ 131,271  

MGM Grand Las Vegas

     33,892                     38,533        72,425  

Mandalay Bay

     44,052              16       43,977        88,045  

The Mirage

     28,415              39       28,285        56,739  

Luxor

     19,824              6       19,125        38,955  

New York-New York

     31,282              (85     12,154        43,351  

Excalibur

     24,053              210       10,248        34,511  

Monte Carlo

     17,481              28       11,895        29,404  

Circus Circus Las Vegas

     2,151              (8     9,483        11,626  

MGM Grand Detroit

     65,829              372       19,495        85,696  

Beau Rivage

     10,150              58       22,216        32,424  

Gold Strike Tunica

     945                     6,810        7,755  

Other resort operations

     (3,333            17       2,462        (854
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Wholly owned domestic resorts

     356,287              970       274,091        631,348  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

MGM China

     19,448              13       26,961        46,422  

MGM Macau (50%)

     115,219                             115,219  

CityCenter (50%)

     (38,306                           (38,306

Other unconsolidated resorts

     18,457                             18,457  

Management and other operations

     (5,289     (316     (5     7,132        1,522  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     465,816       (316     978       308,184        774,662  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock compensation

     (18,205                           (18,205

Corporate

     3,405,854              (3,495,992     21,680        (68,458
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,853,465     $ (316   $ (3,495,014   $ 329,864      $ 687,999  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Six Months Ended June 30, 2010  
     Operating
Income (Loss)
    Preopening
and Start-up
Expenses
    Property
Transactions,
Net
    Depreciation
and
Amortization
     Adjusted
EBITDA
 
     (In thousands)  

Bellagio

   $ 70,831     $      $ (107   $ 48,555      $ 119,279  

MGM Grand Las Vegas

     51,279                     39,314        90,593  

Mandalay Bay

     18,735              659       46,348        65,742  

The Mirage

     13,431              (139     35,352        48,644  

Luxor

     8,571              (10     21,780        30,341  

New York-New York

     17,430              6,095       14,093        37,618  

Excalibur

     20,803              784       11,690        33,277  

Monte Carlo

     3,882                     12,226        16,108  

Circus Circus Las Vegas

     (3,553            225       10,552        7,224  

MGM Grand Detroit

     57,667                     20,303        77,970  

Beau Rivage

     8,818              3       24,582        33,403  

Gold Strike Tunica

     13,804              (1,100     7,182        19,886  

Other resort operations

     (2,824            5       2,819          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Wholly owned domestic resorts

     278,874              6,415       294,796        580,085  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

MGM Macau (50%)

     41,793                             41,793  

CityCenter (50%)

     (177,667     3,494                      (174,173

Other unconsolidated resorts

     25,560                             25,560  

Management and other operations

     (15,136     537              7,172        (7,427
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     153,424       4,031       6,415       301,968        465,838  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock compensation

     (17,557                           (17,557

Corporate

     (1,196,107            1,120,556       25,932        (49,619
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (1,060,240   $ 4,031     $ 1,126,971     $ 327,900      $ 398,662  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

35


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flows

Our consolidated cash flows include the results of MGM China beginning June 3, 2011. At June 30, 2011, we held cash and cash equivalents of $922 million, of which $417 million related to MGM China.

Operating Activities. Trends in our operating cash flows tend to follow trends in operating income, excluding non-cash charges, but can be affected by the timing of significant tax payments or refunds and distributions from unconsolidated affiliates. Cash provided by operating activities was $297 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011, compared to cash provided by operating activities of $350 million in the prior year period due to lower tax refunds received offset by improved operating performance at our resorts. We received a tax refund of approximately $175 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011 and a tax refund of approximately $380 million in the six months ended June 30, 2010.

Investing Activities. In the six months ended June 30, 2011, we made investments and advances of $103 million to CityCenter, of which $37 million related to a required equity contribution in connection with CityCenter’s first quarter 2011 financing transactions and $66 million related to payments made pursuant to our completion guarantee. In the six months ended June 30, 2010, we made $302 million in payments to CityCenter pursuant to our completion guarantee.

We had capital expenditures of $85 million in 2011 including $3 million at MGM China, related mainly to capital expenditures at various resorts; including room and restaurant remodels, theater renovations, slot machines and a remodel of the high limit slots area at Bellagio. Most of the costs capitalized related to furniture and fixtures, materials, and external labor costs. Capital expenditures of $79 million in 2010 mainly related to the purchase of an aircraft and various capital projects at our resorts.

Our capital expenditures fluctuate from year to year depending on our decisions with respect to strategic capital investments in new or existing resorts and the timing of more regular capital investments to maintain the quality of our resorts; the amounts of which can vary depending on timing of larger remodel projects related to our public spaces and hotel rooms. Expected capital expenditures during 2011 include slot machine purchases and room remodel projects at Bellagio and MGM Grand. In accordance with our senior credit facility covenants, the Company and its restricted subsidiaries are limited to $500 million of annual capital expenditures (as defined in the agreement governing our senior credit facility) in 2011 and currently expect to spend approximately $275 million on capital expenditures in 2011.

During the six months of 2011, we paid approximately $75 million to acquire an additional 1% interest in MGM China and acquired cash of $482 million.

During the first quarter of 2011, the trust holding our 50% ownership interest in Borgata received proceeds of $150 million from treasury securities with maturities greater than 90 days and reinvested $150 million in treasury securities with maturities greater than 90 days.

Financing Activities. In the six months ended June 30, 2011, we repaid the $325 million outstanding principal amount of our 8.375% senior subordinated notes due 2011 at maturity. During 2011, we issued $300 million of 4.25% convertible senior notes due 2015 for net proceeds of $311 million, which were used to pay down borrowings under our senior credit facility.

In the six months ended June 30, 2010, excluding the $1.6 billion we repaid immediately after year end on our senior credit facility, we borrowed net debt of $737 million. During 2010 we issued $1.15 billion of 4.25% convertible senior notes due 2015 for net proceeds of $1.12 billion and issued $845 million of 9% senior secured notes due 2020 for net proceeds of $826 million. We paid $81 million for capped call transactions entered into in connection with the issuance of our convertible senior notes. In addition, we repaid the $297 million outstanding principal amount of our 9.375% senior notes at maturity, and repurchased $136 million principal amount of senior notes due 2010 and $75 million principal amount of senior subordinated notes due 2011, essentially at par.

Other Factors Affecting Liquidity

Borgata settlement. As discussed in “Executive Overview,” we entered into a settlement agreement with the DGE agreement under which we will sell our 50% ownership interest in Borgata and related leased land in Atlantic City. Prior to the consummation of the sale, the divestiture trust will retain any cash flows received in

 

36


Table of Contents

respect of the trust property, but will pay property taxes and other costs attributable to the trust property to the extent that minimum trust cash balances are maintained. Prior to the settlement agreement, we had received significant distributions from Borgata, and not receiving such distributions until the ultimate sale could negatively affect our liquidity in interim periods.

CityCenter completion guarantee. In January 2011, we entered into an amended completion and cost overrun guarantee in connection with CityCenter’s restated senior credit facility agreement and issuance of $1.5 billion of senior secured first lien notes and senior secured second lien notes. Consistent with the previous completion guarantee, the terms of the amended completion guarantee provide for the application of the then remaining $124 million of net residential proceeds from sales of condominium properties at CityCenter to fund construction costs, or to reimburse us for construction costs previously expended; however, the timing of receipt of such proceeds is uncertain.

As of June 30, 2011, we had funded $619 million under the completion guarantee. We have recorded a receivable from CityCenter of $110 million related to these amounts, which represents amounts reimbursable to us from CityCenter from future residential proceeds. We had a remaining estimated net obligation under the completion guarantee of $18 million which includes estimated litigation costs related to the resolution of disputes with contractors as to the final construction costs and estimated amounts to be paid to contractors either through the joint venture’s extra-judicial settlement process or through the legal process related to the Perini litigation. Our accrual also reflects certain estimated offsets to the amounts claimed by the contractors. CityCenter has reached, or expects to reach, settlement agreements with most of the construction subcontractors. However, significant disputes remain with the general contractor and certain subcontractors. Amounts claimed by such parties exceed amounts included in our completion guarantee accrual by approximately $200 million, as such amounts exceed our best estimate of our liability. Moreover, we have not accrued for any contingent payments to CityCenter related to the Harmon Hotel & Spa component, which is unlikely to be completed using the building as it now stands. The Clark County Building Division (“Building Division”) requested that CityCenter conduct an analysis, based on all available information, as to whether the current structure of the Harmon building complies with applicable building codes. On July 11, 2011 a consulting engineer engaged by CityCenter for this review submitted the results of his analysis of the Harmon tower and podium in its current as-built condition. The engineer opined, among other things, that “[i]n a code-level earthquake, using either the permitted or current code specified loads, it is likely that critical structural members in the tower will fail and become incapable of supporting gravity loads, leading to a partial or complete collapse of the tower. There is missing or misplaced reinforcing steel in columns, beams, shear walls, and transfer walls throughout the structure of the tower below the twenty-first floor.” In response to this opinion, the Building Division required CityCenter, no later than August 15, 2011, “to provide a plan of action that will abate the potential for structural collapse and protect impacted uses and occupancies.” Under the relevant building code provision, “abate” means repair, rehabilitation, demolition or removal of the subject building. CityCenter is preparing its response to the Building Division’s request. We do not believe we would be responsible for funding under the completion guarantee any additional remediation efforts that might be required with respect to the Harmon; however, our view is based on a number of developing factors, including with respect to on-going litigation with CityCenter’s contractors, actions by local officials and other developments related to the CityCenter venture, that are subject to change.

Silver Legacy . Silver Legacy has approximately $143 million of outstanding senior notes due in March 2012. Silver Legacy is exploring various alternatives for refinancing or restructuring its obligations under the notes. There can be no assurance, however, that it will be able to refinance or restructure the notes on acceptable terms, or at all. If Silver Legacy is unable to refinance or restructure its obligations with respect to the mortgage notes, the holders of the notes will be entitled to exercise the remedies provided in the indenture governing the notes, including foreclosing on the assets securing the mortgage notes.

Principal Debt Arrangements

Our long-term debt consists of publicly held senior, senior secured, senior subordinated, convertible senior notes and our senior credit facility. A detailed description is provided in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2010.

In addition, MGM Grand Paradise’s credit facility is equivalent to approximately $551 million in term loans and a $40 million revolving loan at June 30, 2011 based on exchange rates at that date. Scheduled amortization on the term loan begins in July 2012 with a lump sum payment of $276 million upon final maturity in July 2015. The revolving loan may be redrawn, but is required to be repaid in full on the last date of the respective term loan, no later than July 2015. Interest on the term loan facility is based on HIBOR plus a margin ranging between 3% and 4.5%, based on MGM Grand Paradise’s adjusted leverage ratio, as defined in its credit facility agreement. Interest on the revolving facility can be denominated in either Hong Kong dollars or US dollars and is based on the same margin range, plus HIBOR or LIBOR, as appropriate. As of June 30, 2011, the revolving facility is denominated entirely in Hong Kong dollars and interest is based on the margin range of 3%, plus HIBOR.

At June 30, 2011, MGM Grand Paradise was required to maintain a specified adjusted leverage ratio, as defined, at the end of each quarter while the loans are outstanding. The adjusted leverage ratio is required to be no greater than 4.00 to 1.00 for each quarter during 2011 and no greater than 3.50 to 1.00 thereafter. In addition, MGM Grand Paradise is required to maintain a debt service coverage ratio, as defined of no less than 1.50 to 1.00 at each quarter end. At June 30, 2011, MGM Grand Paradise was in compliance with its adjusted leverage ratio and debt service coverage ratios.

 

37


Table of Contents

Commitments and Contractual Obligations

A detailed description of our commitments and contractual obligations is provided in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2010. There have been no significant updates other than scheduled payments and the effect of the MGM China transaction.

As discussed above under “Principal debt arrangements,” MGM Grand Paradise has approximately $591 million outstanding under its credit facility at June 30, 2011, which matures on a quarterly basis beginning in July 2012 and the revolving loan is required to be repaid in full on the last date of the respective term loan, but no later than July 2015. Estimated interest payable in future periods related to the MGM Grand Paradise credit facility is approximately $104 million.

Market Risk

In addition to the inherent risks associated with our normal operations, we are also exposed to additional market risks. Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate risk associated with our variable rate long-term debt. We attempt to limit our exposure to interest rate risk by managing the mix of our long-term fixed rate borrowings and short-term borrowings under our bank credit facilities. A change in interest rates generally does not have an impact upon our future earnings and cash flow for fixed-rate debt instruments. As fixed-rate debt matures, however, and if additional debt is acquired to fund the debt repayment, future earnings and cash flow may be affected by changes in interest rates. This effect would be realized in the periods subsequent to the periods when the debt matures.

As of June 30, 2011, variable rate borrowings represented approximately 22% of our total borrowings. Assuming a 100 basis-point increase in LIBOR over the 2% floor specified in our senior credit facility, our annual interest cost would change by approximately $23 million based on gross amounts outstanding at June 30, 2011. Assuming a 100 basis-point increase in HIBOR for the MGM Grand Paradise Credit facility, our annual interest cost would change by approximately $6 million based on amounts outstanding at June 30, 2011. The following table provides additional information about our gross long-term debt subject to changes in interest rates:

 

    

 

Debt maturing in,

    Fair Value
June  30,
2011
 
     2011     2012     2013     2014     2015     Thereafter     Total    
     (In millions)  

Fixed rate

   $ 130     $ 545     $ 1,384     $ 1,159     $ 2,325     $ 4,394     $ 9,937     $ 10,401  

Average interest rate

     6.4     6.8     10.2     8.4     5.1     9.2     8.1  

Variable rate

   $      $ 28     $ 83     $ 2,394     $ 371     $      $ 2,876     $ 2,796  

Average interest rate

     N/A        3.2     3.2     6.8     3.2     N/A        6.2  

In addition to the risk associated with our variable interest rate debt, we are also exposed to risks related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, mainly related to MGM China and to our operations at MGM Macau. While recent fluctuations in exchange rates have been minimal, potential changes in policy by governments or fluctuations in the economies of the U.S., Macau, or Hong Kong could cause variability in these exchange rates.

Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements

This Form 10-Q contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Exchange Act. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “will,” “may” and similar references to future periods. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements we make regarding our ability to generate significant cash flow, and amounts that we expect to receive in federal tax refunds, amounts we will invest in capital expenditures, amounts we will pay under the CityCenter completion guarantee and our ability to complete a sale of our interest in Borgata. The foregoing is not a complete list of all forward-looking statements we make.

Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks, and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Our

 

38


Table of Contents

actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance. Therefore, we caution you against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, regional, national or global political, economic, business, competitive, market, and regulatory conditions and the following:

 

   

our substantial indebtedness and significant financial commitments and our ability to satisfy our obligations;

 

   

current and future economic and credit market conditions and our ability to service or refinance our indebtedness and to make planned expenditures;

 

   

restrictions and limitations in the agreements governing our senior credit facility and other senior indebtedness;

 

   

significant competition with respect to destination travel locations generally and with respect to our peers in the industries in which we compete;

 

   

the fact that we are subject to extensive regulation and the related cost of compliance or failure to comply with such regulations;

 

   

economic and market conditions in the markets in which we operate and in the locations in which our customers reside;

 

   

extreme weather conditions or climate change may cause property damage or interrupt business;

 

   

the concentration of our major gaming resorts on the Las Vegas Strip;

 

   

investing through partnerships or joint ventures including CityCenter decreases our ability to manage risk;

 

   

our business is particularly sensitive to energy prices and a rise in energy prices;

 

   

leisure and business travel, especially travel by air, are particularly susceptible to global geopolitical events, such as terrorist attacks or acts of war or hostility;

 

   

we extend credit to a significant portion of our customers and we may not be able to collect gaming receivables from our credit players;

 

   

our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all possible losses that our properties could suffer. In addition, our insurance costs may increase and we may not be able to obtain similar insurance coverage in the future;

 

   

plans for future construction can be affected by a number of factors, including timing delays and legal challenges;

 

   

the outcome of pending and potential future litigation claims against us;

 

   

the fact that Tracinda Corporation owns a significant amount of our common stock and may have interests that differ from the interests of other holders of our stock;

 

   

a significant portion of our labor force is covered by collective bargaining agreements; and

 

   

risks associated with doing business outside of the United States.

Any forward-looking statement made by us in this Form 10-Q speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Other factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict or identify all such factors. Consequently, you should not consider the following to be a complete discussion of all potential risks or uncertainties. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law. You are advised, however, to consult any further disclosures we make on related subjects in our Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K reports and our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This discussion is provided as permitted by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

You should also be aware that while we from time to time communicate with securities analysts, we do not disclose to them any material non-public information, internal forecasts or other confidential business information. Therefore, you should not assume that we agree with any statement or report issued by any analyst, irrespective of the content of the statement or report. To the extent that reports issued by securities analysts contain projections, forecasts or opinions, those reports are not our responsibility and are not endorsed by us.

 

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

39


Table of Contents

We incorporate by reference the information appearing under “Market Risk” in Part I, Item 2 of this Form 10-Q.

 

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

Our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer) have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of June 30, 2011 to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations and to provide that such information is accumulated and communicated to management to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. This conclusion is based on an evaluation as required by Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act conducted under the supervision and participation of the principal executive officer and principal financial officer along with company management.

During the quarter ended June 30, 2011, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. In making our assessment of changes in internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2011, we have excluded the MGM China operations because these operations were acquired in a business combination on June 3, 2011. These operations represent approximately 33% of our total assets at June 30, 2011 and approximately 11% of our total net revenues for the quarter ended June 30, 2011. We intend to disclose any material changes in internal control over financial reporting with respect to the MGM China operations in the first annual assessment of internal control over financial reporting in which we are required to include MGM China.

Part II. OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

For a complete description of the facts and circumstances surrounding material litigation we are a party to, see our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010. There have been no significant developments in any of the cases disclosed in our Form 10-K in the six months ended June 30, 2011, except as follows:

CityCenter construction litigation. In March 2010, Perini Building Company, Inc., general contractor for the CityCenter development project (the “Project”), filed a lawsuit in the Eighth Judicial District Court for Clark County, State of Nevada, against MGM MIRAGE Design Group (a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company which was the original party to the Perini construction agreement) and certain direct or indirect subsidiaries of CityCenter Holdings, LLC (the “CityCenter Owners”). Perini asserts that the Project was substantially completed, but the defendants failed to pay Perini approximately $490 million allegedly due and owing under the construction agreement for labor, equipment and materials expended on the Project. The complaint further charges the defendants with failure to provide timely and complete design documents, late delivery to Perini of design changes, mismanagement of the change order process, obstruction of Perini’s ability to complete the Harmon Hotel & Spa component, and fraudulent inducement of Perini to compromise significantly amounts due for its general conditions. The complaint advances claims for breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, tortious breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, unjust enrichment and promissory estoppel, and fraud and intentional misrepresentation. Perini seeks compensatory damages, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and costs.

In April 2010, Perini served an amended complaint in this case which joins as defendants many owners of CityCenter residential condominium units (the “Condo Owner Defendants”), adds a count for foreclosure of Perini’s recorded master mechanic’s lien against the CityCenter property in the amount of approximately $491 million, and asserts the priority of this mechanic’s lien over the interests of the CityCenter Owners, the Condo Owner Defendants and the Project lenders in the CityCenter property.

The CityCenter Owners and the other defendants dispute Perini’s allegations, and contend that the defendants are entitled to substantial amounts from Perini, including offsets against amounts claimed to be owed to Perini and its subcontractors and damages based on breach of their contractual and other duties to CityCenter, duplicative payment requests, non-conforming work, lack of proof of alleged work performance, defective work related to the Harmon Hotel & Spa component, property damage and Perini’s failure to perform its obligations to pay Project subcontractors and to prevent filing of liens against the Project. Parallel to the court litigation CityCenter management conducted an extra-judicial program for settlement of Project

 

40


Table of Contents

subcontractor claims. CityCenter has resolved the claims of the majority of the 223 first-tier subcontractors, with only several remaining for further proceedings along with trial of Perini’s claims and CityCenter’s Harmon-related counterclaim and other claims by CityCenter against Perini and its parent guarantor, Tutor Perini. In December 2010, Perini recorded an amended notice of lien reducing its lien to approximately $313 million.

The CityCenter Owners and the other defendants will continue to vigorously assert and protect their interests in the lawsuit. The Company believes that a loss with respect to Perini’s punitive damages claim is neither probable nor reasonably possible. Please refer to Note 8 in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion on the Company’s completion guarantee obligation which may be impacted by the outcome of the above litigation and the joint venture’s extra-judicial settlement process.

Securities and derivative litigation.  On July 6, 2011 the Eighth Judicial District Court (Clark County) issued a decision that granted all defendants’ motions to dismiss the shareholder derivative complaint filed on March 25, 2011 in the consolidated cases Charles Kim v. James J. Murren, et al., Case No. A-09-599937-C, filed September 23, 2009) and Sanjay Israni v. Robert H. Baldwin, et al. (Case No. A-10-619411-C, transferred from the Second Judicial District Court (Washoe County) on May 10, 2010). The bases for the court’s ruling were that plaintiffs failed to serve a pre-suit demand upon the Company’s independently controlled Board of Directors, and the complaint failed to make allegations with sufficient particularity that such a demand would have been futile. An order based on the court’s decision is pending. The Company will continue to vigorously defend itself against these claims.

Call Center litigation. Lori Zaragoza v. MGM MIRAGE, Inc. and MGM Resorts International, Case No. BC 461912, Los Angeles County Superior Court, filed May 18, 2011. This putative class action complaint alleges that during the one year prior to the filing defendant’s call center reservation agents monitored and recorded consumer telephone calls for hotel room and other hospitality-related bookings, without prior notice to plaintiff and other California consumers in violation of various provisions of the California Penal Code. The plaintiff seeks certification of a class action, compensatory damages including consequential or statutory damages pursuant to California Penal Code §637.2, whichever is greater, injunctive relief, prejudgment interest and costs of suit. The case is in its early stages. The Company contests that the complaint has merit and will vigorously defend itself against the claims in this lawsuit.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

A description of certain factors that may affect our future results and risk factors is set forth in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010. There have been no material changes to those factors for the six months ended June 30, 2011, except as discussed below. The following updates primarily relate to our acquisition of a controlling financial interest in MGM China.

• Our substantial indebtedness and significant financial commitments could adversely affect our operations and financial results and impact our ability to satisfy our obligations. As of June 30, 2011, we had approximately $12.8 billion of indebtedness, including $2.3 billion of borrowings outstanding under our senior credit facility, and had approximately $1.2 billion of available borrowing capacity under the senior credit facility. We have no other existing sources of borrowing availability, except to the extent we pay down further amounts outstanding under the senior credit facility. Any increase in the interest rates applicable to our existing or future borrowings would increase the cost of our indebtedness and reduce the cash flow available to fund our other liquidity needs. In addition, as of June 30, 2011, MGM Grand Paradise, S.A. (“MGM Grand Paradise”), the company that owns and operates MGM Macau, had approximately $551 million of debt outstanding under its term loan credit facility and $40 million outstanding under its revolving credit facility. We do not guarantee MGM Grand Paradise’s obligations under its credit agreement and, to the extent MGM Macau were to cease to produce cash flow sufficient to service its indebtedness, our ability to make additional investments into that entity is limited by the negative covenants in our existing debt instruments. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for discussion of our liquidity and financial position. In addition, our substantial indebtedness and significant financial commitments could have important negative consequences, including:

 

   

increasing our exposure to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

   

limiting our flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in our business and industry;

 

   

limiting our ability to borrow additional funds;

 

   

making it more difficult for us to make payments on our indebtedness; and

 

41


Table of Contents
   

placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to other less leveraged competitors.

Moreover, our businesses are capital intensive. For our owned and managed properties to remain attractive and competitive we must periodically invest significant capital to keep the properties well-maintained, modernized and refurbished, which requires an ongoing supply of cash and, to the extent that we cannot fund expenditures from cash generated by operations, funds must be borrowed or otherwise obtained. Similarly, future development projects and acquisitions could require significant capital commitments, the incurrence of additional debt, guarantees of third-party debt, or the incurrence of contingent liabilities, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Events over the past several years, including the failures and near failures of financial services companies and the decrease in liquidity and available capital, have negatively affected the capital markets.

• The agreements governing our senior credit facility and other senior indebtedness contain restrictions and limitations that could significantly affect our ability to operate our business, as well as significantly affect our liquidity and therefore could adversely affect our results of operations. Covenants governing our senior credit facility and certain of our debt securities restrict, among other things, our ability to:

 

   

pay dividends or distributions, repurchase or issue equity, prepay debt or make certain investments;

 

   

incur additional debt or issue certain disqualified stock and preferred stock;

 

   

incur liens on assets;

 

   

pledge or sell assets or consolidate with another company or sell all or substantially all assets;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

allow certain subsidiaries to transfer assets; and

 

   

enter into sale and lease-back transactions.

Our ability to comply with these provisions may be affected by events beyond our control. The breach of any such covenants or obligations not otherwise waived or cured could result in a default under the applicable debt obligations and could trigger acceleration of those obligations, which in turn could trigger cross defaults under other agreements governing our long-term indebtedness. Any default under the senior credit facility or the indentures governing our other debt could adversely affect our growth, our financial condition, our results of operations and our ability to make payments on our debt, and could force us to seek protection under the bankruptcy laws.

In addition, MGM Grand Paradise’s credit facility contains covenants that restrict its ability to engage in certain transactions. In particular, the MGM Grand Paradise credit facility requires MGM Grand Paradise and certain of its subsidiaries to satisfy various financial covenants, including a maximum adjusted leverage ratio and minimum debt service ratio, and imposes certain operating and financial restrictions on MGM Grand Paradise and its subsidiaries, including, among other things, limitations on its ability to pay dividends or distributions to us, incur additional debt, make investments or engage in other businesses; merge or consolidate with other companies, or transfer and sell assets.

• We face significant competition with respect to destination travel locations generally and with respect to our peers in the industries in which we compete, and failure to effectively compete could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition results of operations and cash flow. The hotel, resort and casino industries are highly competitive. We do not believe that our competition is limited to a particular geographic area, and hotel, resort and gaming operations in other states or countries could attract our customers. To the extent that new casinos enter our markets or hotel room capacity is expanded by others in major destination locations, competition will increase. Major competitors, including new entrants, have either recently expanded their hotel room capacity or are currently expanding their capacity or constructing new resorts in Las Vegas and Macau. Also, the growth of gaming in areas outside Las Vegas, including California, has increased the competition faced by our operations in Las Vegas and elsewhere. In particular, as large scale gaming operations in Native American tribal lands has increased, particularly in California, competition has increased. In addition, competition could increase if changes in gaming restrictions in the U.S. and elsewhere result in the addition of new gaming establishments located closer to our customers than our casinos, such as

 

42


Table of Contents

has happened in California. For example, while our Macau operations compete to some extent with casinos located elsewhere in Asia, including Singapore, Australia and New Zealand, certain countries in the region have legalized casino gaming (including Malaysia, Vietnam and Cambodia), and others (such as Japan, Taiwan and Thailand) may legalize casino gaming in the future. Furthermore, currently MGM Grand Paradise holds a subconcession under one of only three gaming concessions authorized by the Macau government to operate casinos in Macau. If the Macau government were to allow additional competitors to operate in Macau through the grant of additional concessions or subconcessions, we would face increased competition. In addition to competition with other hotels, resorts, and casinos, we compete with destination travel locations outside of the markets in which we operate. Our failure to compete successfully in our various markets and to continue to attract customers could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

In addition, in connection with the initial public offering of MGM China Holdings Limited (“MGM China”), the holding company that indirectly owns and operates MGM Macau, we entered into a Deed of Non-compete Undertakings with MGM China and Ms. Pansy Ho pursuant to which we are restricted from having any interest or involvement in gaming businesses in China, Macau, Hong Kong and Taiwan other than through MGM China. While gaming is currently prohibited in China, Hong Kong and Taiwan, if it is legalized in the future our ability to compete with our competitors in these locations would be limited until the earlier of (i) March 31, 2020 or (ii) the date MGM China’s ordinary shares cease to be listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

• Our businesses are subject to extensive regulation and the cost of compliance or failure to comply with such regulations may adversely affect our business and results of operations. Our ownership and operation of gaming facilities is subject to extensive regulation by the countries, states, and provinces in which we operate. These laws, regulations and ordinances vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, but generally concern the responsibility, financial stability and character of the owners and managers of gaming operations as well as persons financially interested or involved in gaming operations. As such, our gaming regulators can require us to disassociate ourselves from suppliers or business partners found unsuitable by the regulators or, alternatively, cease operations in that jurisdiction. In addition, unsuitable activity on our part or on the part of our domestic or foreign unconsolidated affiliates in any jurisdiction could have a negative effect on our ability to continue operating in other jurisdictions. For a summary of gaming and other regulations that affect our business, see “Regulation and Licensing.” The regulatory environment in any particular jurisdiction may change in the future and any such change could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, we are subject to various gaming taxes, which are subject to possible increase at any time. Increases in gaming taxation could also adversely affect our results.

Further, our directors, officers, key employees and joint venture partners must meet approval standards of certain state and foreign regulatory authorities. If state regulatory authorities were to find a person occupying any such position or a joint venture partner unsuitable, we would be required to sever our relationship with that person or the joint venture partner may be required to dispose of their interest in the joint venture. State regulatory agencies may conduct investigations into the conduct or associations of our directors, officers, key employees or joint venture partners to ensure compliance with applicable standards. For example, as a result of the New Jersey Division of Gaming Enforcement (the “DGE”) investigation of our relationship with our joint venture partner in Macau we entered into a settlement agreement with the DGE under which we were required to sell our 50% ownership interest in Borgata and related leased land in Atlantic City. Certain public and private issuances of securities and other transactions that we are party to also require the approval of some state regulatory authorities.

In Macau, current laws and regulations concerning gaming and gaming concessions are, for the most part, fairly recent and there is little precedent on the interpretation of these laws and regulations. These laws and regulations are complex, and a court or administrative or regulatory body may in the future render an interpretation of these laws and regulations, or issue new or modified regulations, that differ from MGM China’s interpretation, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, MGM China’s activities in Macau are subject to administrative review and approval by various government agencies. We cannot assure you that MGM China will be able to obtain all necessary approvals, which may materially affect its long-term business strategy and operations. Macau laws permit redress to the courts with respect to administrative actions; however, such redress is largely untested in relation to gaming issues.

 

43


Table of Contents

In addition to gaming regulations, we are also subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations affecting businesses in general. These laws and regulations include, but are not limited to, restrictions and conditions concerning alcoholic beverages, environmental matters, smoking, employees, currency transactions, taxation, zoning and building codes, and marketing and advertising. Such laws and regulations could change or could be interpreted differently in the future, or new laws and regulations could be enacted. For example, Illinois has enacted a ban on smoking in nearly all public places, including bars, restaurants, work places, schools and casinos. The likelihood or outcome of similar legislation in other jurisdictions and referendums in the future cannot be predicted, though any smoking ban would be expected to negatively impact our financial performance.

• Our business is affected by economic and market conditions in the markets in which we operate and in the locations in which our customers reside. Our business is particularly sensitive to reductions in discretionary consumer spending and corporate spending on conventions and business development. Economic contraction, economic uncertainty or the perception by our customers of weak or weakening economic conditions may cause a decline in demand for hotel and casino resorts, trade shows and conventions, and for the type of luxury amenities we offer. In addition, changes in discretionary consumer spending or consumer preferences could be driven by factors such as the increased cost of travel, an unstable job market, perceived or actual disposable consumer income and wealth, or fears of war and future acts of terrorism. Aria, Bellagio, MGM Grand Las Vegas and The Mirage in particular may be affected by economic conditions in the Far East, and all of our Nevada resorts are affected by economic conditions in the United States, and California in particular. A recession, economic slowdown or any other significant economic condition affecting consumers or corporations generally is likely to cause a reduction in visitation to our resorts, which would adversely affect our operating results. For example, the recent recession and downturn in consumer and corporate spending has had a negative impact on our results of operations. In addition, the weak housing and real estate market — both generally and in Nevada particularly — has negatively impacted CityCenter’s ability to sell residential units. In addition, since we expect a significant number of customers to come to MGM Macau from mainland China, general economic and market conditions in China could impact our financial prospects. Any slowdown in economic growth or changes to China’s current restrictions on travel and currency movements could disrupt the number of visitors from mainland China to MGM Macau as well as the amounts they are willing to spend in the casino. For example, in May and July 2008, China readjusted its visa policy toward Macau and limited the number of visits that some mainland Chinese citizens may make to Macau in a given time period. In September 2008, it was publicly announced that mainland Chinese citizens with a Hong Kong visa (but not a Macau visa) could no longer enter Macau from Hong Kong. In addition, in May 2009, China also began to restrict the operation of “below-cost” tour groups involving low up-front payments and compulsory shopping, which were popular among visitors to Macau from mainland China. It is unclear whether these and other measures will continue to be in effect, or become more restrictive, in the future. These developments have, and any future policy developments that may be implemented may have, the effect of reducing the number of visitors to Macau from mainland China, which could adversely impact tourism and the gaming industry in Macau.

• The Macau Government can terminate MGM Grand Paradise’s subconcession under certain circumstances without compensating MGM Grand Paradise, can exercise its redemption right with respect to the subconcession in 2017 or can refuse to grant MGM Grand Paradise an extension of the subconsession in 2020, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows . The Macau government has the right to unilaterally terminate the subconcession in the event of fundamental non-compliance by MGM Grand Paradise with applicable Macau laws or MGM Grand Paradise’s basic obligations under the subconcession contract. MGM Grand Paradise has the opportunity to remedy any such non-compliance with its fundamental obligations under the subconcession contract within a period to be stipulated by the Macau Government. Upon such termination, all of MGM Grand Paradise’s casino area premises and gaming-related equipment would be automatically transferred to the Macau government without compensation to MGM Grand Paradise, and we would cease to generate any revenues from these operations. We cannot assure you that MGM Grand Paradise will perform all of its obligations under the subconcession contract in a way that satisfies the requirements of the Macau Government.

 

44


Table of Contents

Furthermore, under the subconcession contract, MGM Grand Paradise is obligated to comply with any laws and regulations that the Macau Government might promulgate in the future. We cannot assure you that MGM Grand Paradise will be able to comply with these laws and regulations or that these laws and regulations would not adversely affect our ability to construct or operate our Macau businesses. If any disagreement arises between MGM Grand Paradise and the Macau Government regarding the interpretation of, or MGM Grand Paradise’s compliance with, a provision of the subconcession contract, we will be relying on the consultation process with the Macau government as described above. During any consultation, MGM Grand Paradise will be obligated to comply with the terms of the subconcession contract as interpreted by the Macau Government. Currently, there is no precedent concerning how the Macau Government will treat the termination of a concession or subconcession upon the occurrence of any of the circumstances mentioned above. The loss of the subconcession would require us to cease conducting gaming operations in Macau, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, the subconcession contract expires on March 31, 2020. Unless the subconcession is extended, or legislation with regard to reversion of casino premises is amended, all of MGM Grand Paradise’s casino premises and gaming-related equipment will automatically be transferred to the Macau government on that date without compensation to us, and we will cease to generate any revenues from such gaming operations. Beginning on March 31, 2017, the Macau government may redeem the subconcession contract by providing us at least one year’s prior notice. In the event the Macau government exercises this redemption right, MGM Grand Paradise is entitled to fair compensation or indemnity. The amount of such compensation or indemnity will be determined based on the amount of gaming and non-gaming revenue generated by MGM Macau, excluding the convention and exhibition facilities, during the taxable year prior to the redemption, before deducting interest, depreciation and amortization, multiplied by the number of remaining years before expiration of the subconcession. We cannot assure you that MGM Grand Paradise will be able to renew or extend the subconcession contract on terms favorable to MGM Grand Paradise or at all. We also cannot assure you that if the subconcession is redeemed, the compensation paid to MGM Grand Paradise will be adequate to compensate for the loss of future revenues.

• Extreme weather conditions or climate change may cause property damage or interrupt business, which could harm our business and results of operations. Certain of our casino properties are located in areas that may be subject to extreme weather conditions, including, but not limited to, hurricanes in the United States and severe typhoons in Macau. Such extreme weather conditions may interrupt our operations, damage our properties, and reduce the number of customers who visit our facilities in such areas. Although we maintain both property and business interruption insurance coverage for certain extreme weather conditions, such coverage is subject to deductibles and limits on maximum benefits, including limitation on the coverage period for business interruption, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to fully insure such losses or fully collect, if at all, on claims resulting from such extreme weather conditions. Furthermore, such extreme weather conditions may interrupt or impede access to our affected properties and may cause visits to our affected properties to decrease for an indefinite period.

• We extend credit to a large portion of our customers and we may not be able to collect gaming receivables.  We conduct our gaming activities on a credit and cash basis. Any such credit we extend is unsecured. Table games players typically are extended more credit than slot players, and high-stakes players typically are extended more credit than patrons who tend to wager lower amounts. High-end gaming is more volatile than other forms of gaming, and variances in win-loss results attributable to high-end gaming may have a significant positive or negative impact on cash flow and earnings in a particular quarter. We extend credit to those customers whose level of play and financial resources warrant, in the opinion of management, an extension of credit. In addition, MGM Grand Paradise extends credit to certain gaming promoters and those promoters can extend credit to their customers. Receivables from high-end customers and gaming promoters could have a significant impact on our results of operations if deemed uncollectible.

While gaming debts evidenced by a credit instrument, including what is commonly referred to as a “marker,” and judgments on gaming debts are enforceable under the current laws of Nevada, and Nevada judgments on gaming debts are enforceable in all states under the Full Faith and Credit Clause of the U.S. Constitution, other jurisdictions may determine that enforcement of gaming debts is against public policy. Although courts of some foreign nations will enforce gaming debts directly and the assets in the U.S. of foreign debtors may be reached to satisfy a judgment, judgments on gaming debts from U.S. courts are not binding on the courts of many foreign nations.

Furthermore, we expect that MGM Grand Paradise will be able to enforce its credit obligations only in a limited number of jurisdictions, including Macau. To the extent MGM Grand Paradise gaming customers and gaming promoters are from other jurisdictions, MGM Grand Paradise may not have access to a forum in which it will be able to collect all of its gaming receivables because, among other reasons, courts of many jurisdictions do not enforce gaming debts and MGM Grand Paradise may encounter forums that will refuse to enforce such debts. Moreover, under applicable law, MGM Grand Paradise remains obligated to pay taxes on uncollectible winnings from customers.

Even where gaming debts are enforceable, they may not be collectible. Our inability to collect gaming debts could have a significant negative impact on our operating results.

 

45


Table of Contents

• Conflicts of interest may arise because certain of our directors and officers are also directors of MGM China, the holding company for MGM Grand Paradise which owns and operates MGM Macau . As a result of the initial public offering of shares MGM China common stock, MGM China now has stockholders who are not affiliated with us, and we and certain of our officers and directors who also serve as officers and/or directors of MGM China may have conflicting fiduciary obligations to our stockholders and to the minority stockholders of MGM China. Decisions that could have different implications for us and MGM China, including contractual arrangements that we have entered into or may in the future enter into with MGM China, may give rise to the appearance of a potential conflict of interest or an actual conflict of interest.

 

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

Our share repurchases are only conducted under repurchase programs approved by our Board of Directors and publicly announced. We did not repurchase shares of our common stock during the quarter ended June 30, 2011. The maximum number of shares available for repurchase under our May 2008 repurchase program was 20 million as of June 30, 2011.

 

Item 6. Exhibits

 

  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, dated June 14, 2011.
  4.1    Indenture, dated as of June 17, 2011, among MGM Resorts International, the guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 20, 2011).
10.1*    Subconcession Contract for the Exploitation of Games Fortune and Chance or Other Games in Casino in the Special Administrative Region of Macau, dated April 19, 2005, between Sociedade de Jogos de Macau, S.A., as concessionaire, and MGM Grand Paradise S.A., as subconcessionaire.
10.2    Land Concession Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2005, relating to the MGM Macau resort and casino between the Special Administrative Region of Macau and MGM Grand Paradise, S.A.
10.3    Credit Facility Agreement, dated July 27, 2010, by and among MGM Grand Paradise, S.A., the guarantors named therein, Bank of America, N.A., Bank of China Limited, Macau Branch, Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Macau) Limited, Banco Nacional Ultramarino, S.A., Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank Hong Kong Branch, BNP PARIBAS Hong Kong Branch, Commerzbank AG Hong Kong Branch, The Royal Bank of Scotland PLC, Singapore Branch, as Mandated Lead Arrangers, Banco Comercial Português, S.A., Macau Branch, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, as Lead Arrangers, Tai Fung Bank Limited, Banco Comercial de Macau, S.A., The Bank of Nova Scotia, Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch, as Senior Managers, with Bank of America, N.A., Hong Kong Branch, as Facility Agent and Banco National Ultamarino, S.A., as Security Agent.
10.4    MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Time-Vesting Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, dated April 6, 2009, between the Company and James J. Murren.
10.5    MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Time- and Price-Vesting Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, dated April 6, 2009, between the Company and James J. Murren.
10.6    MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Time- and Price-Vesting Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, dated April 6, 2009, between the Company and James J. Murren.

 

46


Table of Contents
10.7    Amendment to MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, dated June 30, 2011, between the Company and James J. Murren.
10.8    MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Amended and Restated Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, dated April 8, 2011, between the Company and James J. Murren.
10.9    MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Units Agreement, dated April 8, 2011, between the Company and James J. Murren.
10.10    Amendment to MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, dated June 30, 2011, between the Company and James J. Murren.
10.11    Amendment to MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Nonqualified Stock Option Agreements, dated June 30, 2011, between the Company and James J. Murren.
10.12    Amendment to MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, dated June 30, 2011, between the Company and Daniel J. D’Arrigo.
10.13    Amendment to MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Restricted Stock Units Agreements, dated June 30, 2011, between the Company and Daniel J. D’Arrigo.
10.14    Amendment to MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Nonqualified Stock Option Agreements, dated June 30, 2011, between the Company and Daniel J. D’Arrigo.
10.15    Amendment to MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Restricted Stock Units Agreement, dated June 30, 2011, between the Company and Robert H. Baldwin.
10.16    Amendment to MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreements, dated June 30, 2011, between the Company and Robert H. Baldwin.
10.17    Amendment to MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Nonqualified Stock Option Agreements, dated June 30, 2011, between the Company and Robert H. Baldwin.
10.18    MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Amended and Restated Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, dated April 8, 2011, between the Company and Robert H. Baldwin.
10.19    Amendment to MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Nonqualified Stock Option Agreements, dated June 30, 2011, between the Company and Corey Sanders.
10.20    Amendment to MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, dated June 30, 2011, between the Company and Corey Sanders.
10.21    Amendment to MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Restricted Stock Units Agreement, dated June 30, 2011, between the Company and Corey Sanders.
10.22    Amendment to MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, dated June 30, 2011, between the Company and Corey Sanders.
10.23    Amendment to MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, dated June 30, 2011, between the Company and William J. Hornbuckle.
10.24    Amendment to MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, dated June 30, 2011, between the Company and William J. Hornbuckle.
10.25    Amendment to MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Restricted Stock Units Agreements, dated June 30, 2011, between the Company and William J. Hornbuckle.

 

47


Table of Contents
10.26    Amendment to MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE) Nonqualified Stock Option Agreements, dated June 30, 2011, between the Company and William J. Hornbuckle.
10.27    Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Joint Venture Agreement, dated May 13, 2011, by and among Nevada Landing Partnership, an Illinois general partnership, and RBG, L.P., an Illinois limited partnership.
31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer of Periodic Report Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a).
31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer of Periodic Report Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a).
32.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
32.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

 

* Material terms of this agreement are disclosed under “The Subconcession” in the Web Proof Information Pack filed as Exhibit 99 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 9, 2011; agreement to be filed upon receipt of required consent of the Macau government to publicly file the agreement.

 

48


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

  MGM Resorts International
Date: August 8, 2011   By:  

/s/ JAMES J. MURREN

    James J. Murren
   

Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President

    (Principal Executive Officer)
Date: August 8, 2011    

/s/ DANIEL J. D’ARRIGO

    Daniel J. D’Arrigo
   

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

    (Principal Financial Officer)

 

49

EXHIBIT 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL

June 14, 2011

MGM Resorts International (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify as follows:

A. The name under which the Corporation was originally incorporated is GRAND NAME, CO., and the date of filing the original certificate of incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware is January 29, 1986.

B. The first Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ First Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”) was filed June 15, 2010.

C. This second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (this “ Amended and Restated Certificate of Corporation ”) was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL, and restates, integrates and amends the provisions of the First Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

D. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective immediately upon its filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

E. The text of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth as follows:

1. The name of the Corporation is:

MGM Resorts International

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, No. 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

3. The nature of the business, or objects or purposes proposed to be transacted, provided or carried on are:

In general to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.


4. The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 1,000,000,000 shares, all of which are to be common stock, and the par value of each of such shares is to be $.01.

5. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws of this Corporation.

6. Tender offers for the purchase of equity securities of this Corporation shall not be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

7. The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

8. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the by-laws of the Corporation shall so provide.

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the by-laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws of the Corporation.

9. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this certificate of incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

10. A director of this Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

Any repeal or amendment of this Article 10 by the stockholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

11. (A) Except as is otherwise expressly provided in instruments containing the terms of the Corporation’s securities, which instruments have been approved by the New Jersey Casino Control Commission (hereinafter “Commission”), in accordance with Section 82d(7) and (9) of the New Jersey Casino Control Act, N.J.S.A. 5:12-1 et seq. (“Act”), all securities of the Corporation shall be held subject to the condition that if a holder thereof is disqualified by the Commission pursuant to the Act (“Disqualified Holder”), such Disqualified Holder shall dispose of his interest in the

 

2


Corporation’s securities within 120 days or such other time period required by the Commission following the Corporation’s receipt of notice (the “Notice Date”) of such Disqualified Holder. Promptly following the Notice Date, the Corporation shall personally deliver a copy of such written notice to the Disqualified Holder, mail it to such Disqualified Holder at the address shown on the Corporation’s books and records, or use any other reasonable means of delivering a copy of such written notice to the Disqualified Holder. Failure of the Corporation to provide notice to a Disqualified Holder after making reasonable efforts to do so shall not preclude the Corporation from exercising its rights under this Article 11. Failure of the Corporation to exercise its rights under this Article 11 shall not preclude the Corporation from exercising its rights under Article 12.

(B) A Disqualified Holder shall reimburse the Corporation for all expenses incurred by the Corporation in performing its obligations and exercising its rights under this Article 11 or Article 12.

(C) This Article 11 shall become effective if and when the Corporation becomes a holding company of a casino licensee under the New Jersey Act. This Article 11 shall remain in effect only so long as required by the Commission.

12. So long as the Corporation holds (directly or indirectly) a license or franchise from a governmental agency to conduct its business, which license or franchise is conditioned upon some or all of the holders of the Corporation’s stock possessing prescribed qualifications, any and all shares of the Corporation’s stock shall be subject to redemption by the Corporation, at its sole option and in its sole discretion, to the extent necessary to prevent the loss of such license or franchise or to reinstate it.

Any shares of the Corporation’s stock redeemable pursuant to this Article 12 may be called for redemption immediately for cash, property or rights, including securities of the Corporation or another corporation, on not less than five (5) days notice to the holder(s) thereof at a redemption price equal to the average closing price of such stock on a national securities exchange for the 45 trading days immediately preceding the date of the redemption notice; or if such stock is not so traded, then the average of the high and low closing bid price of the stock as quoted by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation system for such 45 trading day period; or if such stock is not so quoted, the redemption price shall be determined in good faith by the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of the date first set forth above.

 

/s/ John M. McManus
John M. McManus, Secretary

 

[ SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL ]

Exhibit 10.2

( translation)

 

N. 14 — 6-4-2006   OFFICIAL GAZETTE OF THE SPECIAL ADMINISTRATIVE OF MACAU - Series II   2739

 

 

...

Dispatch of the Secretary of Transports

and Public Works no. 47/2006

Using the authority conferred by article 64 of the Basic Law of Special the Administrative Region of Macau and under the terms of articles 29, no. 1, paragraph c), 49 and following and 57, no. l, paragraph a), all from Law no.6/80/M of July 5, the Secretary for the Transports and Public Works orders:

1. A lease with exemption from public tender, is granted to company “MGM Grand Paradise, S.A.”, under the terms and conditions present in the attached contract, which is an integral part of the present dispatch, the land, in part to be levelled, with a total area of 43,167 square meters, designated as lot “a”, of block “B2”, located in the peninsula of Macau, zone B of the new Outer Harbour New Land Reclamation Area (Portuguese acronym NAPE), near Avenida 24 de Junho and the Avenida Dr. Sun Yat Sen, for the construction of a complex, in horizontal property regime, intended for a Hotel-Resort- Casino.

2. The present dispatch is effective immediately.

March 29, 2006.

The Secretary for the Transports and Public Works, Ao Man Long

APPENDIX

(Process No. 2 438.01 from Office of Ground Services,

Public Works and Transports and Process no. 1/2006

of the Land Commission)

Contract entered into agreement between:

The Special Administrative Region of Macau as first party; and

The company MGM Grand Paradise, S.A. as second party

Considering that:

1. By a petition addressed to his Excellency the Executive Chief on August 13, 2004, the company with the firm “SJM-Investimentos, Limitada”, with head office in Macau, at


Avenida de Lisboa, Lisboa Hotel, 9 th floor, registered in the Commercial and Movable Assets Registry Office under number 17682 (SO) requested a concession by lease and without public bidding, of the parcel of land with the area of 43,167m2, located in Macau, designated as lot “a”, of block “B2” of the zone B of the new Outer Harbour New Land Reclamation Area (Portuguese initials NAPE) for construction of a casino hotel complex designated “MGM Grand Casino/Hotel Complex” in the scope of an sub concession agreement for exploitation of games of fortune or chance or any other games in casino to be drawn by the “Sociedade de Jogos de Macau, S.A.) controlling partner of the petitioner with approval of the government of Special the Administrative Region of Macau.

2. To clarify their intention, on August 17, 2004, “SJM-Investimentos, Limited” stated that the requested concession has as beneficiary a subsidiary company, to be incorporated for that effect, which in substitution of part, will assume the role of petitioner regarding the aforementioned concession request.

3. The petition thus presented in December 2, 2004, “SJM-Investimentos, Limitada” and the company with business name “Terra C Sub, S.A.” with head office at Avenida Lisboa, no. 2 and 4, Ala Velha do Hotel Lisboa, 9 th floor, in Macau, registered in the Commercial and Movable Assets Registry Office under number 19355 (SO), legalized the request for substitution in the concession process, from the first petitioner to the second petitioner, alleging the need to be prepared, in a timely manner, with the documentation necessary to obtain financing for the development of the project, in compliance with the respective plan of development, herein attached.

4. However, on March 24, 2005, the referred petitioners together with the company “MGM Grand Paradise, S.A.” requested a new substitution of the part in the concession process in favour of the aforementioned company, with head office in Macau, at Alameda Dr. Carlos D’Assumpção, no. 180, Building Tong Nam Ah, 12 th floor E, registered in the Commercial and Movable Assets Registry Office under number 18 972 (SO), alleging the concession was requested with the objective to construct the of casino/hotel complex of the referred company, in the scope of the sub-concession agreement for the exploitation of games of fortune or chance or any other games in casino in the Special Administrative Region of Macau to be drawn between “Sociedade de Jogos de Macau, S.A.” and the company, to which the government has already given a positive opinion for its approval, where the conclusion of the formalities is expected shortly.

5. After having the request analyzed, and the opinions of the competent professionals been issued on the development plans, the Office for Ground Services, Public Works and transportation (Portuguese acronym DSSOPT) proposed the plan be granted specifying the conditions the concession should abide by, which merited the approval of his Excellency the Executive Chief, through Dispatch on April 18, 2005.

6. After the referred conditions were communicated to the petitioner, the petitioner notified that would submit a new development plan with different total areas of construction ends, which happened in August 29, 2005.


7. Having the new plan been considered suitable for approval, contingent upon the fulfilment of some technical requirements, the DSSOPT elaborated concession contract draft which met the agreement of the petitioner, stated in declaration presented in December 14, 2005.

8. The procedure followed its course, having been sent to the Land Commission which convened in session on January 19, 2006, issuing a favourable opinion to granting the request.

9. The opinion of the Land Commission was homologated by dispatch of His Excellency the Executive Chief, on January 27, 2006, rendered on a favourable opinion given by Secretary for the Transports and Public Works, on January 24, 2006.

10. The land in appraisal is designated with letters “Al”, “A2”, “A3”, “B1”, “B2a”, “B2b”, “B3”, “B4”, “C1”, “C2”, “D1” and “D2”, in plant no. 6 347/2005, issued by the Cartography and Land Registry Bureau (Portuguese acronym DSCC), on May 17, 2005. The parcels “A1”, “A2” and “A3”, are described in the Land Registry Office (Portuguese acronym CRP) under no. 23 131, parcels “B2a” and “B2b” under no. 22 327 and “B4” under no. 22 323. However, parcels “B1”, “B3”, “C1”, “C2”, “D1” and “D2” are not described in the CRP.

11. Under the terms and for the purposes stipulated in article Law no. 6/80/M, of July 5, the conditions of the contract titled by the present dispatch had been notified to the petitioner and its acceptance was presented by means of a declaration presented in March 9, 2006, signed by Ho, Pansy Catilina Chiu King, married, resident in Macau, at Avenida da Praia Grande, no. 759, 5 th floor, in the quality of Director of Group A, and by Gary Neil Jacobs, married, resident in 3600, Las Vegas Boulevard, South, Las Vegas, Nevada, United States of America, in the quality of Director of group B, both representing the company “MGM Grand Paradise, S.A.”, quality and powers which were verified by Private Notary Zhao Lu, as recognized and rendered in the declaration.

12. The instalment of the premium referred to in paragraph 2) of clause nine of the contract was paid at the Macau Tax Department on February 24, 2006 (revenue no. 14 240), through receipt no. 10/2006, issued by the Land Commission on February 8, 2006, for which a copy will be filled with the respective process.

Clause 1 – Purpose of Contract

 

1.

By this Agreement, the first party awards the second party, a lease and with exemption from public tender, of land, in part to be levelled, of 43 167 m 2 (forty-three thousand, one hundred and sixty-seven square metres), located on the peninsula of Macau, Outer Harbour New Land Reclamation Area (Portuguese initials NAPE), bordering Avenida 24 de Junho and Avenida Dr. Sun Yat Sen, designated as lot “a” of block “B2” of zone “B” with the attributed value of $299,286,876.00 (two hundred and ninety-nine million, two hundred and eighty


 

six thousand, eight hundred and seventy-six patacas), marked with the letters “A1”, “A2”, “B1”, “B2a” and “B2b”, “B3”, “B4”, “C1”, “C2”, “D1”, “D2” on the plan No. 6347/2005, issued by the Cartographic and Land Registry Bureau (Portuguese initials DSCC), on the 17 th of May 2005, which is an integral part of this agreement, henceforth known as the land.

 

2.

The registry circumstances on the Property registry Office (Portuguese initials CRP) of the various plots which make up the land are the following: parcels “A1”, “A2”, “A3” are registered under no.23131; parcels “B1”, “B3”, “C1”, “C2”, “D1”, “D2” are not registered; parcels “B2a” and “B2b” integral part of the building described in CRP under number 22327; and parcel “B4” is registered in the same Registry under no. 22323.

Clause 2 – Term of Lease

 

1.

The lease is valid for the term of 25 (twenty-five) years, from the date of the publication in the Official Gazette of the dispatch which validates this agreement.

 

2.

The term of the lease established in the previous paragraph, includes the required deadlines for the presentation of projects by the second party and for the appraisal of the first party.

Clause 3 – Development and purpose of the land

 

1.

The land is to be developed, with the construction of a “Hotel-Resort-Casino” complex subject to the horizontal property regime, with the following total construction areas:

 

• 5-Star Hotel*

     145,346 m 2

* Excluding the Escape Area

  

• Casino

     28,976 m 2

• Parking

     20,416 m 2

• Free area

     11,223 m 2

 

2.

The development of the land shall comply with the conditions set in the Official Street Plan No. 2003A018(a), issued on the 22 nd of April 2005, by the Land, Public Works and Transport Bureau (Portuguese initials DSSOPT), as well as with the projects to be drawn up and presented by the second party and approved by the first party.

 

3.

The second party should prepare the projects with a quality control manual prepared by a entity capable of demonstrating experience in similar services and of the same type and with technical competency recognised and approved by DSSOPT, with a work plan with the respective financial and operational chronogram, with samples for most important materials and Curriculum Vitae of


 

the responsible person for each area, in addition to all the legal documentation established by the current legislation, namely Decree-Law no. 79/85/M of August 21: in the absence of a manual or in case the submitted Quality Control Manual is not approved, the second party is compelled to abide by the Quality Control Manual which has been prepared in the meantime by an accepted entity and approved by the DSSOPT.

 

4.

The second party shall respect, in the preparation of the projects, the technical norms and regulations in force in the Special Administrative Region of Macau, namely the Regulation of Foundations, approved by Decree-Law no. 47/96/M, of August 26, and the Safety Regulations and Actions in Building and Bridge Structures approved by Decree-Law no. 56/96/M, of September 16, as well as the specifications and official homologation documents, manufacturer instructions or entities holding patents.

Clause 4 – Term for Development Period

 

1.

The land development shall be concluded within 36 months from the date of publication in the Official Gazette of the dispatch which validates this agreement.

 

2.

The term established in the previous paragraph include the deadline necessary for the presentation of the projects by the second party and the respective appraisal by the first party.

Clause 5 – Fines

 

1.

When the deadline regarding the land development, established in the previous clause is exceeded, the second party shall be subject to a fine of up to $5 000.00 (five thousand patacas) for each day of delay, up to a total of 60 (sixty) days; beyond this period and up to the maximum of 120 (one hundred and twenty) days, it shall be subject to a fine of up to double that amount, unless there are mitigating circumstances which can be duly justified and accepted by the first party.

 

2.

The second party shall be exonerated from the liability referred to in the preceding paragraph in cases of force majeure or of other events which can be shown to be outside of their control.

 

3.

Cases of force majeure are those resulting exclusively from unforeseeable and uncontrollable events.

 

4.

For the purposes of the stipulated on number two, the second party shall notify the first party as soon as possible, in writing, the occurrence of the above mentioned events


Clause 6 – Rent

 

1.

During the period of land development, the second party shall pay an annual rent of $30.00 (thirty patacas) per square metre of land granted, for a total amount of $1,295,010.00 (one million, two hundred and ninety-five thousand, and ten patacas).

 

2.

After the conclusion of the land development, the second party shall pay an annual rent of $2 931 220.00 (two million nine hundred and thirty-one thousand, two hundred and twenty patacas), resulting from the application of the following figures:

 

• 5-Star Hotel:

  

145 346 m 2 x $15.00/m 2

   $ 2 180 190.00;   

• Casino:

  

28 976m 2 x $15.00/m 2

   $ 434 640.00;   

• Parking:

  

20 416 m 2 x $10.00/m 2

   $ 204 160.00;   

• Free area:

  

11 223 m 2 x $10.00/m 2

   $ 112 230.00   

 

3.

The rents are reviewed every five years, from the date of the publication in the Official Gazette of the dispatch which validates this agreement, without prejudice to the immediate application of new amounts of rent established by any legislation which may be published during the term of the contract.

Clause 7 – Bond

 

1.

Under the terms stipulated in article 126 of Law no. 6/80/M, of July 5, the second party shall post a bond for the amount of $1,295,010.00 (one million, two hundred and ninety-five thousand and ten patacas) by means of deposit or bank guarantee accepted by the first party.

 

2.

The value of the referred bond in the preceding paragraph shall always correspond to the value of the respective annual rent.

 

3.

The bond referred to in no. 1 will be returned to the second party by Finance Services Bureau, upon request and after the presentation of the occupation permit issued by the DSSOPT.


Clause 8 – Special obligation

 

1.

The following special obligations are to be borne exclusively by the second party:

 

  1).

The clearing of the land parcels marked with the letters “A1”, “A2”, “A3”, “B1”, “B2a”, “B2b”, “B3”, “B4”, “C1” and “C2” on Plan No. 6347/2005, issued by the DSCC, on May 17, 2005.

 

  2).

The levelling of the land parcels marked with the letter “D1” and “D2” on the referred Plan;

 

  3)

The move and/or removal of all the existing infrastructures on the land granted and adjacent zones, in particular the drainage, water supply, electricity and telecommunications networks;

 

  4)

The surfacing and paving of the streets and pavements in the zone surrounding the land;

 

  5)

Urban landscaping in the zone surrounding the land granted.

 

2.

The second party assumes the responsibility to develop working projects referred to in the previous paragraph which require the approval of the first party.

 

3.

The second party guarantees the quality and performance of the materials and equipment used for the construction of the work referred to: in items 3) and 4) of paragraph 1 for a period of two-year, from the date of the provisional acceptance of the projects, assuming the responsibility to repair and correct any defects that may emerge during that period; and, in Item 5) of paragraph one, during the term of the land concession.

Clause 9 – Contract premium

The second party shall pay the first party, as a contract premium, corresponding to the first phase of the project, the total amount of $299 286 876.00 (two hundred and ninety-nine million, two hundred and eighty-six thousand, eight hundred and seventy-six patacas), as follows:

 

  1)

$1 781 883.00 (one million, seven hundred and eighty-one thousand and eight hundred and eighty-three patacas), to be provided in kind, for the embankment referred to in subparagraph 2) of Paragraph 1 of Clause Eight;

 

  2)

$100 000 000.00 (one hundred million patacas), in cash, on acceptance of the terms of this agreement, in accordance with the draft ratified by the Chief Executive;

 

  3)

The remainder of the value of $197 504 993.00 (one hundred and ninety-seven million, five hundred and four thousand, nine hundred and ninety-three patacas), which accrues interest at the annual rate of 5%, payable in 5 (five) in bi-annually instalments, of identical capital and interest, amounting to $42 512


 

330.00 (forty-two million, five hundred and twelve thousand, three hundred and thirty patacas), each maturing in the first 6 (six) months after the publication in the Official Gazette of the dispatch which validates this agreement.

Clause 10 – Waste material from the land

 

1.

The second party is expressly prohibited from removing from the land, without the prior written consent of the first party, any materials, such as earth, stone, gravel and sand, resulting from the excavation of foundations and ground levelling.

 

2.

Consent shall only be given, by the first party, for the removal of materials that cannot be used on the land nor can be given any other use.

 

3.

The materials removed with the consent of the first party shall always be deposited in a place indicated by the first party.

 

4.

Failure to comply with the stipulations of this Clause, and without prejudice to the payment of compensation to be established by DSSOPT experts and depending on the materials actually removed, the second party shall be subject to the following penalties:

 

  1)

For the 1st offence: $20 000.00 to $50 000.00;

 

  2)

For 2nd offence: $51 000.00 to $ 100 000.00 patacas;

 

  3)

For the 3rd offence: $101 000.00 to $ 200 000.00 patacas;

  4)

Beginning with the 4th offence the first party shall have the right to rescind from the contract.

Clause 11 – License

The license for use is only issued after the presentation of proof of full payment of the premium, as established in Clause Nine, as well as fulfilment of all the obligations stipulated in Clause Eight.

Clause 12 – Assignment

 

1.

The assignment of situations emerging from this concession, given its nature, depends on the prior consent of the first party and subjects the assignee to a revision of the terms of this agreement.

 

2.

To guarantee the necessary financing for the undertaking, the second party may take out a voluntary mortgage over the right to the lease of the land granted herein, in favour of credit institutions, in accordance with the provisions of Article 2 of Decree-Law 51/83/M, of 26 December.

Clause 13 – Supervision

During the period of development of the land granted, the second party assumes the responsibility to guarantee access to the land and to the works to representatives of


Government Services who go there during the performance of their supervisory duties, providing them all the assistance and means for the good execution of their duties.

Clause 14 – Forfeiture

 

1.

This agreement shall expire in the following cases:

 

  1)

At the end of the deadline for payment of the aggravated fine, stipulated in Paragraph One of Clause Five;

 

  2)

Non authorized alteration, of the purpose of the concession, while the development of the land has not yet been concluded;

 

  3)

Interruption of the land development for a period greater than 90 (ninety) days, except for duly justified reasons accepted by the first party.

 

2.

The forfeiture of the agreement shall be declared by order of the Chief Executive, to be published in the Official Gazette.

 

3.

The forfeiture of the agreement shall determine the total or partial reversion of the land to the ownership of the first party, with all the improvements introduced, the second party having no right to compensation.

Clause 15 – Termination

 

1.

This current agreement can be terminated if any of the following events occur:

 

  1)

The rent is not paid on time;

 

  2)

Alteration without consent of the land development and/or of the purpose of the concession, if the land development has already been concluded;

  3)

Assignment of situations emerging from the concession, with violation of the provisions of Clause Thirteen;

 

  4)

Non-fulfilment of the obligations established in Clauses Eight and Nine.

 

  5)

Repeated violation, beginning with the 4 th offence, the obligations established in Clause Ten;

 

2.

The termination of the agreement shall be declared by order of the Chief Executive, to be published in the Official Gazette.

Clause 16 – Reversion to the Casino

The termination of the sub-concession for the operation of games of chance and gambling or other casino games, awarded to the second party by the sub-concession


agreement signed between Sociedade de Jogos de Macau S.A and the second party , due to it reaching the end of its term or for another reason provided for therein, shall imply the free and automatic reversion, free of any obligations or expenses, to the first grantor of the fraction of the casino, as well as of the equipment and apparatus assigned to the games, even if they are outside the casino building.

Clause 17 – Competent Court

For the purposes of the resolution of any emerging litigation from this agreement, the competent court shall be the Court of First Instance of the Special Administrative Region of Macau.

Clause 18 – Applicable Legislation

This present agreement is governed, in issues not listed herein, by Law 6/80/M, of July 5, and other applicable legislation.

(Plant no. 6 347/2005)

for the parcels

“A1”, “A2”, “A3”, “B1”, “B2a”, “B2b”, “B3”,

“B4”, “C1”, “C2”, “D1” and “D2”,

Land near Avenida 24 de Junho

Outer Harbour New Land Reclamation Area (NAPE)

Lot a of Block B2 of Zone B

Cartographic and Land Registry Bureau

Scale 1:3000

 

Equidistance of curves is 2 meters

  Average level of the sea (MSL)

 

Parcel A1

  =   14 653 m 2   Parcel B3   =   6 480 m 2

Parcel A2

  =   171m 2   Parcel B4   =   6 480 m 2

Parcel A3

  =   83 m 2   Parcel C1   =   3 009 m 2

Parcel B1

  =   3 234 m 2   Parcel C2   =   124 m 2


Parcel B2a

  =   2 802 m 2   Parcel D1   =   5 175 m 2

Parcel B2b

  =   432 m 2   Parcel D2   =   524 m 2

Actual Boundaries:

- A1 + A2 + A3 + B1 + B2b + B3 + B4 + C1 + C2 + D1 + D2

Parcels A1 + A2 + A3 + B1 + B2b + B3 + B4 + C1 + C2 + D1 + D2

 

NE

Avenida 24 de Junho

 

SE

Avenida Dr. Sun Yat-Sem

 

SW

Land near Avenida de Sagres (no. S22327 and 23131), land presumably omitted from the C.R.P., near Avenida de Sagres e Lago Nan Van;

 

NW

Land near Avenida de Sagres (no. S22326 and 23131), land presumably omitted from the C.R.P., near Avenida de 24 de Junho granted by lease to the Associação de Apoio a Escola Secundária Kao IP by dispatch no. 111/SATOP/99 published in the Official Gazette no. 48 of 02/12/1999.

 

OBS:

  

- “Al + A2 + A3 + Bl + B2b + B3 + B4 + C1 + C2 + D1 + D2”

  

- Parcels “A1 + A2 + A3 + B1 + B2b + B3 + B4 + C1 + C2 + D1 + D2”

  

- Represent the future boundaries of the land.

  

- Parcels “A1 + A2 + A3” are part of the description no. 23131

  

- Parcels “B1 + B3 + C1 + C2 + D1 + D2” is land presumably omitted from the C.R.P

  

- Parcels “B2a +B2b” are part of the description no. 22327

  

- Parcel “B4”correspond to the totality of the description no. 22323.

  

- Parcels “A2 + A3 + B2b + C2 + D2” represent the area intended to be the service area for support purposes.

  

- Parcels “D1+D2” represent the area to be levelled by the leaser of the concession.

Exhibit 10.3

CREDIT AGREEMENT

DATED 27 JULY 2010

HK$7,410,000,000

CREDIT FACILITIES

for

MGM GRAND PARADISE, S.A.

arranged by

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED, MACAU BRANCH

INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA (MACAU) LIMITED

BANCO NACIONAL ULTRAMARINO, S.A.

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK HONG KONG BRANCH

BNP PARIBAS HONG KONG BRANCH

COMMERZBANK AG HONG KONG BRANCH

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC, SINGAPORE BRANCH

as Mandated Lead Arrangers

BANCO COMERCIAL PORTUGUÊS, S.A., MACAU BRANCH

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.

SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION

as Lead Arrangers

TAI FUNG BANK LIMITED

BANCO COMERCIAL DE MACAU, S.A.

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, HONG KONG BRANCH

as Senior Managers

with

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., HONG KONG BRANCH

as Facility Agent

and

BANCO NACIONAL ULTRAMARINO, S.A.

as Security Agent

ALLEN & OVERY

Allen & Overy


CONTENTS

 

Clause         Page  
1.   

Interpretation

     1   
2.   

Facilities

     25   
3.   

Purpose

     26   
4.   

Conditions precedent

     27   
5.   

Utilisation

     27   
6.   

Optional Currency

     28   
7.   

Repayment

     29   
8.   

Prepayment and cancellation

     30   
9.   

Interest

     36   
10.   

Terms

     38   
11.   

Market disruption

     39   
12.   

Taxes

     40   
13.   

Increased Costs

     42   
14.   

Mitigation

     43   
15.   

Payments

     43   
16.   

Representations and warranties

     45   
17.   

Information covenants

     52   
18.   

Financial covenants

     56   
19.   

General covenants

     58   
20.   

Default

     72   
21.   

The Administrative Parties

     78   
22.   

Evidence and calculations

     83   
23.   

Fees

     83   
24.   

Indemnities and Break Costs

     85   
25.   

Expenses

     86   
26.   

Amendments and waivers

     87   
27.   

Changes to the Parties

     89   
28.   

Disclosure of information

     94   
29.   

Set-off

     95   
30.   

Pro Rata Sharing

     95   
31.   

Severability

     96   
32.   

Counterparts

     96   
33.   

Notices

     96   
34.   

Language

     98   
35.   

Governing law

     99   
36.   

Enforcement

     99   
Schedule   
1.   

Original Parties

     101   
2.   

Conditions precedent documents

     104   
  

Part 1        To be delivered on or before the Closing Date

     104   
  

Part 2        For an Additional Guarantor or Listco

     107   
  

Part 3        To be delivered in respect of Additional Security

     110   
3.   

Pre-agreed IP Agreement Terms

     111   
4.   

Permitted Transfer Provisions

     112   
5.   

Agreed Form Listco Guarantee

     114   
6.   

Form of Request

     130   

 

      CREDIT AGREEMENT


7.   

Forms of Transfer Certificate

     131   
  

Part 1        Transfers by assignment, assumption and release

     131   
  

Part 2        Tranfers by Novation

     134   
8.   

Form of Compliance Certificate

     136   
9.   

Form of Additional Guarantor Accession Agreement

     137   
10.   

Form of Resignation Request

     138   
Signatories         139   

 

      CREDIT AGREEMENT


THIS AGREEMENT is dated 27 July 2010 and is made BETWEEN :

 

(1)

MGM GRAND PARADISE, S.A. (the Company );

 

(2)

THE PERSONS listed in Schedule 1 (Original Parties) as original guarantors (in this capacity, the Original Guarantors );

 

(3)

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , BANK OF CHINA LIMITED, MACAU BRANCH, INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA (MACAU) LIMITED, BANCO NACIONAL ULTRAMARINO, S.A., CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK HONG KONG BRANCH, BNP PARIBAS HONG KONG BRANCH, COMMERZBANK AG HONG KONG BRANCH and THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC, SINGAPORE BRANCH as mandated lead arrangers (in this capacity, the Mandated Lead Arrangers );

 

(4)

BANCO COMERCIAL PORTUGUÊS, S.A., MACAU BRANCH, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC. and SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION as lead arrangers (in this capacity, the Lead Arrangers );

 

(5)

TAI FUNG BANK LIMITED, BANCO COMERCIAL DE MACAU, S.A., THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA and DEUTSCHE BANK AG, HONG KONG BRANCH as senior managers (in this capacity, the Senior Managers );

 

(6)

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 (Original Parties) as original lenders (the Original Lenders );

 

(7)

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., HONG KONG BRANCH as facility agent (in this capacity, the Facility Agent ); and

 

(8)

BANCO NACIONAL ULTRAMARINO, S.A. as security agent and trustee (in this capacity, the Security Agent ).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

Definitions

In this Agreement:

A Revolving Credit Commitment means that portion of the Revolving Credit Commitment designated as A Revolving Credit Commitment for a Lender.

A Term Loan Facility means that portion of the Term Loan Facility drawable from the Term Loan Commitments that is designated as an A Term Loan Commitment.

Accounting Date means each 31 March, 30 June, 31 September and 31 December, except as adjusted to ensure that those dates fall on the same day of the week or otherwise with the consent of the Facility Agent.

Accounting Period means a period of approximately one year or three months ending on an Accounting Date for which financial statements are required to be prepared under this Agreement.

 

   1    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Additional Guarantor means a member of the Restricted Group which becomes a Guarantor after the date of this Agreement.

Additional Guarantor Accession Agreement means a letter, substantially in the form of Schedule 9 (Form of Additional Guarantor Accession Agreement), with such amendments as the Facility Agent and the Company may agree.

Adjusted Leverage Ratio has the meaning given to it in Clause 18 (Financial covenants).

Administrative Party means a Mandated Lead Arranger, a Lead Arranger, a Senior Manager or an Agent.

Affiliate means a Subsidiary or a Holding Company of a person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

Agent means the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

Agreed Listco Corporate Overhead Expenses means expenses of Listco incurred for the purpose of maintenance of its corporate existence and its status as a publicly listed company including, without limitation, director fees, audit expenses, insurance premiums for directors and officers’ liabilities insurance and related legal fees and other expenses which, in the aggregate, must not exceed US$5,000,000 in each financial year of the Company.

Agreed Subordinated Fees means any fees payable in relation to IP Rights to a Sponsor Affiliate pursuant to the IP Agreement, such fees not exceeding the maximum threshold amount for each of the Company’s financial year set forth in Schedule 3 (Pre-agreed IP Agreement Terms).

Anti-Terrorism Laws means the Executive Order, the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. §§ 5311 et seq.), the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986 (18 U.S.C. §§ 1956 et seq.), the USA Patriot Act, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. §§ 1701 et seq.), the Trading with the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. App. §§ 1 et seq.), any other law or regulation administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, and any similar law enacted in the United States of America after the date of this Agreement.

Assignment of Insurances means the assignment of insurances dated on or about the Closing Date between the Company and the Security Agent.

Assignment of Reinsurances means an assignment of reinsurances dated on or about the Closing Date between each Direct Insurer and the Security Agent.

Assignment of Rights means the assignment of rights to amounts payable by the Macau Government under the Sub-Concession Contract dated on or about the Closing Date between the Company and the Security Agent.

Auditors means Deloitte & Touche or such other independent public accountants of international standing which may be appointed by the Company.

Availability Period means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including:

 

  (a)

for a Term Loan, the date falling 30 Business Days from the date of this Agreement; and

 

  (b)

for a Revolving Credit Loan, the date falling one month before the Final Maturity Date.

 

   2    CREDIT AGREEMENT


B Revolving Credit Commitment means that portion of the Revolving Credit Commitment designated as B Revolving Credit Commitment for a Lender.

B Term Loan Facility means that portion of the Term Loan Facility drawable from the Term Loan Commitments that is designated as a B Term Loan Commitment.

Break Costs means the amount (if any) which a Lender is entitled to receive under Subclause 24.3 (Break Costs).

Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in Hong Kong and Macau and, if on that day a payment in or a purchase of US Dollars is to be made, New York.

Closing Date means the first Utilisation Date.

Commitment means a Commitment, as so designated, of a Lender under a particular Facility.

Common Security Sharing Agreement means an agreement or a deed between, amongst others, the Secured Parties (or an Agent on their behalf), the Company and the Second Property Finance Parties (or an agent on their behalf) setting out the terms under which the Security Interests over the shares or share capital of the Company and any termination proceeds of the Sub-Concession Contract will be shared amongst the Secured Parties and the Second Property Finance Parties.

Company Share Pledge means the limited recourse pledge over shares in the Company dated on or about the Closing Date between the Shareholders, the Company and the Security Agent (as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time) and includes any agreement or document by which a new holder of shares in the Company becomes a party to and assumes the obligations and liabilities under such limited recourse pledge.

Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form of Schedule 8 (Form of Compliance Certificate).

Debenture means the debenture dated on or about the Closing Date between the Company and the Security Agent.

Default means:

 

  (a)

an Event of Default; or

 

  (b)

an event or circumstance which would be (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice or the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of them) an Event of Default.

Designated Person means a person:

 

  (a)

listed in the annex to, or otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

 

  (b)

named as a “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person” on the most current list published by Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list; or

 

  (c)

with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

   3    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Direct Insurer means an insurer with whom Insurance is placed from time to time in accordance with Subclause 19.22 (Insurances) and who has effected any policies, treaties and contracts of reinsurance of any kind related to such Insurance.

Distribution has the meaning given to it in Subclause 19.17 (Distributions).

Dormant Subsidiary means a member of the Group which does not trade (for itself or as agent for any person) or does not own, legally or beneficially, assets (including, without limitation, indebtedness owed to it) which in aggregate have a value that exceeds HK$10,000,000 or its equivalent.

Environmental Approval means any authorisation required by Environmental Law.

Environmental Claim means any claim by any person in connection with:

 

  (a)

a breach, or alleged breach, of Environmental Law;

 

  (b)

any accident, fire, explosion or other event of any type involving an emission or substance which is capable of causing harm to any living organism or the environment; or

 

  (c)

any other environmental contamination.

Environmental Law means any law or regulation concerning:

 

  (a)

the protection of health;

 

  (b)

the environment;

 

  (c)

the physical conditions of the workplace; or

 

  (d)

any emission or substance which is capable of causing harm to any living organism or the environment.

Event of Default means an event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 20 (Default).

Existing Facilities means:

 

  (a)

the term loan facilities made available under the hotel and resort facility agreement dated 13 July 2006 between the Company and, among others, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited ( HSBC ) as hotel and resort facility agent;

 

  (b)

the term loan facilities made available under the expanded hotel and resort facility agreement dated 4 February 2008 between the Company and, among others, HSBC as hotel and resort facility agent;

 

  (c)

the term loan facilities made available under the project facility agreement dated 13 July 2006 between the Company and, among others, HSBC as project facility agent;

 

  (d)

the term loan facilities made available under the expanded project facility agreement dated 4 February 2008 between the Company and, among others, HSBC as project facility agent;

 

  (e)

the revolving credit facilities made available under the revolving credit facility agreement dated 13 July 2006 between the Company and, among others, HSBC as revolving credit facility agent; and

 

   4    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (f)

the revolving credit facilities made available under the expanded revolving credit facility agreement dated 4 February 2008 between the Company and, among others, HSBC as revolving credit facility agent,

in each case, under a common terms agreement dated 13 July 2006 (and all as amended from time to time).

Facility means the Term Loan Facility or the Revolving Credit Facility.

Facility Office means the office(s) notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent:

 

  (a)

on or before the date it becomes a Lender; or

 

  (b)

by not less than five Business Days’ notice,

as the office(s) through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

Fee Letter means any letter entered into, on or prior to the date of this Agreement, by reference to this Agreement between one or more Administrative Parties and the Company setting out the amount of certain fees referred to in this Agreement.

Final Maturity Date means the date falling five years after the date of this Agreement.

Finance Document means:

 

  (a)

this Agreement;

 

  (b)

the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed;

 

  (c)

the Listco Guarantee;

 

  (d)

a Security Document;

 

  (e)

a Request;

 

  (f)

a Fee Letter;

 

  (g)

a Compliance Certificate;

 

  (h)

a Transfer Certificate;

 

  (i)

an Additional Guarantor Accession Agreement;

 

  (j)

a Resignation Request; or

 

  (k)

any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Company.

Finance Party means a Lender or an Administrative Party.

Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  (a)

moneys borrowed;

 

  (b)

any acceptance credit (including any dematerialised equivalent);

 

   5    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (c)

any bond, note, debenture, loan stock or other similar instrument;

 

  (d)

any redeemable preference share;

 

  (e)

any agreement treated as a finance or capital lease in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (f)

receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

  (g)

the acquisition cost of any asset or service to the extent payable before or after its acquisition or possession by the party liable where the advance or deferred payment:

 

  (i)

is arranged primarily as a method of raising finance or of financing the acquisition of that asset or service or the construction of that asset or service; or

 

  (ii)

involves a period of more than six months before or after the date of acquisition or supply;

 

  (h)

any derivative transaction protecting against or benefiting from fluctuations in any rate or price (and, except for non-payment of an amount, the then mark-to-market value of the derivative transaction will be used to calculate its amount);

 

  (i)

any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) which has the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

  (j)

any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of any guarantee, indemnity, bond, letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; or

 

  (k)

any guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss of any person in respect of any item referred to in the above paragraphs.

First Ranking Debt Discharge Date has the meaning given to it in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed.

Floating Charge means the floating charge dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Company and the Security Agent.

GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company including IFRS.

Group means, as at any date, the Company and its Subsidiaries as at that date.

Guarantor means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor.

HIBOR means for a Term of any Loan or overdue amount denominated in Hong Kong Dollars:

 

  (a)

the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  (b)

if no Screen Rate is available for the relevant currency or Term of that Loan or overdue amount, the arithmetic mean (rounded upward to four decimal places) of the rates, as supplied to the Facility Agent at its request, quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the Hong Kong interbank market,

 

   6    CREDIT AGREEMENT


as of 11.00 a.m. on the Rate Fixing Day for the offering of deposits in the currency of that Loan or overdue amount for a period comparable to that Term.

Holding Company of any other person, means a person in respect of which that other person is a Subsidiary.

Hong Kong means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC.

Hong Kong Dollars or HK$ means the lawful currency for the time being of Hong Kong.

IFRS means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

Increased Cost means:

 

  (a)

an additional or increased cost;

 

  (b)

a reduction in the rate of return from a Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital (including, without limitation, as a result of any reduction in the rate of return on capital brought about by more capital being required to be allocated by such Finance Party); or

 

  (c)

a reduction of an amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates but only to the extent attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document and excludes any additional or increased cost, reduction in the rate of return or reduction of an amount due and payable which results from a change in the Adjusted Leverage Ratio.

Insurance means any contract of insurance taken out by or on behalf of a member of the Restricted Group or under which it has a right to claim, in each case in connection with the Resort.

IP Agreement means:

 

  (a)

as at the date of this Agreement, the trademark sublicense agreement dated 19 April 2005 between MGM and MGM Resorts International Holdings, Limited (formerly known as MGMM International Holdings, Ltd.) and as restated on 8 November 2007 and made between MGM Resorts International Holdings, Limited (formerly known as MGMM International Holdings, Ltd.) and the Company (the Existing IP Agreement ); and

 

  (b)

any replacement agreement of the Existing IP Agreement entered into between the Company and any Sponsor Affiliate pursuant to which the Company and members of the Restricted Group (other than a Dormant Subsidiary) are permitted to use the IP Rights which are the subject of the Existing IP Agreement and the economic terms of which are substantially the same as those set out in Schedule 3 (Pre-agreed IP Agreement Terms).

IP Right means:

 

  (a)

any know-how, patent, trade mark, service mark, design, business name, domain name, topographical or similar right;

 

  (b)

any copyright, data base or other intellectual property right; or

 

   7    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (c)

any interest (including by way of licence) in any of the above,

in each case, whether registered or not, and includes any related application.

Land Concession Contract means the land concession contract agreed to by the Company with the Macau Government on 9 March 2006 which forms an integral part of Dispatch no. 47/2006.

Land Concession Consent Agreement means the agreement relating to Security Interests under the Land Concession Contract dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Macau Government, the Company and the Security Agent.

Land Security Assignment means the land security assignment dated on or about the Closing Date between the Company and the Security Agent.

Legal Reservations means:

 

  (a)

the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

  (b)

the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim;

 

  (c)

similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction (as defined in Subclause 16.25 (Jurisdiction/governing law); and

(d) any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in any legal opinion required under this Agreement.

Lender means:

 

  (a)

an Original Lender; or

 

  (b)

any person which becomes a Party in accordance with Subclause 27.2 (Assignments and transfers by Lenders).

LIBOR means for a Term of any Loan or overdue amount denominated in US Dollars:

 

  (a)

the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  (b)

if no Screen Rate is available for the relevant currency or Term of that Loan or overdue amount, the arithmetic mean (rounded upward to four decimal places) of the rates, as supplied to the Facility Agent at its request, quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the London interbank market,

as of 11.00 a.m. on the Rate Fixing Day for the offering of deposits in the currency of that Loan or overdue amount for a period comparable to that Term.

Limitation Acts means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

Listco means a person formed by the Sponsors to undertake the Listco IPO and which must be incorporated in the Cayman Islands, Hong Kong, the British Virgin Islands or such other jurisdiction acceptable to the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).

 

   8    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Listco Guarantee means the guarantee, in substantially the form set out in Schedule 5 (Agreed Form Listco Guarantee), to be entered into between Listco and the Security Agent on or about the Listco IPO Reorganisation Date.

Listco IPO means an initial public offering of ordinary shares (whether by way of issuance of new shares or sale of existing shares or otherwise) in Listco with an internationally recognised stock exchange.

Listco IPO Date means the first day on which the ordinary shares of Listco are listed on an internationally recognised stock exchange.

Listco IPO Proceeds means any amount received by Listco (or its Subsidiaries that receive the same or any part thereof, directly or indirectly from Listco) in respect of a Listco IPO.

Listco IPO Reorganisation means any reorganisation of or affecting the Company and/or the shares or share capital of the Company on or prior to the Listco IPO Date, including any acquisition of shares of the Company by, or the issuance of shares in the Company to, Listco (or any of its wholly-owned direct or indirect Subsidiaries) or any Sponsor Affiliates for the purposes of implementing the Listco IPO, where:

 

  (a)

such reorganisation does not and will not result in a change of control (as defined in Subclause 8.2 (Mandatory prepayment – change of control, termination event or sale of business)); and

 

  (b)

on the date of completion of any acquisition of shares of the Company by, or issuance of shares of the Company to, Listco (or any of its wholly-owned direct or indirect Subsidiaries) or a Sponsor Affiliate:

 

  (i)

Listco executes and delivers to the Facility Agent:

 

  (A)

the Listco Guarantee; and

 

  (B)

a duly completed Accession Agreement (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed); and

 

  (ii)

each person who is, on that date, a direct shareholder of the Company becomes (if not already) a party to the Company Share Pledge and executes and delivers to the Facility Agent a duly completed Accession Agreement (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed).

Listco IPO Reorganisation Date means the date on which the Company confirms by written notice to the Facility Agent pursuant to Subclause 19.18 (Listco Guarantee and Listco IPO Reorganisation Date) that the Listco IPO Reorganisation has been completed.

Livrança Covering Letter means the letter from the Company to the Security Agent dated on or about the date of this Agreement in relation to the Livranças.

Livranças means the promissory notes dated on or about the date of this Agreement issued by the Company, endorsed by each of the other Obligors and payable to the Security Agent.

Loan means, unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, the principal amount of each borrowing under this Agreement or the principal amount outstanding of that borrowing.

 

   9    CREDIT AGREEMENT


London Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London.

Macau means the Macau Special Administrative Region of the PRC.

Macau Government means:

 

  (a)

the government of Macau;

 

  (b)

any authority, agency or department established by the government of Macau;

 

  (c)

any political subdivision of Macau; or

 

  (d)

any public corporation or other public entity, in each case, of which Macau has direct or indirect control and control for this purpose means the power to direct the management and the policies of the entity whether through the ownership of share capital, contract or otherwise.

Majority Lenders means, at any time, Lenders:

 

  (a)

whose share in the outstanding Loans and whose undrawn Commitments then aggregate 51 per cent. or more of the aggregate of all the outstanding Loans and the undrawn Commitments of all the Lenders;

 

  (b)

if there is no Loan then outstanding, whose undrawn Commitments then aggregate 51 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments; or

 

  (c)

if there is no Loan then outstanding and the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, whose Commitments aggregated 51 per cent. or more of the Total Commitments immediately before the reduction.

Margin means the rate per annum calculated in accordance with Subclause 9.3 (Margin adjustments).

Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect which is or reasonably likely to be materially adverse to:

 

  (a)

the ability of any Obligor or Listco to perform its payment obligations under any Finance Document;

 

  (b)

the business, assets or financial condition of the Company or the Restricted Group taken as a whole; or

 

  (c)

the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness of any Security Interest granted or purported to be granted pursuant to, any Finance Document.

Maturity Date means the last day of the Term of a Revolving Credit Loan.

MGM means MGM Resorts International (formerly known as MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation, or any of its successor corporations.

MGM I means MGM Resorts Macau, Ltd (formerly known as MGM Mirage Macau, Ltd), a corporation organised under the laws of the Isle of Man.

 

   10    CREDIT AGREEMENT


MGM II means MGM Macau, Ltd (formerly known as MGMM Macau, Ltd), a corporation organised under the laws of the Isle of Man.

MGM Subordinated Loan Agreement means the loan agreement dated 19 April 2005 between MGM and the Company (as amended, supplemented and restated from time to time).

Mortgage over Leasehold Land means the mortgage over leasehold land on which the Resort is situated dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Company and the Security Agent.

Ms. Pansy Ho means Ms. Ho Chiu King Pansy Catilina.

Net Listco IPO Proceeds means the Listco IPO Proceeds less all underwriting and other transactional fees and expenses associated with the Listco IPO that have been incurred for the account of the Company or any member of the Restricted Group provided that in determining the amount of transactional fees and expenses associated with the Listco IPO (other than underwriting fees), the Company may (acting reasonably) estimate and take into account, as if such fees have been paid on that date, the total amount of any legal, audit, due diligence or other transactional fees (other than underwriting fees) which have not been paid but will be payable by the Company or any member of the Restricted Group in connection with the Listco IPO.

Non-Recourse Indebtedness means indebtedness of a member of the Group or any other person with respect to whom any member of the Group has granted any Security Interest, guarantee or other credit support of any kind:

 

  (a)

as to which none of the other members of the Group (i) provides any guarantee or credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute indebtedness) or (ii) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise);

 

  (b)

no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against that member of the Group or person) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other indebtedness of any other member of the Group to declare a default under such other indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity; and

 

  (c)

the terms of which do not provide any recourse against any of the assets of any other member of the Group, either by contract or by operation of the applicable laws.

Non-Recourse Subsidiary means a member of the Group:

 

  (a)

which is designated as such by the Company by written notice to the Facility Agent;

 

  (b)

whose assets and business form no part of nor are in any way necessary to ensure the full benefit of the Resort to the Company;

 

  (c)

which has no right, claim, interest or recourse of any kind (whether present or future, actual or contingent, direct or indirect) in or against the Resort, any of the Security Interests under the Security Documents (other than any Second Property Security Document entered into in accordance with Subclause 19.31 (Second Property Financing)) or any member of the Restricted Group or its assets (other than against the Company but only to the extent such right, claim, interest or recourse arises out of a contract entered into between the Company and such Non-Recourse Subsidiary on arm’s length terms for the purposes of operating any casino or other resort property not forming part of the Resort); and

 

   11    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (d)

has not acquired any material assets (other than cash or any right of use under the Sub-Concession Contract permitted under Subclause 19.31 (Second Property Financing)) directly or indirectly from any member of the Restricted Group.

Obligor means the Company or a Guarantor.

Original Financial Statements means:

 

  (a)

the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company prepared by the Auditors for the year ended 31 December 2009; and

 

  (b)

the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company for the financial quarter ended 31 March 2010.

Original Obligor means the Company or an Original Guarantor.

Party means a party to this Agreement.

Patacas or MOP means the lawful currency for the time being of Macau.

Performance Bond means any guarantee provided under clause 61 of the Sub-Concession Contract or similar requirements of the Macau Government or the government of the PRC in relation to the conduct of the business of any member of the Restricted Group at the Resort to the extent the amount guaranteed under such requirements does not exceed MOP300,000,000 and is subordinated to amounts owed by the Obligors under the Finance Documents as a Second Ranking Debt (as defined in the Security Trust and Intrecreditor Deed) in accordance with the Security Trust and Intrecreditor Deed.

Performance Bond Facility means the facility extended to the Company by the Performance Bond Provider in accordance with the terms of the Performance Bond Facility Letter for the issuance of the Performance Bond and any replacement facility for the issuance of the Performance Bond.

Performance Bond Facility Letter means the agreement dated 15 April 2005 executed by the Company, identified as the Performance Bond Provider’s “Guarantia Bancaria No. 139/2005”.

Performance Bond Provider means Banco Nacional Ultramarino, S.A.

Permitted Financial Indebtedness means any Financial Indebtedness:

 

  (a)

incurred under the Secured Finance Documents;

 

  (b)

incurred under the Performance Bond Facility;

 

  (c)

incurred under the Sponsor Loan Documents;

 

  (d)

of any member of the Group (other than a Dormant Subsidiary) which either:

 

  (i)

does not have the benefit of any Security Interest; or

 

  (ii)

has the benefit of a Security Interest but such Security Interest ranks behind the benefit of the Security Interest of the Secured Parties,

in each case, where no repayment or prepayment of principal is due or may be made prior to the First Ranking Debt Discharge Date;

 

   12    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (e)

incurred under any Treasury Transaction permitted under Subclause 19.14 (Treasury Transactions);

 

  (f)

permitted under Subclause 19.13 (Third party guarantees) or Subclause 19.15 (Loans out); or

 

  (g)

comprising Subordinated Debt;

 

  (h)

under finance or capital leases of vehicles, plant, equipment or computers entered into on commercial and arm’s length terms for the purposes of operating and managing the Resort, provided that the aggregate capital value of all such items so leased under outstanding leases by all the members of the Restricted Group does not exceed HK$200,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) at any time;

 

  (i)

in respect of guarantee obligations represented by performance bonds, standby or commercial letters of credit, bankers acceptances, guarantees or similar instruments issued by any person for the benefit of a trade creditor of a member of the Restricted Group, provided that the aggregate liability of all of the members of the Restricted Group under such guarantee obligations does not exceed HK$50,000,000 for each financial year of the Company;

 

  (j)

expressly permitted in writing by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably)).

Permitted Lease means any lease on retail shops, restaurants, non-gaming space that form part of the Resort, and arrangement for the junkets to use space in the Resort exclusively, entered into by the Company on commercial terms.

Permitted Property Distribution means a Permitted Restricted Payment by way of a Distribution of an asset other than cash not forming part of, nor comprising any asset required for the operation of, the Resort by a member of the Restricted Group to a person which is not a member of the Group.

Permitted Restricted Payment means:

 

  (a)

any Restricted Payment made by a member of the Restricted Group out of the Net Listco IPO Proceeds, provided that such payment is made when no Default is outstanding or would occur immediately after the making of such payment;

 

  (b)

any Restricted Payment to a Sponsor Affiliate in respect of a Sponsor Reimbursement Amount;

 

  (c)

any Restricted Payment of Agreed Subordinated Fees or Agreed Listco Corporate Overhead Expenses, provided that such payment is made when no Default is outstanding or would occur immediately after the making of such payment;

 

  (d)

any other Restricted Payment, provided that such payment is made:

 

  (i)

when no Default is outstanding or would occur immediately after the making of such payment;

 

  (ii)

when at least five Business Days prior to the making of such payment, the Company has delivered to the Facility Agent a Permitted Restricted Payment Certificate certifying that the Pro Forma Adjusted Leverage Ratio does not exceed 4:00 to 1:00 immediately after the making of such payment; and

 

   13    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (iii)

where the Pro Forma Adjusted Leverage Ratio will not exceed 4.00:1.00 but will exceed 3.50:1.00 immediately after the making of such payment, the Company has made a voluntary prepayment in compliance with Subclause 8.4 (Mandatory prepayment – Permitted Restricted Payment).

Permitted Restricted Payment Certificate means, in relation to a proposed Permitted Restricted Payment referred to in paragraph (d) of the definition of Permitted Restricted Payment, a certificate from the Company, signed by its chief finance officer, to the Facility Agent:

 

  (a)

certifying that no Default is outstanding or would occur immediately after the making of such proposed Permitted Restricted Payment; and

 

  (b)

setting out the Pro Forma Adjusted Leverage Ratio (taking into account any prepayment that may be required to be made pursuant to Subclause 8.4 (Mandatory prepayment – Permitted Restricted Payment) as a result of such proposed Permitted Restricted Payment) immediately after the making of such proposed Permitted Restricted Payment,

enclosing the financial statements for the 12-month period upon which the calculation of the Pro Forma Adjusted Leveraged Ratio is based.

Permitted Security means:

 

  (a)

any Security Interest constituted by the Security Documents;

 

  (b)

any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (c)

any Security Interest on the shares or share capital of or loans to a Non-Recourse Subsidiary to secure any obligation of that Non-Recourse Subsidiary

 

  (d)

any second ranking Security Interest referred to in paragraph (d) of the definition of Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

 

  (e)

until the Closing Date, any Security Interest securing the Existing Facilities;

 

  (f)

any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Restricted Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements;

 

  (g)

any Security Interest over or affecting any asset acquired by a member of the Restricted Group after the Closing Date and if:

 

  (i)

the Security Interest was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that asset by a member of the Restricted Group; and

 

  (ii)

the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that asset by that member of the Restricted Group;;

 

  (h)

any Security Interest over or affecting any asset of any company which becomes a member of the Restricted Group after the Closing Date, where the Security Interest is created prior to the date on which that company becomes a member of the Restricted Group and if:

 

  (i)

the Security Interest was not created in contemplation of the acquisition of that asset by that company; and

 

   14    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (ii)

the principal amount secured has not been increased in contemplation of or since the acquisition of that asset by that company;

 

  (i)

any Security Interest arising under any retention of title, hire purchase or conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having similar effect in respect of goods supplied to a member of the Restricted Group in the ordinary course of trading and on the supplier’s standard or usual terms and not arising as a result of any default or omission by any member of the Restricted Group;

 

  (j)

any Security Interest arising as a consequence of any finance or capital lease permitted pursuant to paragraph (h) of the definition of Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

 

  (k)

tax liens which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Company and/or the relevant member of the Restricted Group in conformity with GAAP;

 

  (l)

carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like liens arising in the ordinary course of business for amounts which are not overdue for a period of more than 90 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

  (m)

pledges or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation provided that if such pledges are being contested, appropriate reserves (determined in accordance with GAAP) are maintained on the books of the Company or the relevant member of the Restricted Group;

 

  (n)

deposits by or on behalf of a member of the Restricted Group to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, appeal bonds and other obligations of a like nature of that member of the Restricted Group incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (o)

any attachment or judgment lien not constituting an Event of Default;

 

  (p)

liens in favour of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

 

  (q)

Security Interests over cash deposits with, or held for the account of, a member of Restricted Group securing reimbursement obligations under performance bonds, guarantees, commercial or standby letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments permitted under paragraph (i) of the definition of Permitted Financial Indebtedness granted in favour of the issuers of such performance bonds, guarantees, commercial letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances, so long as the amount of cash secured by such Security Interest does not exceed 110 per cent. of the amount of the Permitted Financial Indebtedness secured thereby (ignoring any interest earned or paid on such cash)

 

  (r)

in the event of any proposed refinancing in full of the Facilities, any Security Interest granted to the relevant financiers to secure such refinancing so long as such Security Interest ranks behind the Security Interest created by the Security Documents pending such refinancing being completed and where the conditions set out in Subclause 19.5(c)(ii) (Negative pledge) are met;

 

  (s)

easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments and other similar encumbrances and other minor defects and irregularities in title, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, do not materially detract from the value of the property

 

   15    CREDIT AGREEMENT


 

subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and/or members of the Restricted Group;

 

  (t)

licences of patents, trademarks and other IP Rights granted by the Company or any member of the Restricted Group in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company;

 

  (u)

any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any governmental authority to control or regulate the use of any site and site easements; or

 

  (v)

any Security Interest constituted by the Second Property Security Documents, entered into in accordance with Subclause 19.31 (Second Property Financing).

Permitted Transaction means:

 

  (a)

an intra-Group re-organisation of any member of the Group on a solvent basis; or

 

  (b)

a Listco IPO Reorganisation.

Permitted Transferee means, in respect of any interest in the shares in the share capital of the Company owned directly or indirectly by Ms. Pansy Ho or a company controlled (as defined in Schedule 4 (Permitted Transferee Provisions)) by Ms. Pansy Ho, a transferee of such interest pursuant to and in compliance with the provisions set out in Schedule 4 (Permitted Transferee Provisions).

PHCO means Grand Paradise Macau Limited, a corporation organised under the laws of the Isle of Man.

Pledge over Gaming Equipment and Utensils means the pledge over gaming equipment and utensils dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Company and the Security Agent.

Pledge over Intellectual Property means the pledge over intellectual property dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Company and the Security Agent.

Pledge over Onshore Accounts the pledge over onshore accounts dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Company and the Security Agent.

Power of Attorney means the irrevocable power of attorney dated on or about the date of this Agreement granted by the Company in favour of the Security Agent in connection with the Security Documents.

PRC means the Peoples’ Republic of China.

Pro Forma Adjusted Leverage Ratio means, on any date, the ratio of:

 

  (a)

Adjusted Total Debt on that date after giving effect to any prepayment of the Facilities to be made on that date or as a consequence of a Permitted Restricted Payment on that date; to

 

  (b)

EBITDA for the 12-month period ending on the last day of the most recent calendar month having then occurred based on the accounts of the Company for that 12-month period enclosed with the Permitted Restricted Payment Certificate, after giving effect to any prepayment of the Facilities to be made on that date or as a consequence of a Permitted Restricted Payment on that date.

 

   16    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Pro Rata Share means:

 

  (a)

for the purpose of determining a Lender’s share in a utilisation of a Facility, the proportion which its Commitment under that Facility bears to all the Commitments under that Facility; and

 

  (b)

for any other purpose on a particular date:

 

  (i)

the proportion which a Lender’s share of the Loans (if any) bears to all the Loans;

 

  (ii)

if there is no Loan outstanding on that date, the proportion which its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments on that date;

 

  (iii)

if the Total Commitments have been cancelled, the proportion which its Commitments bore to the Total Commitments immediately before being cancelled; or

 

  (iv)

when the term is used in relation to a Facility, the above proportions but applied only to the Loans and Commitments for that Facility.

For the purpose of sub-paragraph (iv) above, the Facility Agent will determine, in the case of a dispute whether the term in any case relates to a particular Facility.

Rate Fixing Day means:

 

  (a)

the first day of a Term for a Loan denominated in Hong Kong Dollars; or

 

  (b)

the second London Business Day before the first day of a Term for a Loan denominated in US Dollars; or

or such other day as the Facility Agent determines is generally treated as the rate fixing day by market practice in the relevant interbank market.

Reference Banks means:

 

  (a)

in relation to HIBOR, the principal Hong Kong offices of Bank of America, N.A., Bank of China Limited, Macau Branch and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Macau) Limited; and

 

  (b)

in relation to LIBOR, the principal office in London of Bank of America, N.A., Bank of China Limited, Macau Branch and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Macau) Limited,

and any other bank or financial institution appointed as such by the Facility Agent (in consultation with the Company) under this Agreement.

Repayment Instalment means each scheduled instalment for repayment of the Term Loans.

Repeating Representations means at any time the representations and warranties which are then made or deemed to be repeated under Clause 16 (Representations and warranties) or any other Finance Document.

Request means a request for a Loan, substantially in the form of Schedule 6 (Form of Request).

 

   17    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Resignation Request means a letter in the form of Schedule 10 (Form of Resignation Request), with such amendments as the Facility Agent and the Company may agree.

Resort means the hotel and resort complex and the casino on land leased to the Company under the Land Concession Contract and the ownership, operation and maintenance of such hotel and resort complex and casino by the Company.

Restricted Group means, as at any date, the Group other than a person which is a Non-Recourse Subsidiary as at that date.

Restricted Payment means:

 

  (a)

a payment or Distribution;

 

  (b)

a subscription of equity;

 

  (c)

a repayment or prepayment of principal, or payment of interest, fees or other amounts, in respect of any Financial Indebtedness;

 

  (d)

an advance of Financial Indebtedness,

in each case, by a member of the Restricted Group to or in a Sponsor Affiliate.

Revolving Credit Commitment means:

 

  (a)

for an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Schedule 1 (Original Parties) under the heading Revolving Credit Commitments and designated A or B and the amount of any other Revolving Credit Commitment so designated which it acquires; and

 

  (b)

for any other Lender, the amount of any Revolving Credit Commitment so designated which it acquires,

to the extent not cancelled, transferred or reduced under this Agreement.

Revolving Credit Facility means the revolving credit facility referred to in Subclause 2.2 (Revolving Credit Facility) comprising that portion drawable from the A Revolving Credit Commitments and that portion drawable from the B Revolving Credit Commitments.

Revolving Credit Loan means a Loan under the Revolving Credit Facility, and when designated A or B , a Loan under the Revolving Credit Facility so designated.

Rollover Loan means, unless provided to the contrary in this Agreement, one or more Revolving Credit Loans:

 

  (a)

to be made on the same day that a maturing Revolving Credit Loan is due to be repaid;

 

  (b)

the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the maturing Revolving Credit Loan;

 

  (c)

in the same currency as the maturing Revolving Credit Loan; and

 

  (d)

to be made for the purpose of refinancing a maturing Revolving Credit Loan.

Screen Rate means:

 

   18    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (a)

for HIBOR, the rate designated as “FIXING@11:00” (or any other designation which may from time to time replace that designation or, if no such designation appears, the arithmetic average (rounded upwards, to five decimal places) of the displayed rates for the relevant period) appearing under the heading “HONG KONG INTERBANK OFFERED RATES (HK DOLLAR)”; and

 

  (b)

for LIBOR, the British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate,

for the relevant currency and Term displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen selected by the Facility Agent. If the relevant page is replaced or the service ceases to be available, the Facility Agent (after consultation with the Company and the Lenders) may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate.

Second Property means one or more resort-hotel-casinos (other than the Resort) developed or constructed by a member of the Group or Listco or one of Listco’s wholly-owned direct or indirect Subsidiaries in Macau.

Second Property Finance Party means a lender or any other party providing, arranging, financing or administering the Second Property Financing.

Second Property Financing means any Financial Indebtedness incurred by any person (other than any member of the Restricted Group) for the purpose of the Second Property.

Second Property Security Document means:

 

  (a)

any document evidencing or creating security over:

 

  (i)

the shares or share capital of the Company;

 

  (ii)

any termination proceeds of the Sub-Concession Contract; or

 

  (iii)

any asset of a member of the Restricted Group associated with the Second Property (and not associated with the Resort),

in each case, to secure a Second Property Financing; or

 

  (b)

a Common Security Sharing Agreement.

Secured Finance Document means a Finance Document or a Secured Hedging Document.

Secured Hedging Bank means a secured hedging bank party to the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed from time to time.

Secured Hedging Debt means, except to the extent expressly provided in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed, all Liabilities payable or owing by any Obligor to a Secured Hedging Bank under or in connection with the Secured Hedging Documents.

Secured Hedging Document means:

 

  (a)

any document designated as such under the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed by the Security Agent and a Secured Hedging Bank; or

 

  (b)

any contract entered into or confirmation given under that hedging document.

 

   19    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Secured Parties has the meaning given to it in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed.

Security Document means:

 

  (a)

the Company Share Pledge;

 

  (b)

the Mortgage over Leasehold Land;

 

  (c)

the Land Security Assignment;

 

  (d)

the Power of Attorney;

 

  (e)

the Assignment of Rights;

 

  (f)

the Pledge over Gaming Equipment and Utensils;

 

  (g)

the Pledge over Onshore Accounts;

 

  (h)

the Assignment of Insurances;

 

  (i)

an Assignment of Reinsurances;

 

  (j)

the Pledge over Intellectual Property;

 

  (k)

the Floating Charge;

 

  (l)

the Livranças Covering Letter;

 

  (m)

the Livranças;

 

  (n)

the Debenture;

 

  (o)

the Sub-Concession Consent Agreement;

 

  (p)

the Land Concession Consent Agreement;

 

  (q)

the Superemprego Share Pledge; or

 

  (r)

any other document evidencing or creating security over any asset of any member of the Restricted Group to secure any obligation of any Obligor to a Secured Party under the Secured Finance Documents.

Security Interest means any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment, hypothecation, security interest or encumbrance of any kind or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any option or other agreement to give a mortgage, lien, pledge, charge assignment, hypothecation, security interest or encumbrance of any kind or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect).

Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed means the security trust and intercreditor deed dated on or about the date of this Agreement between, among others, the Parties, MGM, each Shareholder and certain creditors of the Group.

Shareholder means Ms. Pansy Ho, PHCO, MGM I, or MGM II.

 

   20    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Sponsor means MGM or Ms Pansy Ho (including any of her Permitted Transferees).

Sponsor Affiliate means a Sponsor, a Shareholder or any of their Affiliates (other than a member of the Group) or any company that is controlled by a Sponsor or jointly controlled by each Sponsor. For the purpose of this definition, controlled means having the power to direct the management and the policies of an entity whether through ownership of voting capital, by contract or otherwise.

Sponsor Loan Documents means the MGM Subordinated Loan Agreement or the Sponsor Loan Note Instrument.

Sponsor Loan Note Instrument means the loan note instruments each dated 19 April 2005 between:

 

  (a)

MGM I and the Company in the amount of US$67,522,000;

 

  (b)

PHCO and the Company in the amount of US$54,041,000; and

 

  (c)

Ms. Pansy Ho and the Company in the amount of US$13,510,000.

Sponsor Reimbursement Amount means the amount of any documented cost, liability or expense incurred by a Sponsor Affiliate on behalf of the Company (to the extent not already reimbursed by any other means) under any arm’s length arrangement between such Sponsor Affiliate and the Company entered into for the purpose of the bona fide operation of the Company’s business, including, without limitation, any marketing fees payable by the Company to such Sponsor Affiliate for customer referrals where such fees do not exceed three per cent. of the theoretical win (calculated by the Company (acting reasonably)) on the gaming revenues so referred, or any other arrangements which are on terms and conditions approved by the stock exchange on which the shares of Listco are to be listed.

Sub-Concession Consent Agreement means the agreement relating to Security Interests (with the exclusion of land concession and immovable property) dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Macau Government, the Company and the Security Agent.

Sub-Concession Contract means the sub-concession contract dated 19 April 2005 between Sociedade de Jogos de Macao, S.A., a corporation organised under the laws of Macau, and the Company for the operation of games of chance and other games in casinos in Macau and the written confirmations from the Macau Government dated 19 April 2005, pursuant to which the Sub-Concession Contract was authorised and approved pursuant to applicable laws and regulations and confirming the Macau Government’s rights and obligations with respect to the Sub-Concession Contract.

Subordinated Debt means Financial Indebtedness incurred by the Company which is subordinated to the Financial Indebtedness of the Company under the Facilities in the manner and to the extent set out in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed.

Subsidiary means an entity of which a person has direct or indirect control or owns directly or indirectly more than 50 per cent. of the voting capital or similar right of ownership and control for this purpose means the power to direct the management and the policies of the entity whether through the ownership of voting capital, by contract or otherwise.

Superemprego Share Pledge means the pledge over quotas in Superemprego Lda. dated on or about the Closing Date between the Company and the Security Agent.

 

   21    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any related penalty or interest).

Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document.

Tax Payment means a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party in any way relating to a Tax Deduction or under any indemnity given by that Obligor in respect of Tax under any Finance Document.

Term means each period determined under this Agreement by reference to which interest on a Loan or an overdue amount is calculated.

Term Loan means a Loan under the Term Loan Facility, and when designated A or B a Loan under the Term Loan Facility so designated.

Term Loan Commitment means:

 

  (a)

for an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Schedule 1 (Original Parties) under the heading Term Loan Commitments and designated A or B and the amount of any other Term Loan Commitment so designated which it acquires; and

 

  (b)

for any other Lender, the amount of any other Term Loan Commitment so designated which it acquires,

to the extent not cancelled, transferred or reduced under this Agreement.

Term Loan Facility means the term loan facility referred to in Subclause 2.1 (Term Loan Facility) comprising that portion drawable from the A Term Loan Commitments and that portion drawable from the B Term Loan Commitments.

Total Commitments means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders.

Total Term Loan Commitments means the aggregate of the Term Loan Commitments of all the Lenders, or when designated A or B , the aggregate of the Term Loan Commitments of all the Lenders bearing that designation.

Total Revolving Credit Commitments means the aggregate of the Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Lenders, or when designated A or B , the aggregate of the Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Lenders bearing that designation.

Transaction Document means:

 

  (a)

a Finance Document;

 

  (b)

the Sub-Concession Contract;

 

  (c)

the Land Concession Contract; or

 

  (d)

the IP Agreement.

Transfer Certificate means:

 

   22    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (a)

for a transfer by assignment, assumption and release, a certificate substantially in the form of Part 1 of Schedule 7 (Forms of Transfer Certificate), and

 

  (b)

for a transfer by novation, a certificate substantially in the form of Schedule 7 (Forms of Transfer Certificate);

in each case, with such amendments as the Facility Agent may approve or reasonably require or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the Company.

Treasury Transaction means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or to benefit from the Restricted Group’s exposure to fluctuations in any rate, price, index or credit rating, excluding any derivative transaction entered into for speculative purposes.

UK means the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

US Dollars or US$ means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America.

Utilisation Date means each date on which a Facility is utilised.

 

1.2

Construction

 

(a)

In this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears, a reference to:

 

  (i)

a document being in the agreed form means that the document is in a form previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Company and the Facility Agent or if not so agreed is in a form specified by the Facility Agent;

 

  (ii)

an amendment includes a supplement, novation, extension (whether of maturity or otherwise), restatement, re-enactment or replacement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) and amended will be construed accordingly;

 

  (iii)

assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

  (iv)

an authorisation includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, permit, licence, exemption, filing, registration or notarisation;

 

  (v)

disposal means a sale, transfer, assignment, grant, lease, licence, declaration of trust or other disposal, whether voluntary or involuntary, and dispose will be construed accordingly;

 

  (vi)

the equivalent of one currency (the first currency ) in another currency (the second currency ) shall (unless otherwise specified) be determined by the Facility Agent or such person nominated by the Facility Agent acting reasonably for that purpose by reference to its spot rate of exchange in Hong Kong for the purchase of the second currency with the first currency at or about 11:00 a.m. on the date of the determination or if no such spot rate of exchange exists on that date, by such other method as the Facility Agent (in consultation with the Company) shall reasonably determine;

 

  (vii)

a guarantee means (other than in clause 8 (Guarantee and indemnity) of the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed) any guarantee, bond, letter of credit, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person, where, in each case, that obligation is assumed in order to maintain or asset the ability of that person to meet any of its indebtedness;

 

   23    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (viii)

indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety and whether present or future, actual or contingent) for the payment or repayment of money;

 

  (ix)

customer due diligence requirements are to the identification checks that a Finance Party requests in order to meet its obligations under any applicable law or regulation to identify a person who is (or is to become) its customer;

 

  (x)

a person includes any individual, company, corporation, unincorporated association or body (including a partnership, trust, fund, joint venture or consortium), government, state, agency, organisation or other entity whether or not having separate legal personality;

 

  (xi)

real property means any freehold, leasehold or immovable property and any buildings, erections, fixtures, fittings, fixed plant or machinery from time to time situated on or forming part of that freehold, leasehold or immovable property;

 

  (xii)

a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but, if not having the force of law, being of a type with which any person to which it applies is accustomed to comply) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

  (xiii)

a currency is a reference to the lawful currency for the time being of the relevant country;

 

  (xiv)

a Default being outstanding means that it has not been remedied or waived;

 

  (xv)

a provision of law is a reference to that provision as extended, applied, amended or re-enacted and includes any subordinate legislation;

 

  (xvi)

a Clause, a Subclause or a Schedule is a reference to a clause or subclause of, or a schedule to, this Agreement;

 

  (xvii)

a Party or any other person includes its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees;

 

  (xviii)

a Finance Document or other document or security includes (without prejudice to any prohibition on amendments) any amendment to that Finance Document or other document or security, including any change in the purpose of, any extension for or any increase in the amount of a facility or any additional facility; and

 

  (xix)

a time of day is a reference to Hong Kong time.

 

(b)

Unless the contrary intention appears, a reference to a month or months is a reference to a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month or the calendar month in which it is to end, except that:

 

  (i)

if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, the period will end on the next Business Day in that month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not);

 

  (ii)

if there is no numerically corresponding day in that month, that period will end on the last Business Day in that month; and

 

  (iii)

notwithstanding subparagraph (i) above, a period which commences on the last Business Day of a month will end on the last Business Day in the next month or the calendar month in which it is to end, as appropriate.

 

   24    CREDIT AGREEMENT


(c)

Unless the contrary intention appears:

 

  (i)

a reference to a Party will not include that Party if it has ceased to be a Party under this Agreement;

 

  (ii)

a word or expression used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement; and

 

  (iii)

any obligation of an Obligor under the Finance Documents which is not a payment obligation remains in force for so long as any payment obligation of an Obligor is, may be or is capable of becoming outstanding under the Finance Documents.

 

(d)

The headings in this Agreement do not affect its interpretation.

 

1.3

Conflict with a Finance Document

If there is any conflict between:

 

  (a)

the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any other Finance Document (other than the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed), the terms of this Agreement will prevail; and

 

  (b)

the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed, the terms of the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed will prevail.

 

1.4

Third parties

Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a party to a Finance Document may not enforce any of its terms under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 and, notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, no consent of any third party is required for any amendment (including any release or compromise of any liability) or termination of any Finance Document.

 

2.

FACILITIES

 

2.1

Term Loan Facility

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Company a term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Term Loan Commitments.

 

2.2

Revolving Credit Facility

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Company a revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

2.3

Limitations

 

(a)

The Term Loan Commitments may only be drawn down on the Closing Date in a single drawing.

 

(b)

No utilisation of the Revolving Credit Facility will be made unless the Term Loans have been or are on the same date (being the Closing Date) being made.

 

(c)

The A Revolving Credit Commitments and B Revolving Credit Commitments must be drawn down in pro rata proportion on each relevant Utilisation Date.

 

   25    CREDIT AGREEMENT


2.4

Nature of a Finance Party’s rights and obligations

Unless all the Finance Parties agree otherwise:

 

  (a)

the obligations of a Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several;

 

  (b)

failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations does not affect the obligations of any other person under the Finance Documents;

 

  (c)

no Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents;

 

  (d)

the rights of a Finance Party under the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights;

 

  (e)

a Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce those rights; and

 

  (f)

a debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party is a separate and independent debt.

 

3.

PURPOSE

 

3.1

Term Loans

Subject to Subclause 3.3 (Non-gaming purposes), each Term Loan may only be used for:

 

  (a)

refinancing the Existing Facilities; and

 

  (b)

to pay any break funding costs and other fees, costs and expenses payable in connection with that refinancing and under Subclause 25.1 (Costs).

 

3.2

Revolving Credit Loans

Subject to Subclause 3.3 (Non-gaming purposes), each Revolving Credit Loan may only be used for:

 

  (a)

refinancing the Existing Facilities and to pay any break funding costs and other fees, costs and expenses payable in connection with that refinancing; or

 

  (b)

for all proper corporate purposes of the Group.

 

3.3

Non-gaming purposes

No B Term Loan or B Revolving Credit Loan may be directly used for purposes connected with the operation of casino, games of chance or other forms of gaming.

 

3.4

No obligation to monitor

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the utilisation of a Facility.

 

   26    CREDIT AGREEMENT


4.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

4.1

Conditions precedent documents

 

(a)

A Request may not be given until the Facility Agent has notified the Company and the Lenders that it has received (or waived receipt of) all of the documents and evidence set out in and appearing to comply with the requirements of Section (A) of Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent documents).

 

(b)

No Loan may be advanced to the Company until the Facility Agent has notified the Company and the Lenders that it has received all of the documents and evidence set out in and appearing to comply with the requirements of Section (B) of Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent documents).

 

(c)

The Facility Agent must give this notification to the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

 

4.2

Further conditions precedent

The obligations of each Lender to participate in any Loan (other than a Rollover Loan) are subject to the further conditions precedent that on both the date of the Request and the Utilisation Date for that Loan:

 

  (a)

the Repeating Representations are correct in all material respects; and

 

  (b)

no Default is outstanding or would result from the Loan.

 

4.3

Maximum number

 

(a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, unless the Facility Agent agrees, a Request may not be given if, as a result, there would be more than ten Loans outstanding.

 

(b)

In determining the number of Loans that are outstanding at the time a Request is given:

 

  (i)

the designated A and B portions of each Term Loan together shall be considered as one Loan; and

 

  (ii)

the designated A and B portions of each Revolving Credit Loan together shall be considered as one Loan.

 

5.

UTILISATION

 

5.1

Giving of Requests

 

(a)

The Company may borrow a Loan by giving to the Facility Agent a duly completed Request.

 

(b)

Unless the Facility Agent otherwise agrees, the latest time for receipt by the Facility Agent of a duly completed Request is 11:00 a.m. two Business Days before the Rate Fixing Day for the proposed borrowing.

 

(c)

Each Request is irrevocable.

 

5.2

Completion of Requests

A Request for a Loan will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

   27    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (a)

it identifies the Facility under which the Loan is to be made;

 

  (b)

the Utilisation Date is a Business Day falling within the Availability Period for the Facility under which the Loan is to be made;

 

  (c)

the amount of the Loan requested is:

 

  (i)

a minimum of HK$50,000,000 and an integral multiple of HK$10,000,000 or an amount which complies with Clause 6 (Optional Currency); or

 

  (ii)

any lesser amount which represents the maximum undrawn amount available under the relevant Facility on the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

  (d)

the proposed currency and Term complies with this Agreement.

 

5.3

Advance of Loan

 

(a)

The Facility Agent must promptly notify each Lender of the details of the requested Loan and the amount of its share in that Loan.

 

(b)

The amount of each Lender’s share of the requested Loan will be its Pro Rata Share on the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

(c)

No Lender is obliged to participate in a Loan if, as a result:

 

  (i)

its share in the Loans under a Facility would exceed its Commitment for that Facility; or

 

  (ii)

the Loans under a Facility would exceed the Total Commitments under that Facility.

 

(d)

If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender must make its share in the requested Loan available to the Facility Agent for the Company through its Facility Office on the Utilisation Date.

 

6.

OPTIONAL CURRENCY

 

6.1

General

In this Clause:

Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange means the Facility Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of US Dollars in the Hong Kong foreign exchange market with Hong Kong Dollars as of 11.00 a.m. on a particular day.

Hong Kong Dollar Amount of a Loan or part of a Loan means:

 

  (a)

if the Loan is denominated in Hong Kong Dollars, its amount; or

 

  (b)

in the case of any other Loan denominated in US Dollars, its equivalent in Hong Kong Dollars calculated on the basis of the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange one Business Day before the Rate Fixing Day for the most recent Term of that Loan.

 

6.2

Denomination

 

(a)

Term Loans may only be denominated in Hong Kong Dollars.

 

   28    CREDIT AGREEMENT


(b)

Revolving Credit Loans may be denominated in Hong Kong Dollars or, subject as provided below, US Dollars.

 

6.3

Selection

 

(a)

The Company must select the currency of a Loan in its Request.

 

(b)

The amount of a Revolving Credit Loan requested in US Dollars must be a minimum amount of the equivalent of HK$50,000,000 and, if required by the Facility Agent, an integral multiple of US$1,000,000.

 

6.4

Optional Currency equivalents

The equivalent in Hong Kong Dollars of a Loan or part of a Loan in US Dollars for the purposes of calculating:

 

  (a)

whether any limit under this Agreement has been exceeded;

 

  (b)

the amount of a Loan;

 

  (c)

the share of a Lender in a Loan;

 

  (d)

the amount of any repayment or prepayment of a Loan; or (e) the undrawn amount of a Lender’s Commitment,

is its Hong Kong Dollar Amount.

 

6.5

Notification

The Facility Agent must notify the Lenders and the Company of the relevant Hong Kong Dollar Amount (and the applicable Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange) promptly after they are ascertained.

 

7.

REPAYMENT

 

7.1

Repayment of Term Loans

 

(a)

The Company must repay the Term Loans in full in accordance with the following repayment schedule:

 

Repayment Instalment    Repayment Date
(months from the date of
this Agreement)
     Repayment Amount
(percentage of the aggregate principal
amount of all Term Loans outstanding as at
the end of the Availability Period for the
Term Loan Facility)
 

1

     24         2.5

2

     27         2.5

3

     30         2.5

4

     33         2.5

 

   29    CREDIT AGREEMENT


5

     36         5.0

6

     39         5.0

7

     42         5.0

8

     45         5.0

9

     48         5.0

10

     51         5.0

11

     54         5.0

12

     57         5.0

13

     60         50.0

 

(b)

The final Repayment Instalment must be repaid on the Final Maturity Date.

 

7.2

Repayment of Revolving Credit Loans

 

(a)

The Company must repay each Revolving Credit Loan in full on its Maturity Date, which may be netted off against the amount of Rollover Loan drawn on that Maturity Date pursuant to paragraph (c) below.

 

(b)

Subject to the other terms of this Agreement, any amounts repaid under paragraph (a) above may be re-borrowed.

 

(c)

Without prejudice to the Company’s obligation to repay the full amount of each Revolving Credit Loan on its Maturity Date, on the date of any Rollover Loan drawn by the Company, the amount of the Revolving Credit Loan to be repaid and the amount to be drawn down on such date in the same currency shall be netted off against each other so that the amount of cash which the Company is actually required to pay or, as the case may be, the amount of cash which the Lenders are required to pay to the Company, shall be the net amount.

 

(d)

Any amount of any Revolving Credit Loan still outstanding on the Final Maturity Date shall be repaid on the Final Maturity Date.

 

8.

PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

8.1

Mandatory prepayment – illegality

 

(a)

A Lender must notify the Facility Agent and the Company promptly if it becomes aware that it is unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for that Lender to perform any of its obligations under a Finance Document or to fund or maintain its share in any Loan.

 

(b)

After notification under paragraph (a) above the Facility Agent must notify the Company promptly that:

 

  (i)

the Company must repay or prepay the share of that Lender in each Loan on the date specified in paragraph (c) below; and

 

   30    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (ii)

the Commitments of that Lender will be immediately cancelled.

 

(c)

The date for repayment or prepayment of a Lender’s share in a Loan will be:

 

  (i)

the last day of the current Term of that Loan; or

 

  (ii)

if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notification under paragraph (a) above and which must not be earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period allowed by law.

 

8.2

Mandatory prepayment – change of control, termination event or sale of business

 

(a)

For the purposes of this Subclause:

 

  (i)

a change of control occurs if:

 

  (A)

prior to the Listco IPO Date:

 

  I.

save as expressly permitted by the terms of the Finance Documents, the Company ceases to be the beneficial owner directly or indirectly of 100 per cent. of the issued share capital of each member of the Restricted Group;

 

  II.

MGM ceases to be the beneficial owner directly or indirectly of at least 50 per cent. of the issued share capital of any Obligor; or

 

  III.

Ms. Pansy Ho, together with PHCO (provided PHCO is under the control of Ms. Pansy Ho) and each Permitted Transferee (if any), ceases to be the beneficial owner directly or indirectly of at least 50 per cent. of the issued share capital of any Obligor; or

 

  (B)

from the Listco IPO Reorganisation Date, Listco ceases to be the beneficial owner directly or indirectly of 100 per cent. of the share capital of the Company (other than any portion of the share capital of the Company that has attached to it nominal economic interests of the Company and is of a class of shares that was created solely for the purposes of complying with requirements as to Macanese ownership of the Company under applicable laws);

 

  (C)

MGM ceases to be the beneficial owner directly or indirectly of at least 25 per cent. of the issued share capital of the Company;

 

  (D)

Ms. Pansy Ho, together with PHCO (provided PHCO is under the control of Ms. Pansy Ho) and each Permitted Transferee (if any), ceases to be the beneficial owner directly or indirectly of at least 25 per cent. of the issued share capital of the Company;

 

  (E)

prior to the Listco IPO Date, the Sponsors (including any Permitted Transferee (if any)) cease to jointly control the Company; or

 

  (F)

a person or persons acting in concert (other than a Sponsor) becomes the beneficial owner directly or indirectly of more issued share capital of the Company than either Sponsor,

provided that in determining whether a change of control has occurred, unexercised options for shares in Listco granted by the Company pursuant to any management incentive programme shall not be considered outstanding issued shares of Listco;

 

   31    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (ii)

a termination event occurs if the Sub-Concession Contract or the Land Concession Contract is terminated, revoked, repudiated or otherwise no longer enforceable by the Company or expires;

 

  (iii)

acting in concert means acting together pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal); and

 

  (iv)

control means the power to direct the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting capital, by contract or otherwise.

 

(b)

The Company must promptly notify the Facility Agent if it becomes aware of any change of control.

 

(c)

If:

 

  (i)

a termination event occurs;

 

  (ii)

there is a sale of all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Group; or

 

  (iii)

a change of control occurs,

then

 

  (A)

the Total Commitments shall be cancelled; and

 

  (B)

all outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents, shall become immediately due and payable.

 

8.3

Mandatory prepayment – insurance claims

 

(a)

In this Subclause, net insurance proceeds means any amount received or recovered by a member of the Restricted Group under any insurance policy in an amount which is in excess of US$10,000,000 for loss or damage to its assets or business relating to the Resort unless those proceeds are applied, within 180 days (or such longer period as may be specified in a plan developed by the Company, during such 180 day period, for the application of such proceeds to which the Facility Agent (acting reasonably and in consultation with the Lenders) may agree) of receipt, in replacement, repair or reinstatement of damaged assets or otherwise the amelioration of the loss in respect of which the relevant insurance claim was made and excluding proceeds required to meet a third party claim less all Taxes and costs and expenses incurred by any member of the Restricted Group in connection with the receipt or recovery.

 

(b)

The Company must procure that any amount of net insurance proceeds received or recovered by any member of the Restricted Group which exceeds US$10,000,000 and which have not been applied in accordance with subparagraph (a) above is applied towards prepaying the Term Loans.

 

(c)

Any prepayment under this Subclause must be made on or before the last day of the Term of the Loan to be prepaid in which the net insurance proceeds was received or recovered.

 

(d)

If the amount to be applied in prepaying the Loans is more than the amount of Loans (if any) then outstanding, the Commitments will be automatically reduced in an amount equal to the excess.

 

8.4

Mandatory prepayment – Permitted Restricted Payment

 

(a)

If a member of the Restricted Group makes a Permitted Restricted Payment that is a Permitted Restricted Payment referred to in paragraph (d) of the definition of Permitted Restricted Payment

 

   32    CREDIT AGREEMENT


 

and the relevant Permitted Restricted Payment Certificate certifies that the Pro Forma Adjusted Leverage Ratio would exceed 3.50:1.00 immediately after the making of such Permitted Restricted Payment, the Company must procure that concurrently with the payment of the Permitted Restricted Payment, an amount that is at least equal to the lower of:

 

  (i)

the amount of such Permitted Restricted Payment; and

 

  (ii)

an amount which, immediately after the prepayment of the Term Loans, would result in the Pro Forma Adjusted Leverage Ratio not to exceed 3.50:1.00,

is applied towards prepayment of the Term Loans or remitted to the blocked account referred to in Subclause 8.5 (Payment into a blocked account) pending application towards prepayment of the Term Loans on the last day of the relevant Term.

 

(b)

Where a Permitted Restricted Payment is a Permitted Property Distribution, the amount of the Permitted Restricted Payment for the purposes of subparagraph (a)(i) above is the total cost originally expended by the Restricted Group in acquiring the asset that is the subject of the Permitted Property Distribution.

 

8.5

Payment into a blocked account

 

(a)

In this Clause blocked account means an interest bearing blocked account in the name of the Company with the Facility Agent.

 

(b)

When it is established that Loans will be required to be prepaid, under the terms of this Clause, on the last day of the current Term(s) for those Loans, the Company must ensure that an amount equal to the amounts to be repaid or prepaid is deposited in the blocked account.

 

(c)

The Company irrevocably authorises the Facility Agent to apply any amount deposited with it under paragraph (b) above towards prepayment of the Loans on the last day of the relevant Term(s) or earlier if the Company so directs.

 

(d)

Amounts standing to the credit of a blocked account may only be used to repay or prepay Loans or any other amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents.

 

8.6

Voluntary prepayment

Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the Company from voluntarily prepaying any Loan in whole or in part if:

 

  (a)

the Company gives not less than three Business Days’ prior notice to the Facility Agent; and

 

  (b)

any prepayment of part of a Loan is in a minimum amount of HK$10,000,000 and an integral multiple of HK$1,000,000 (or, in relation to a Revolving Credit Loan denominated in US Dollars, a minimum amount of US$1,000,000 and an integral multiple of US$1,000,000) or any lesser amount which represents the Loans then outstanding.

 

8.7

Automatic cancellation

The Commitments of each Lender under each Facility will be automatically cancelled at the close of business on the last day of the Availability Period for that Facility to the extent undrawn at that time.

 

   33    CREDIT AGREEMENT


8.8

Voluntary cancellation

 

(a)

The Company may, by giving not less than three Business Days’ prior notice to the Facility Agent, cancel the unutilised amount of the Total Commitments in whole or in part.

 

(b)

Partial cancellation of the Total Commitments must be in a minimum amount of HK$100,000,000 and an integral multiple of HK$10,000,000.

 

(c)

Any cancellation in part will be applied against the relevant Commitment of each Lender pro rata.

 

8.9

Right of repayment and cancellation of certain Lenders

 

(a)

If the Company is, or will be, required to pay to a Lender:

 

  (i)

a Tax Payment; or

 

  (ii)

an Increased Cost,

the Company may, while the requirement continues, give notice to the Facility Agent requesting prepayment and cancellation in respect of that Lender.

 

(b)

After notification under paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i)

the Company must repay or prepay that Lender’s share in each Loan on the date specified in paragraph (c) below; and

 

  (ii)

the Commitments of that Lender will be immediately cancelled.

 

(c)

The date for repayment or prepayment of a Lender’s share in a Loan will be:

 

  (i)

the last day of the current Term for that Loan; or

 

  (ii)

if earlier, the date specified by the Company in its notification.

 

8.10

Right of replacement of certain Lenders

 

(a)

If:

 

  (i)

an Obligor is, or will be, required to pay to a Lender a Tax Payment or an Increased Cost;

 

  (ii)

it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations under a Finance Document or to fund or maintain its share in any Loan; or

 

  (iii)

a Lender’s continued participation in the Facilities would cause the Company or any Sponsor Affiliate to be in breach of any law or regulation,

the Company may, while the requirement, unlawfulness or breach of law or regulation continues, give notice to the Facility Agent and the affected Lender requesting that that Lender assigns and delegates its rights and obligations to an assignee designated by the Company.

 

(b)

The Company may request an assignment under paragraph (a) above only if:

 

  (i)

it has received the prior written consent of the Facility Agent (such consent, after the Facility Agent has completed all customer due diligence requirements to its satisfaction, not to be

 

   34    CREDIT AGREEMENT


 

unreasonably withheld and which consent must be given if the Company made the request of assignment pursuant to subparagraph 8.10(a) (ii) above);

 

  (ii)

in connection with the assignment:

 

  (A)

the assigning Lender receives from the new Lender payment of an amount that at least equals the total outstanding principal amount of all of its Loans together with all accrued and unpaid interest and fees and any other amounts owed to it under the Finance Documents;

 

  (B)

the new Lender assumes all Commitments of the assigning Lender, as well as any other obligations of the assigning Lender under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (C)

the assigning Lender assigns to the new Lender all of its Loans and related rights under the Finance Documents;

 

  (iii)

the assignment results in a reduction of the Tax Payment or Increased Costs otherwise payable; and

 

  (iv)

the Company bears all costs of the assignment.

 

(c)

Any assignment under this Subclause must be effected in accordance with Clause 27 (Changes to the Parties).

 

8.11

Application between Term Loan Facility and Revolving Credit Facility

 

(a)

Any amount to be applied in prepayment of Loans must be applied:

 

  (i)

first , in prepayment of Term Loans; and

 

  (ii)

second , in prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans.

 

(b)

Any amount to be applied in prepayment of Loans must be applied:

 

  (i)

pro rata between the A Term Loan Facility and the B Term Loan Facility; and

 

  (ii)

pro rata between the Revolving Credit Loans designated A and B.

 

(c)

Where a mandatory or involuntary prepayment of a Revolving Credit Loan is required but there is no Revolving Credit Loan to be prepaid, the relevant Revolving Credit Commitment will be reduced by the amount which would have been required to be applied in prepayment of the Revolving Credit Loans had they been outstanding at that time.

 

8.12

Partial prepayment of Term Loans

 

(a)

Any partial prepayment of a Term Loan will be applied against the remaining Repayment Instalments in inverse order of maturity.

 

(b)

No amount of a Term Loan prepaid under this Agreement may subsequently be re-borrowed.

 

   35    CREDIT AGREEMENT


8.13

Re-borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans

Any voluntary prepayment of a Revolving Credit Loan under Subclause 8.6 (Voluntary prepayment) may be re-borrowed on the terms of this Agreement. Any other prepayment of a Revolving Credit Loan may not be re-borrowed.

 

8.14

Miscellaneous provisions

 

(a)

Any notice of prepayment and/or cancellation under this Agreement is irrevocable and must specify the relevant date(s) and the affected Loans and Commitments. The Facility Agent must notify the Lenders promptly of receipt of any such notice.

 

(b)

All prepayments under this Agreement must be made with accrued interest on the amount prepaid. No premium or penalty is payable in respect of any prepayment except for Break Costs.

 

(c)

The Majority Lenders may agree a shorter notice period for a voluntary prepayment or a voluntary cancellation.

 

(d)

The Company is permitted to prepay a Loan or cancel any Commitment only if such prepayment or cancellation is effected in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(e)

No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may subsequently be reinstated.

 

9.

INTEREST

 

9.1

Calculation of interest

The rate of interest on each Loan for each Term is the percentage rate per annum equal to the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  (a)

Margin; and

 

  (b)

HIBOR or LIBOR, as appropriate.

 

9.2

Payment of interest

Except where it is provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company must pay accrued interest on each Loan made to it on the last day of each Term and also, if the Term is longer than three months, on the dates falling at three-monthly intervals after the first day of that Term.

 

9.3

Margin adjustments

 

(a)

The initial Margin is 4.50 per cent. per annum.

 

(b)

Subject to the other provisions of this Subclause, the Margin will be calculated by reference to the table below and the information set out in the relevant Compliance Certificate and financial statements for the relevant person:

 

Adjusted Leverage Ratio

   Margin
(per cent. per annum)
 

greater than or equal to 4.00 times

     4.50   

 

   36    CREDIT AGREEMENT


greater than or equal to 3.50 times but less than 4.00 times

     4.00   

greater than or equal to 3.00 times but less than 3.50 times

     3.50   

less than 3.00 times

     3.00   

 

(c)

Any change in the Margin will, subject to paragraph (d) below, apply to each Loan made, or (if it is outstanding) on the Business Day following receipt by the Facility Agent of the Compliance Certificate and financial statements.

 

(d)

For so long as:

 

  (i)

the Company is in default of its obligation under this Agreement to provide a Compliance Certificate or relevant financial statements; or

 

  (ii)

an Event of Default is outstanding,

the Margin will be the highest applicable rate, being 4.50 per cent. per annum.

 

(e)

If the Margin has been calculated on the basis of a Compliance Certificate but would have been higher if it had been based on the audited financial statements of the Company in respect of the financial period in which that Compliance Certificate was delivered, the Margin will instead be calculated by reference to those audited financial statements of the Company. Any change will have a retrospective effect. If, in this event, any amount of interest has been paid by the Company on the basis of the Compliance Certificate, the Company must immediately pay to the Facility Agent any shortfall in the amount which would have been paid to the Lenders if the Margin had been calculated by reference to the subsequent financial statements.

 

9.4

Interest on overdue amounts

 

(a)

If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under the Finance Documents when due, it must immediately on demand by the Facility Agent pay interest on the overdue amount from its due date up to the date of actual payment, both before, on and after judgment.

 

(b)

Interest on an overdue amount is payable at a rate determined by the Facility Agent to be two per cent. per annum above the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount. For this purpose, the Facility Agent may (acting reasonably):

 

  (i)

select successive Terms of any duration of up to three months; and

 

  (ii)

determine the appropriate Rate Fixing Day for that Term.

 

(c)

Notwithstanding paragraph (b) above, if the overdue amount is a principal amount of a Loan and becomes due and payable before the last day of its current Term, then:

 

  (i)

the first Term for that overdue amount will be the unexpired portion of that Term; and

 

  (ii)

the rate of interest on the overdue amount for that first Term will be two per cent. per annum above the rate then payable on that Loan.

 

   37    CREDIT AGREEMENT


After the expiry of the first Term for that overdue amount, the rate on the overdue amount will be calculated in accordance with paragraph (b) above.

 

(d)

Interest (if unpaid) on an overdue amount will be compounded with that overdue amount at the end of each of its Terms but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

9.5

Notification of rates of interest

The Facility Agent must promptly notify each relevant Party of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

10.

TERMS

 

10.1

Selection - Term Loans

 

(a)

Each Term Loan has successive Terms.

 

(b)

The Company must select the first Term for a Term Loan in the relevant Request and each subsequent Term in an irrevocable notice received by the Facility Agent not later than 11.00 a.m. one Business Day before the Rate Fixing Day for that Term. Each Term for a Term Loan will start on its Utilisation Date or on the expiry of its preceding Term.

 

(c)

If the Company fails to select a Term for an outstanding Term Loan under paragraph (b) above, that Term will, subject to the other provisions of this Clause, be three months.

 

(d)

Subject to the following provisions of this Clause, each Term for a Term Loan will be one, two, three or six months or any other period shorter than six months agreed by the Company and the Facility Agent or any other period agreed by the Company and all the Lenders which have (or will have) a share in that Term Loan.

 

10.2

Selection - Revolving Credit Loans

 

(a)

Each Revolving Credit Loan has one Term only.

 

(b)

The Company must select the Term for a Revolving Credit Loan in the relevant Request.

 

(c)

Subject to the following provisions of this Clause, each Term for a Revolving Credit Loan will be one, two, three or six months or any other period shorter than six months agreed by the Company and the Facility Agent or any other period agreed by the Company and all the Lenders which have (or will have) a share in that Revolving Credit Loan.

 

10.3

Consolidation - Term Loans

If the Company so requests, a Term for a Term Loan will end on the same day as the current Term for any other Term Loan denominated in the same currency as that Term Loan. On the last day of those Terms, those Term Loans will be consolidated and treated as one Term Loan.

 

10.4

Coincidence with Repayment Instalment dates

 

(a)

The Company may select any Term of less than six months for a Term Loan (and may redesignate any Term Loan as two Term Loans) to ensure that the amount of the Term Loans with a Term ending on a date for repayment of a Repayment Instalment is not less than the Repayment Instalment due on that date.

 

   38    CREDIT AGREEMENT


(b)

If the Company fails to make a selection in the circumstances envisaged in paragraph (a) above, the Facility Agent may, before the Rate Fixing Day for the relevant Term shorten any Term for a Term Loan (and may designate any Term Loan as two Term Loans) to achieve the same end.

 

10.5

No overrunning the Final Maturity Date

If a Term would otherwise overrun the Final Maturity Date, it will be shortened so that it ends on the Final Maturity Date.

 

10.6

Other adjustments

The Facility Agent and the Company may enter into such other arrangements as they may agree for the adjustment of Terms and the consolidation and/or splitting of Loans, but no Term in excess of six months may be agreed by the Facility Agent without the prior consent of all the Lenders which have (or will have) a share in the relevant Loan.

 

10.7

Notification

The Facility Agent must notify each relevant Party of the duration of each Term promptly after ascertaining its duration.

 

11.

MARKET DISRUPTION

 

11.1

Failure of a Reference Bank to supply a rate

If HIBOR or LIBOR, as appropriate, is to be calculated by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a rate by 12.00 noon (local time) on a Rate Fixing Day, the applicable HIBOR or LIBOR, as appropriate, will, subject as provided below, be calculated on the basis of the rates of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

11.2

Market disruption

 

(a)

In this Clause, each of the following events is a market disruption event :

 

  (i)

HIBOR or LIBOR, as appropriate, is to be calculated by reference to the Reference Banks but no, or (where there is more than one Reference Bank) only one, Reference Bank supplies a rate by 12.00 noon (local time) on the relevant Rate Fixing Day; or

 

  (ii)

the Facility Agent receives by close of business on the Business Day immediately following the Rate Fixing Day notification from Lenders whose shares in the relevant Loan exceed 35 per cent. of that Loan that the cost to them of obtaining matching deposits in the relevant interbank market is in excess of HIBOR or LIBOR, as appropriate, for the relevant currency and Term.

 

(b)

The Facility Agent must promptly notify the Company and the Lenders of a market disruption event.

 

(c)

After notification under paragraph (b) above, the rate of interest on each Lender’s share in the affected Loan for the relevant Term will be the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  (i)

Margin; and

 

  (ii)

the higher of (A) the rate notified to the Facility Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable, and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Term, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its share in that

 

   39    CREDIT AGREEMENT


 

Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select and (B) in relation to a market disruption event under sub-paragraph (a)(ii) above, HIBOR or LIBOR, as appropriate.

 

11.3

Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

(a)

If a market disruption event occurs and the Facility Agent or the Company so requires, the Company and the Facility Agent must enter into negotiations for a period of not more than 30 days with a view to agreeing an alternative basis for determining the rate of interest and/or funding for the affected Loan.

 

(b)

Any alternative basis agreed will be, with the prior consent of all the Lenders, binding on all the Parties.

 

12.

TAXES

12.1 General

In this Clause:

Indirect Tax means any goods and services tax, consumption tax, value added tax or any other tax of a similar nature.

Tax Credit means a credit against any Tax or any relief or remission for Tax (or its repayment).

 

12.2

Tax gross-up

 

(a)

Each Obligor must make all payments to be made by it under the Finance Documents without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

(b)

If an Obligor or a Lender is aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is a change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction), it must promptly notify the Facility Agent. The Facility Agent must then promptly notify the affected Parties.

 

(c)

If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from the Obligor will be increased to an amount which (after making the Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

(d)

If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor must make the minimum Tax Deduction allowed by law and must make any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed by law.

 

(e)

Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or a payment required in connection with a Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction or payment must deliver to the Facility Agent for the relevant Finance Party evidence satisfactory to that Finance Party (acting reasonably) that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) the appropriate payment has been paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

12.3

Tax indemnity

 

(a)

Except as provided below, the Company must, within five Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent, indemnify a Finance Party against any loss or liability or cost which that Finance Party (in its absolute discretion) determines will be or has been suffered (directly or indirectly) by that Finance Party for or on account of Tax in relation to a payment received or receivable (or any payment deemed to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

 

   40    CREDIT AGREEMENT


(b)

Paragraph (a) above does not apply with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party under the laws of the jurisdiction in which:

 

  (i)

that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

  (ii)

that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable by that Finance Party. However, any payment deemed to be received or receivable, including any amount treated as income but not actually received by the Finance Party, such as a Tax Deduction, will not be treated as net income received or receivable for this purpose.

 

(c)

Paragraph (a) above does not apply to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

  (i)

is compensated for by an increased payment under Subclause 12.2 (Tax gross-up); or

 

  (ii)

would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Subclause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) but was not compensated solely because one of the exclusions in that Subclause applied.

 

(d)

A Finance Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above must promptly notify the Company of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim.

 

(e)

A Finance Party must, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause notify the Facility Agent.

 

12.4

Tax Credit

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

  (a)

a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and

 

  (b)

it has obtained, used and retained that Tax Credit,

the Finance Party must pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines (in its absolute discretion) will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been if the Tax Payment had not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

12.5

Stamp taxes

The Company must pay and indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, stamp duty land tax, registration or other similar Tax payable in connection with the entry into, performance or enforcement of any Finance Document, except for any such Tax payable in connection with the entry into of a Transfer Certificate.

12.6 Indirect Tax

 

(a)

All amounts set out, or expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for Indirect Tax purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any Indirect Tax which is or becomes chargeable on that

 

   41    CREDIT AGREEMENT


 

supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if Indirect Tax is chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and the Finance Party is required to account for the Indirect Tax, that Party must pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying the consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the Indirect Tax (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate Indirect Tax invoice to that Party).

 

(b)

If Indirect Tax is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the Supplier ) to any other Finance Party (the Recipient ) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the Relevant Party ) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration), the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (if that Supplier is required to account for the Indirect Tax) or the Recipient (if the Recipient is required to account for the Indirect Tax) (in addition to and at the same time as paying that amount) an amount equal to the amount of Indirect Tax. The Recipient must promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the Indirect Tax chargeable on that supply.

 

(c)

Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any costs or expenses, that Party must also at the same time reimburse and indemnify (as the case may be) the Finance Party against all Indirect Tax incurred by the Finance Party in respect of such costs or expenses but only to the extent that the Finance Party (reasonably) determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of the Indirect Tax.

 

(d)

If Indirect Tax is chargeable on any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and if reasonably requested by the Finance Party, the Party must promptly give the Finance Party details of its Indirect Tax registration number and any other information as is reasonably requested in connection with the Finance Party’s reporting requirements for the supply.

 

13.

INCREASED COSTS

 

13.1

Increased Costs

Except as provided below in this Clause, the Company must, within 5 Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent, pay to a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Cost incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

  (a)

the introduction of, or any change in, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application of, any law or regulation, in each case after the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (b)

compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement.

 

13.2

Exceptions

The Company need not make any payment for an Increased Cost to the extent that the Increased Cost is:

 

  (a)

compensated for under another Clause or would have been but for an exception to that Clause; or

 

  (b)

attributable to a Finance Party or its Affiliate wilfully failing to comply with any law or regulation.

 

   42    CREDIT AGREEMENT


13.3

Claims

 

(a)

A Finance Party intending to make a claim for an Increased Cost must notify the Facility Agent of the circumstances giving rise to and the amount of the claim, following which the Facility Agent will promptly notify the Company.

 

(b)

Each Finance Party must, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Cost.

 

14.

MITIGATION

 

14.1

Mitigation

 

(a)

Each Finance Party must, in consultation with the Company, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which result or would result in:

 

  (i)

any Tax Payment or Increased Cost being payable to that Finance Party; or

 

  (ii)

that Finance Party being able to exercise any right of prepayment and/or cancellation under this Agreement by reason of any illegality,

including transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to an Affiliate or changing its Facility Office.

 

(b)

Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

(c)

The Company must indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of any step taken by it under this Subclause.

 

(d)

A Finance Party is not obliged to take any step under this Subclause if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

14.2

Conduct of business by a Finance Party

No term of any Finance Document will:

 

  (a)

interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (Tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

  (b)

oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it in respect of Tax or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

  (c)

oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (Tax or otherwise) or any computation in respect of Tax.

 

15.

PAYMENTS

 

15.1

Place

Unless a Finance Document specifies that payments under it are to be made in another manner, all payments by a Party (other than the Facility Agent) under the Finance Documents must be made to the Facility Agent to its account at such office or bank in Hong Kong as it may notify to that Party for this purpose by not less than five Business Days’ prior notice.

 

   43    CREDIT AGREEMENT


15.2

Funds

Payments under the Finance Documents to the Facility Agent must be made for value by 11:00 a.m. on the due date in immediately available funds or at such times and in such funds as the Facility Agent may specify to the Party concerned as being customary at the time for the settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place for payment.

 

15.3

Distribution

 

(a)

Each payment received by the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party must, except as provided below, be made available by the Facility Agent to that Party by payment (as soon as practicable after receipt) to its account with such office or bank in the principal financial centre of the country of the relevant currency as it may notify to the Facility Agent for this purpose by not less than five Business Days’ prior notice.

 

(b)

The Facility Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor in question or in accordance with Clause 29 (Set-off)) apply any amount received by it for an Obligor in or towards payment (as soon as practicable after receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards the purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

(c)

Where a sum is paid to the Facility Agent under this Agreement for another Party, the Facility Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that Party until it has established that it has actually received it. However, the Facility Agent may assume that the sum has been paid to it, and, in reliance on that assumption, make available to that Party a corresponding amount. If it transpires that the sum has not been received by the Facility Agent, that Party must immediately on demand by the Facility Agent refund any corresponding amount made available to it together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Facility Agent at a rate calculated by the Facility Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

15.4

Currency

 

(a)

Unless a Finance Document specifies that payments under it are to be made in a different manner, the currency of each amount payable under the Finance Documents is determined under this Subclause.

 

(b)

Interest is payable in the currency in which the relevant amount in respect of which it is payable is denominated.

 

(c)

A repayment or prepayment of any principal amount is payable in the currency in which that principal amount is denominated on its due date.

 

(d)

Amounts payable in respect of Taxes, fees, costs and expenses are payable in the currency in which they are incurred.

 

(e)

Each other amount payable under the Finance Documents is payable in Hong Kong Dollars.

 

15.5

No set-off or counterclaim

All payments made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents must be calculated and made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

   44    CREDIT AGREEMENT


15.6

Business Days

 

(a)

If a payment under the Finance Documents is due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date for that payment will instead be the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not) or whatever day the Facility Agent determines is market practice.

 

(b)

During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal under this Agreement interest is payable on that principal at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

15.7

Partial payments

 

(a)

If the Facility Agent receives a payment insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by the Obligors under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent must apply that payment towards the obligations of the Obligors under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 

  (i)

first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses due to the Administrative Parties under the Finance Documents;

 

  (ii)

secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest or fee due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

  (iii)

thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of any principal amount due but unpaid under this Agreement; and

 

  (iv)

fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)

The Facility Agent must, if so directed by the Lenders, vary the order set out in sub-paragraphs (a)(ii) to (iv) above.

 

(c)

This Subclause will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

15.8

Timing of payments

If a Finance Document does not provide for when a particular payment is due, that payment will be due within three Business Days of demand by the relevant Finance Party.

 

16.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

16.1

Representations and warranties

 

(a)

The representations and warranties set out in this Clause are made to each Finance Party by each Obligor for itself and on behalf of each Subsidiary of that Obligor that is a member of the Restricted Group.

 

(b)

References in this Clause to it or its or Subsidiaries include, unless the context otherwise requires, each Obligor and each Subsidiary of that Obligor that is a member of the Restricted Group only.

 

16.2

Status

 

(a)

It is a company with limited liability, duly formed and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is formed.

 

   45    CREDIT AGREEMENT


(b)

It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

16.3

Powers and authority

It has the power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary action to authorise the entry into and performance of, the Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents.

 

16.4

Legal validity

 

(a)

Subject to the Legal Reservations:

 

  (i)

each Transaction Document to which it is a party is its legally binding, valid and enforceable obligation; and

 

  (ii)

each Security Document to which it is a party creates the Security Interests which that Security Document purports to create and such Security Interests are valid and effective.

 

(b)

Each Finance Document to which it is a party is in the proper form for its enforcement in the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

 

16.5

Non-conflict

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Transaction Documents do not conflict with:

 

  (a)

any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

  (b)

its or any of its Subsidiaries’ constitutional documents in any material respect; or

 

  (c)

any document which is binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or its Subsidiaries’ assets in any material respect.

 

16.6

Compliance

As at the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date:

 

  (a)

it is in compliance with all laws and regulations in all material respects and no notices of any material violation of any authorisation has been issued, entered or received by it which are continuing.

 

  (b)

it is compliance in all material respects with its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

16.7 No default

 

(a)

As at the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, no Default is outstanding or will result from the entry into of, or the performance of any transaction contemplated by, any Finance Document.

 

(b)

No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any document which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or its Subsidiaries’ assets to an extent or in a manner which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

   46    CREDIT AGREEMENT


16.8

Authorisations

As at the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, all authorisations required by it in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Transaction Documents have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect.

 

16.9

UK establishment

It is not incorporated inside the UK nor has it registered a UK establishment or place of business with the Registrar of Companies under the Overseas Companies Regulations 2009 or Part 23 of the Companies Act 1985.

 

16.10 

Financial statements

Its audited financial statements most recently delivered to the Facility Agent (which, in the case of the Company at the date of this Agreement, are its Original Financial Statements):

 

  (a)

have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied; and

 

  (b)

give a true and fair view of its financial condition (consolidated, if applicable) as at the date to which they were drawn up,

except, in each case, as disclosed to the contrary in those financial statements.

 

16.11 

Pari passu ranking

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

16.12 

No material adverse change

As at the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date there has been no material adverse change in the assets or consolidated financial condition of the Group since 31 December 2009.

 

16.13 

Litigation

 

(a)

As of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, no litigation, arbitration, expert determination, alternative dispute resolution or administrative proceedings against it are current or, to its knowledge, pending or threatened, which have or, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)

As of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, no labour disputes are current or, to its knowledge, threatened which have or would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

16.14 

IP Rights

 

(a)

It is the sole legal and beneficial owner of or has licensed to it on normal commercial terms all IP Rights which are material in the context of its business and which are required by it in order to carry on its business in all material respects as it is being conducted.

 

(b)

It has taken all formal or procedural actions (including payment of fees) required to maintain those IP Rights.

 

   47    CREDIT AGREEMENT


(c)

None of those IP Rights is being infringed, nor (to its knowledge) is there any threatened infringement of any of those IP Rights, in any material respect.

 

(d)

It does not, in carrying on its business, infringe any IP Rights of any third party in any respect which has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

16.15 

Environment

 

(a)

As at the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, it has obtained all Environmental Approvals required for the carrying on of its business as currently conducted and has complied with:

 

  (i)

the terms and conditions of such Environmental Approvals; and

 

  (ii)

all other applicable Environmental Laws,

where, in each case, if not obtained or complied with the failure or its consequences would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)

There are, to its knowledge, no circumstances that may prevent or interfere with its compliance with the terms and conditions of all Environmental Approvals required for the carrying on of its business as conducted on the date of this Agreement and all other applicable Environmental Laws in the future.

 

(c)

As at the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, there is no Environmental Claim pending or formally threatened and there are no past or present acts, omissions, events or circumstances that would form, or are reasonably likely to form, the basis of any Environmental Claim against any member of the Restricted Group which would or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

16.16 

Information

 

(a)

In this Subclause, Information means all information, including factual information, financial projections, expression or opinion, expectation, intention or policy or any other information made available by or on behalf of any member of the Group or the Sponsors to the Finance Parties in connection with the transaction contemplated by the Transaction Documents, whether such information is provided prior to, on or after the date of this Agreement.

 

(b)

All factual information provided to any Finance Party by or on behalf of any member of the Group or the Sponsors on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the transactions contemplated under the Finance Documents was true and accurate in all material respects as at its date or (if appropriate) as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given.

 

(c)

Any financial projections contained in the Information provided to any Finance Party on or prior to the Closing Date have been prepared as at its date, on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.

 

(d)

Nothing has occurred or been omitted from the Information provided to any Finance Party on or prior to the Closing Date and no Information has been given or withheld that would result in the Information provided to any Finance Party on or prior to the Closing Date being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

(e)

All other Information provided by any member of the Group to the Finance Parties is true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was given and is not misleading in any material respect.

 

   48    CREDIT AGREEMENT


16.17 

Assets

 

(a)

It is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the shares and other assets which it charges or purports to charge under any Security Document.

 

(b)

It has a good and valid title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate authorisations to use, all assets necessary to conduct its business as it is being or will be conducted.

 

16.18 

Dormant Subsidiaries

As of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, each Subsidiary of the Company which is not an Original Guarantor is a Dormant Subsidiary.

 

16.19 

Financial Indebtedness and Security Interests

As at the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date:

 

  (a)

no member of the Restricted Group has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding which is not Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

  (b)

no Security Interest exists over the whole or any part of the assets of any member of the Restricted Group except for Permitted Security.

 

16.20 

Insurance

As at the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date:

 

  (a)

There is no outstanding insured loss or liability incurred by it which is HK$10,000,000 or its equivalent or more which is not expected to be covered to the full extent of that loss or liability.

 

  (b)

There has been no non-disclosure, misrepresentation or breach of any term of any material Insurance which would entitle any insurer of that Insurance to repudiate, rescind or cancel it or to treat it as avoided in whole or in part or otherwise decline any valid claim under it by or on behalf of any member of the Restricted Group.

 

  (c)

No insurer of any material Insurance is in run-off or has entered into any insolvency proceedings.

 

16.21 

Taxes on payments

 

  (a)

It is not overdue (taking into account any grace periods granted or attached thereto) in the filing of any Tax returns or filings relating to any material amount of Tax and it is not overdue in the payment of any material amount of, or in respect of, Tax.

 

  (b)

No claim or investigations by any Tax authority are being made or conducted against it which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (c)

As at the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, for Tax purposes, it is resident only in the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

 

  (d)

As at the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, all amounts payable by it under the Finance Documents may be made without any Tax Deduction.

 

   49    CREDIT AGREEMENT


16.22 

Stamp duties

As at the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, no stamp or registration duty or similar Tax or charge is payable in its jurisdiction of incorporation in respect of any Finance Document except for any charge for filings or registrations required in Macau or Hong Kong for the purposes of perfecting the Security Interests created under the Security Documents.

 

16.23 

Immunity

 

(a)

The entry into by it of each Finance Document constitutes, and the exercise by it of its rights and performance of its obligations under each Finance Document will constitute, private and commercial acts performed for private and commercial purposes; and

 

(b)

it will not be entitled to claim immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process in any proceedings taken in its jurisdiction of incorporation in relation to any Finance Document.

 

16.24 

No adverse consequences

As at the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date:

 

  (a)

It is not necessary under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation:

 

  (i)

in order to enable any Finance Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document; or

 

  (ii)

by reason of the entry into of any Finance Document or the performance by it of its obligations under any Finance Document,

that any Finance Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in its jurisdiction of incorporation; and

 

  (b)

no Finance Party is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in its jurisdiction of incorporation by reason only of the entry into, performance and/or enforcement of any Finance Document.

 

16.25 

Jurisdiction/governing law

 

(a)

In this Subclause:

Relevant Jurisdiction means in relation to any member of the Restricted Group:

 

  (i)

its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

  (ii)

any jurisdiction where any asset subject to or intended to be subject to a Security Document is situated;

 

  (iii)

any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and

 

  (iv)

the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any Security Document entered into by it.

 

(b)

Subject to the Legal Reservations:

 

  (i)

its:

 

   50    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (A)

irrevocable submission under the Finance Documents to the jurisdiction of the courts of England;

 

  (B)

agreement that each Finance Document is governed by English law; and

 

  (C)

agreement not to claim any immunity to which it or its assets may be entitled,

are legal, valid and binding under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

  (ii)

any judgment obtained in England will be recognised and be enforceable by the courts of its Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

16.26 

Authorised Signatures

Any person specified as its authorised signatory pursuant to any document required to be delivered under Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent documents) or Subclause 17.6 (Information -miscellaneous) is authorised to sign Requests (in the case of the Company only) and other documents or notices on its behalf.

 

16.27 

OFAC

 

(a)

No member of the Group nor, to its knowledge, none of the directors, officers, agents, employees or affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act) ) of any member of the Group is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury ( OFAC ); and

(b)

it has not and will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Facilities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any of its Subsidiaries, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

16.28 

FCPA

No member of the Group nor, to its knowledge, none of the directors, officers, agents, employees or other persons associated with or acting on behalf of any member of the Group has used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the FCPA ); or made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment prohibited under any applicable law or regulation equivalent to the FCPA.

 

16.29 

Money Laundering Laws

 

(a)

Each member of the Group is and has at all times been in compliance with all applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including but not limited to applicable financial record keeping and reporting requirements and money laundering statutes in Macau, and, to the best its knowledge and belief, of all jurisdictions in which each member of the Group conducts business or otherwise applicable to a member of the Group, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, Money Laundering Laws ).

 

(b)

No action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any member of the Group with respect to Money Laundering Laws is

 

   51    CREDIT AGREEMENT


 

pending and, to the best of its knowledge and belief, no such actions, suits or proceedings are threatened or contemplated

 

(c)

To the best of its knowledge, the Group is in compliance with the U.S. International Money Laundering Abatement and the U.S. Terrorism Financing Act of 2001.

 

16.30 

Anti-Terrorism Laws

No member of the Group or any of their respective brokers or other agents acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection any Loan:

 

  (a)

is in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law;

 

  (b)

is a Designated Person; or

 

  (c)

deals in any property or interest in property blocked pursuant to any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

16.31 

Times for making representations and warranties

 

(a)

The representations and warranties set out in this Clause are made by each Original Obligor on the date of this Agreement.

 

(b)

Unless a representation and warranty is expressed to be given at a specific date, each representation and warranty is deemed to be repeated by:

 

  (i)

each Additional Guarantor and the Company on the date on which that Additional Guarantor becomes an Obligor; and

 

  (ii)

each Obligor on the date of each Request (other than a Request under which only a Rollover Loan is requested to be advanced), on the Closing Date and on each Utilisation Date (other than a Utilisation Date of a Rollover Loan).

 

(c)

When a representation and warranty is repeated, it is applied to the circumstances existing at the time of repetition.

 

17.

INFORMATION COVENANTS

 

17.1

Financial statements

 

(a)

The Company must supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

 

  (i)

its audited consolidated financial statements for each of its financial years within 90 days of the end of each of its financial years; and

 

  (ii)

its unaudited consolidated financial statements for each of its financial quarters within 45 days of the end of each of its financial quarters.

 

(b)

After the Listco IPO Date, the Company must procure Listco to supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders Listco’s financial statements promptly upon when they are made available to its shareholders generally.

 

   52    CREDIT AGREEMENT


17.2

Form of financial statements

 

(a)

The Company must ensure that each set of financial statements supplied under this Agreement gives (if audited) a true and fair view of, or (if unaudited) fairly represents, the financial condition (consolidated or otherwise) of the relevant person as at the date to which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b)

The Company must notify the Facility Agent of any change to the manner in which its audited consolidated financial statements are prepared.

 

(c)

If requested by the Facility Agent, the Company must supply to the Facility Agent:

 

  (i)

a full description of any change notified under paragraph (b) above; and

 

  (ii)

sufficient information to enable the Finance Parties to make a proper comparison between the financial position shown by the set of financial statements prepared on the changed basis and its most recent audited consolidated financial statements delivered to the Facility Agent under this Agreement.

 

(d)

If there is any change in the basis on which the audited financial statements of the Company are prepared and if requested by the Facility Agent or the Company, the Company and the Facility Agent must enter into discussions for a period of not more than 30 days with a view to agreeing any amendments required to be made to this Agreement to place the Company and the Lenders in the same position as they would have been in if the change had not happened. Any agreement between the Company and the Facility Agent will be, with the prior consent of the Majority Lenders, binding on all the Parties.

 

(e)

If no agreement is reached under paragraph (d) above on the required amendments to this Agreement, the Company must ensure that the Auditors certify the description and information supplied to the Facility Agent referred to in paragraph (c) above; the certificate of the Auditors will be, in the absence of manifest error, binding on all the Parties.

 

17.3

Compliance Certificate

 

(a)

The Company must supply to the Facility Agent, with each set of its financial statements sent to the Facility Agent under this Agreement, a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 18 (Financial covenants) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

(b)

A Compliance Certificate must be signed by the chief finance officer.

 

17.4

Auditors

 

(a)

The Company must ensure that at all times the Auditors are appointed to audit its consolidated annual financial statements.

 

(b)

The Company may only replace its Auditors only with another internationally recognised firm of certified public accountants.

 

   53    CREDIT AGREEMENT


(c)

If, at any time after a Default occurs, the Facility Agent wishes to discuss the financial position of any member of the Restricted Group with the Auditors, the Facility Agent may notify the Company, stating the questions or issues which the Facility Agent wishes to discuss with the Auditors. In this event, the Company must ensure that the Auditors are authorised (at the expense of the Company):

 

  (i)

to discuss the financial position of each member of the Restricted Group with the Facility Agent on request from the Facility Agent in the presence of one or more representatives of the Company designated by the Company; and

 

  (ii)

to disclose to the Facility Agent for the Finance Parties any information which the Facility Agent may reasonably request.

 

17.5

Financial projections

 

(a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Company must deliver to the Facility Agent its annual financial projections (including operating assumptions, cash flows, balance sheet and profit and loss projections) for itself and the Restricted Group for each of its financial years approved by its board of directors (together with the board resolution approving the financial projection) within the earlier of (i) 30 days after receipt of the approval of its board of directors and (ii) 120 days after the end of each of its financial years.

 

(b)

After the Listco IPO Date:

 

  (i)

the obligation to provide any financial projections under paragraph (a) above shall at all times be subject to Listco’s obligations under the relevant rules governing listed companies on the stock exchange on which Listco shares are listed (which, for The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, are Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, including Rule 13.09 thereof and any other present or future laws or regulation applicable to companies listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited generally); and

 

  (ii)

the Company shall not be obliged to disclose any information in the financial projections required under paragraph (a) above if:

 

  (A)

the disclosure would reasonably be expected to result in Listco being obliged, under any applicable law or regulation or at the direction of any regulatory body or authority, to also make a disclosure of such information to its shareholders generally; or

 

  (B)

the Company has received written advice from its legal counsel that there would be a material risk that any disclosure of such information to the Finance Parties only by the Company would result in the violation by it or Listco of any applicable law or regulation.

 

17.6

Information - miscellaneous

The Company must supply to the Facility Agent, in sufficient copies for all the Lenders if the Facility Agent so requests:

 

  (a)

at the same time as they are despatched, copies of all material documents despatched by the Company and by any member of the Restricted Group to its creditors generally or any class of them;

 

   54    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (b)

promptly upon becoming aware of them, details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings against any member of the Restricted Group which are current, threatened or pending and which have or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (c)

promptly upon becoming aware of them, details of any authorisations as referred to in Subclause 19.2 (Authorisations) obtained or effected being amended, renewed or otherwise modified, or any authorisations not being obtained or effected when required or ceasing to be in effect;

 

  (d)

promptly on request, a list of the then current Non-Recourse Subsidiaries and Dormant Subsidiaries;

 

  (e)

promptly on request, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group as any Finance Party through the Facility Agent may reasonably request; and

 

  (f)

promptly, notice of any change in authorised signatories of any Obligor signed by a director or company secretary of such Obligor accompanied by specimen signatures of any new authorised signatories.

 

17.7

Notification of Default and breach of certain representations by Sponsor Affiliates

 

(a)

Unless the Facility Agent has already been so notified by another Obligor, each Obligor must notify the Facility Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence.

 

(b)

As soon as reasonably practicable following a request by the Facility Agent, the Company must supply to the Facility Agent a certificate, signed by two of its authorised signatories on its behalf, certifying that no Default is outstanding or, if a Default is outstanding, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it.

 

(c)

Within five Business Days following the Company or any member of the Restricted Group becoming aware of any determination by a court or a notification by a governmental, regulatory or other similar authority or organisation that any of the Sponsor Affiliates is in violation of the FCPA (as defined in Subclause 16.28 (FCPA), Money Laundering Laws (as defined in Subclause 16.29 (Money Laundering Laws), or any of the other laws referred to in Subclause 16.27 (OFAC) to Subclause 16.30 (Anti-Terrorism Laws), inclusive, the Company must, or must procure that member of the Restricted Group to, provide a written notice to the Facility Agent of such violations (it being acknowledged that no such violation shall be deemed to be a Default if the notice provided for in this paragraph is given).

 

17.8

Financial year and quarter end

The Company must not change its financial year or any financial quarter end.

 

17.9

Customer due diligence requirements

 

(a)

Each Obligor must, and must procure each Security Provider (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed) and each Permitted Transferee to, as soon as reasonably practicable following a request of any Finance Party supply to that Finance Party any documentation or other evidence which is reasonably requested by that Finance Party (whether for itself, on behalf of any Finance Party or any prospective new Lender) to enable a Finance Party or prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all relevant applicable customer due diligence requirements.

 

   55    CREDIT AGREEMENT


(b)

Each Lender must promptly on the request of the Facility Agent supply to the Facility Agent any documentation or other evidence which is reasonably required by the Facility Agent to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all customer due diligence requirements.

 

18.

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

18.1

Definitions

In this Clause:

Adjusted Leverage Ratio means, on any Accounting Date, the ratio of:

 

  (a)

Adjusted Total Debt on that Accounting Date; to

 

  (b)

EBITDA for the Measurement Period ending on that Accounting Date.

Adjusted Total Debt means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Financial Indebtedness of the Restricted Group other than:

 

  (a)

the mark to market value of any interest rate Treasury Transaction;

 

  (b)

any Financial Indebtedness under the Performance Bond Facility (except to the extent of actual drawings thereunder);

 

  (c)

any Subordinated Debt;

 

  (d)

any Financial Indebtedness owed to another member of the Restricted Group.

EBITDA means, for any period, Net Income for such period adjusted by:

 

  (a)

adding , without duplication and to the extent deducted in arriving at Net Income, the sum of:

 

  (i)

Non-Gaming Tax;

 

  (ii)

amortisation or write-off of debt discount and debt issuance costs and interest, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Financial Indebtedness (including the Loans);

 

  (iii)

depreciation and amortisation expense;

 

  (iv)

amortisation of intangibles (including goodwill);

 

  (v)

an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on any disposal of assets; and

 

  (vi)

any extraordinary expenses or losses; and

 

  (b)

subtracting , without duplication and to the extent included in determining such Net Income, the sum of:

 

  (i)

interest income;

 

  (ii)

the aggregate net non-cash gain on any disposal of assets; and

 

  (iii)

any extraordinary income or gains.

 

   56    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Debt Service Coverage Ratio means, on an Accounting Date, the ratio of:

 

  (a)

EBITDA; to

 

  (b)

Debt Service,

in each case, for the Measurement Period ending on that Accounting Date.

Debt Service means, for any period, the sum of:

 

  (a)

scheduled principal payments of Financial Indebtedness incurred by the Restricted Group which fell due for repayment or prepayment whether or not paid during or deferred for payment after such period, but excluding, in respect of the Company, any principal amount which fell due, and which was available for simultaneous redrawing, under the Revolving Credit Facility;

 

  (b)

Financing Costs; and

 

  (c)

Non-Gaming Tax,

in each case, in respect of such period.

Financing Costs means, for any period, the aggregate amount of interest, fees, discounts, commissions, costs, prepayment penalties or premiums, other finance payments and expenses in respect of Financial Indebtedness paid or payable in cash in that period by the Restricted Group including:

 

  (a)

amounts payable by the Company under Clause 11 (Market disruption), Clause 12 (Taxes), Clause 13 (Increased Costs) and Clause 24 (Indemnities and Break Costs);

 

  (b)

net amounts paid, payable or accrued by the Restricted Group under any Treasury Transaction; and

 

  (c)

any value added or other taxes payable by the Restricted Group in respect of paragraphs (a) through (c) above and any withholding tax on a party to any Financial Indebtedness incurred by the Restricted Group in respect of which the Restricted Group has an obligation to gross up,

but excluding:

 

  (i)

the fees and expenses payable by the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated under the Finance Documents on the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date including, without limitation, those payable pursuant to Subclause 23.2 (Arrangement fee);

 

  (ii)

any amount constituting a Permitted Restricted Payment under paragraph (a) of the definition of Permitted Restricted Payment; and

 

  (iii)

any repayment of the Subordinated Debt to the extent constituting a Permitted Restricted Payment.

Measurement Period means each period comprising an annual Accounting Period of the Company and each period comprising four consecutive quarterly Accounting Periods of the Company (taken together as one period) ending on an Accounting Date.

 

   57    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Net Income means, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of the Restricted Group for such period.

Non-Gaming Tax means, for any period, income tax other than gaming tax and other obligatory social contributions in respect of gaming concessions and deducted in arriving at Net Income for that period.

 

18.2

Interpretation

 

(a)

Except as provided to the contrary in this Agreement, an accounting term used in this Clause is to be construed in accordance with the principles applied in connection with the Original Financial Statements.

 

(b)

All the terms defined in Subclause 18.1 (Definitions) are to be determined on a consolidated basis and (except as expressly included or excluded in the relevant definition) in accordance with GAAP.

 

(c)

Any amount in a currency other than Hong Kong Dollars is to be taken into account at:

 

  (i)

its Hong Kong Dollar equivalent on the day the relevant amount falls to be calculated; or

 

  (ii)

if the amount is to be calculated on the last day of a financial period of the Company, its amount in Hong Kong Dollars based on the relevant rates of exchange used by the Company in, or in connection with, its financial statements for that period.

 

(d)

No item must be credited or deducted more than once in any calculation under this Clause.

 

18.3

Adjusted Leverage Ratio

The Company must ensure that the Adjusted Leverage Ratio does not, on each Accounting Date, exceed the value indicated in the table below opposite that Accounting Date:

 

Accounting Date       

Each Accounting Date during 2010

     4.50 to 1.00   

Each Accounting Date during 2011

     4.00 to 1.00   

Each Accounting Date during 2012 and each Accounting Date thereafter

     3.50 to 1.00   

 

18.4

Debt Service Coverage Ratio

The Company must ensure that, on any Accounting Date, the Debt Service Coverage Ratio is not less than 1.50 to 1.

 

19.

GENERAL COVENANTS

 

19.1

General

Each Obligor agrees, for the benefit of each Finance Party, to be bound by the covenants set out in this Clause relating to it and, where the covenant is expressed to apply to any other member of the

 

   58    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Restricted Group, each Obligor must ensure that its relevant Subsidiaries that are members of the Restricted Group perform that covenant.

 

19.2

Authorisations

 

(a)

Each Obligor must promptly:

 

  (i)

obtain, maintain in full force and effect and comply with the terms; and

 

  (ii)

supply certified copies to the Facility Agent,

of any authorisation required under any law or regulation to enable it to perform its obligations under, or for the validity or enforceability of, any Transaction Document and the transaction contemplated by it.

 

(b)

Each Obligor must promptly:

 

  (i)

obtain, maintain and comply with the terms; and

 

  (ii)

upon request, supply certified copies to the Facility Agent,

of any authorisation required under any law or regulation to enable it to carry on its business in the ordinary course of business where failure to do so has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19.3

Compliance

 

(a)

Each member of the Restricted Group must comply in all respects with all laws and regulations to which it is subject where failure to do so has or would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)

Each member of the Restricted Group must comply in all material respects with its obligations under the Transaction Documents (other than a Finance Document) to which it is a party.

 

19.4

Pari passu ranking

Each Obligor must ensure that its payment obligations under the Finance Documents at all times rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured payment obligations, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally in its jurisdiction of incorporation or any other jurisdiction where it carries on business.

 

19.5

Negative pledge

 

(a)

Except as provided below, no member of the Restricted Group may create or allow to exist any Security Interest on any of its assets.

 

(b)

No member of the Restricted Group may:

 

  (i)

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms where it is or may be leased to or re-acquired or acquired by a member of the Restricted Group or any of its related entities;

 

  (ii)

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

  (iii)

enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

   59    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (iv)

enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

(c)

Paragraphs (a) and (b) do not apply to:

 

  (i)

any Permitted Security (other than paragraph (r) of the definition of Permitted Security); and

 

  (ii)

any Security Interest falling within paragraph (r) of the definition of Permitted Security if:

 

  (A)

the Company has given prior written notice to the Facility Agent setting out its intention to refinance the Facilities and, in reasonable detail, the proposed arrangements and mechanics for the granting of new Security Interests under such refinancing in favour of the refinanciers and the release of the existing Security Interests granted in favour of the Secured Parties under the Security Documents (the Refinancing Proposal );

 

  (B)

the Facility Agent, acting reasonably, has given its prior written consent of the Refinancing Proposal; and

 

  (C)

the Company agrees that if the proposed refinancing of the Facilities does not, for any reason, complete, it will ensure any Security Interest that has been created in favour of the refinanciers under the proposed refinancing will be promptly released to the reasonable satisfaction of the Facility Agent.

 

19.6

Disposals

 

(a)

Except as provided below, no member of the Restricted Group may, either in a single transaction or in a series of transactions and whether related or not, dispose of all or any part of its assets.

 

(b)

Paragraph (a) does not apply to any disposal:

 

  (i)

made in the ordinary course of trading of the Restricted Group;

 

  (ii)

of any assets (not being a business and not being shares, securities, interests in real property or rights under any Transaction Document) on arm’s length terms in exchange for any other assets comparable or superior as to type, value, quality and title (but only if the Obligor grants security in favour of the Secured Parties (in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent) over any asset replacing one which was subject to a Security Interest created under a Security Document);

 

  (iii)

of obsolete or redundant vehicles, plant and equipment, for cash on arm’s length terms;

 

  (iv)

where such disposal is a Permitted Restricted Payment and does not breach any other terms of the Finance Documents;

 

  (v)

pursuant to any Permitted Transaction;

 

  (vi)

constituted by a Security Interest that is a Permitted Security;

 

  (vii)

required as a result of any dedication of minor strips and gores of land to any governmental for public purposes;

 

   60    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (viii)

which is a Permitted Lease;

 

  (ix)

where the higher of the market value and consideration receivable (when aggregated with the higher of the market value and consideration receivable for any other disposal not allowed under the preceding sub-paragraphs) does not exceed US$10,000,000 or its equivalent in any financial year of the Company; or

 

  (x)

made with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

19.7

Redesignation of Restricted Group Subsidiary

 

(a)

The Company may, on any Business Day, designate a Subsidiary of the Company in the Restricted Group to be not a member of the Restricted Group (the Re-designated Subsidiary ) as of that Business Day (a Re-designation ), provided that:

 

  (i)

no Default is outstanding on that Business Day or would occur immediately after that Redesignation; and

 

  (ii)

at least five Business Days prior to that Re-designation, the Company has delivered to the Facility Agent a Re-designation Certificate certifying the Pro Forma Adjusted Leverage Ratio as not exceeding 4:00 to 1:00 immediately after the Re-designation.

 

(b)

No Re-designated Subsidiary shall have any right, claim, interest or recourse of any kind (whether present or future, actual or contingent, direct or indirect) in or against the Resort, any of the Security Interests under the Security Documents (other than any Second Property Security Document entered into in accordance with Subclause 19.31 (Second Property Financing)) or any member of the Restricted Group or its assets (other than against the Company but only to the extent such right, claim, interest or recourse arises out of a contract entered into between the Company and such Non-Recourse Subsidiary on arm’s length terms for the purposes of operating any casino or other resort property not forming part of the Resort).

 

(c)

If the Pro Forma Adjusted Leverage Ratio set out in the Re-designation Certificate delivered to the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) above does not exceed 4:00.1.00 but exceeds 3.50:1.00, the Company may only effect the Re-designation if the Company has made a voluntary prepayment in compliance with Subclause 8.4 (Mandatory prepayment – Permitted Restricted Payment).

 

(d)

For the purpose of this Subclause, a Re-designation Certificate means a certificate from the Company signed by its chief finance officer to the Facility Agent:

 

  (i)

certifying that no Default is outstanding or would occur immediately after the Redesignation; and

 

  (ii)

setting out the Pro Forma Adjusted Leverage Ratio (taking into account any prepayment that may be required to be made pursuant to Subclause 8.4 (Mandatory prepayment – Permitted Restricted Payment) as a result of the Re-designation) immediately after the Re-designation,

enclosing the financial statements for the 12-month period upon which the calculation of the Pro Forma Adjusted Leveraged Ratio is based.

 

19.8

Financial Indebtedness

No member of the Restricted Group may incur or permit to be outstanding any Financial Indebtedness other than any Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

   61    CREDIT AGREEMENT


19.9

Change of business

 

(a)

The Company must ensure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Company or the Restricted Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, pursuant to any investment in Non-Recourse Subsidiaries permitted by this Agreement).

 

(b)

The design, development, management or operation of additional properties similar to the Resort by the Company or any other member of the Restricted Group will not be prohibited under this Subclause.

 

19.10 

Mergers

No Obligor may enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger or reconstruction other than a Permitted Transaction and only if such amalgamation, demerger, merger or reconstruction does not materially prejudice or adversely affect:

 

  (a)

the ability of any Obligor to perform its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, any Transaction Document; or

 

  (b)

the rights, benefits and interests of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents.

 

19.11 

Acquisitions

 

(a)

Except as provided below, no member of the Restricted Group may:

 

  (i)

acquire or subscribe for shares or other ownership interests in or securities of any company or other person;

 

  (ii)

acquire any business; or

 

  (iii)

incorporate any company or other person.

 

(b)

Paragraph (a) does not apply to:

 

  (i)

investment in a Non-Recourse Subsidiary to the extent such investment constitutes a Permitted Restricted Payment;

 

  (ii)

any Permitted Transaction; or

 

  (iii)

any other acquisition or investment not permitted under paragraph (a) above that meets the following conditions:

 

  (A)

the Company will not be in breach of Subclause 19.9 (Change of business) following such acquisition or investment;

 

  (B)

no other Default is outstanding at the time such acquisition or investment is made or would occur immediately after such acquisition or investment;

 

  (C)

at least five Business Days prior to such acquisition or investment the Company has delivered to the Facility Agent an Acquisition Certificate certifying that the Pro Forma Adjusted Leverage Ratio does not exceed 4.00:1.00 immediately after such acquisition or investment; and

 

   62    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (D)

if the Pro Forma Adjusted Leverage Ratio set out and certified by the Company in the Acquisition Certificate delivered to the Facility Agent pursuant to subparagraph (C) above does not exceed 4.00:1.00 but exceeds 3.50:1.00 immediately after such acquisition or investment, the cost or amount of such acquisition or investment, when aggregated with all other permitted acquisitions or investments made by the Company under this Subclause, does not exceed US$50,000,000 in each relevant financial year.

 

(c)

For the purpose of this Subclause, an Acquisition Certificate means a certificate from the Company, signed by its chief finance officer, to the Facility Agent:

 

  (i)

certifying that the Company will not be in breach of Subclause 19.9 (Change of business) following such acquisition or investment;

 

  (ii)

certifying that no other Default is outstanding or would occur immediately after such acquisition or investment;

 

  (iii)

setting out the Pro-Forma Adjusted Leverage Ratio (taking into account the completion of such acquisition or investment) immediately after the completion of such acquisition or investment; and

 

  (iv)

setting out the cost or amount of the acquisition or investment,

enclosing the financial statements for the 12-month period upon which the calculation of the Pro Forma Adjusted Leveraged Ratio is based.

 

19.12 

Environmental matters

 

(a)

Each member of the Restricted Group must:

 

  (i)

comply with all Environmental Law;

 

  (ii)

obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals; and

 

  (iii)

implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,

where failure to do so has or would have a Material Adverse Effect or result in any liability for a Finance Party.

 

(b)

Each Obligor must, promptly upon becoming aware, notify the Facility Agent of:

 

  (i)

any Environmental Claim started, or to its knowledge, threatened; or

 

  (ii)

any circumstances reasonably likely to result in an Environmental Claim,

which has or, if substantiated, is reasonably likely to either have a Material Adverse Effect or result in any liability for a Finance Party.

 

19.13 

Third party guarantees

 

(a)

Except as provided in paragraph (b) below, no member of the Restricted Group may incur or allow to be outstanding any guarantee by such member of the Restricted Group in respect of any person.

 

   63    CREDIT AGREEMENT


(b)

Paragraph (a) does not apply to any guarantee arising under the Transaction Documents or any guarantee constituting Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

19.14 

Treasury Transactions

 

(a)

No member of the Restricted Group may enter into any derivative transaction other than a Treasury Transaction.

 

(b)

No member of the Restricted Group may enter into any Treasury Transaction other than any Treasury Transaction entered into by the Company under the Secured Hedging Documents.

 

19.15 

Loans out

 

(a)

Except as provided in paragraph (b) below, no member of the Restricted Group may be the creditor in respect of any Financial Indebtedness or of any trade credit extended to any of its customers.

 

(b)

Paragraph (a) does not apply to:

 

  (i)

trade credit extended by any member of the Restricted Group to its customers on normal commercial terms and in its ordinary course of trading activities (including, without limitation, advances to patrons of the casino at the Resort);

 

  (ii)

any loan by a member of the Restricted Group to a Non-Recourse Subsidiary pursuant to a Permitted Restricted Payment;

 

  (iii)

loans made by one Obligor to another Obligor; or

 

  (iv)

loans and advances to employees of members of the Restricted Group in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, for travel, entertainment and relocation expenses) in an aggregate amount not exceeding US$1,000,000 at any one time outstanding.

 

19.16 

Share capital

 

(a)

Except as provided in paragraph (b) below, no member of the Restricted Group may:

 

  (i)

redeem, purchase, defease, retire or repay any of its shares or share capital (or any instrument convertible into shares or share capital) or resolve to do so;

 

  (ii)

issue any shares (or any instrument convertible into shares) which by their terms are redeemable or carry any right to a return prior to the First Ranking Debt Discharge Date; or

 

  (iii)

prior to the Listco IPO Date, issue any shares or share capital (or any instrument convertible into shares or share capital) to any person other than its Holding Company.

 

(b)

Paragraph (a) does not apply to:

 

  (i)

any transaction expressly allowed under the Finance Documents;

 

  (ii)

the issue of shares for cash by a member of the Restricted Group to another member of the Restricted Group which is a shareholder in it prior to that issue where, if any shares in the company issuing such shares are the subject of a Security Interest pursuant to the Security Documents, such shares become the subject of an equivalent Security Interest in favour of the Secured Parties on the same terms; or

 

   64    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (iii)

any transaction which is a Permitted Transaction.

 

19.17 

Distributions

Except for any Permitted Restricted Payment, the Company must not:

 

  (a)

declare, make or pay, or pay interest on any unpaid amount of, any dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (whether in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its shares or share capital (or any class of its share capital);

 

  (b)

repay or distribute any share premium account;

 

  (c)

pay or allow any member of the Restricted Group to pay any management, advisory or other fee to or to the order of the shareholders of the Company (or any of their respective Affiliates which is not a member of the Restricted Group); or

 

  (d)

distribute or transfer or allow any other member of the Restricted Group to distribute or transfer any other asset to the shareholders of the Company (or any of their respective Affiliates which is not a member of the Restricted Group),

(in each case, a Distribution ).

 

19.18 

Listco Guarantee and Listco IPO Reorganisation Date

 

(a)

The Company must:

 

  (i)

ensure Listco enters into, on or prior to the Listco IPO Reorganisation Date:

 

  (A)

the Listco Guarantee; and

 

  (B)

the Accession Agreement (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed); and

 

  (ii)

promptly upon the completion of the Listco IPO Reorganisation takes place, give the Facility Agent a written notice of the Listco IPO Reorganisation Date.

 

(b)

The Company has no obligations to procure that a Listco IPO will occur.

 

19.19 

Sponsor Loans

 

(a)

The Company must not (and will ensure that no other member of the Restricted Group will):

 

  (i)

except as allowed by the terms of the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed, repay or prepay any amount (whether of principal, fee, interest, premium or other charge) outstanding under the Sponsor Loan Documents; or

 

  (ii)

purchase, redeem, defease or discharge or provide any guarantee or security for or sub-participation in any amount outstanding under the Sponsor Loan Documents.

 

(b)

Paragraph (a) does not apply to a Permitted Restricted Payment.

 

   65    CREDIT AGREEMENT


19.20 

Performance Bond Facility Letter payments

Except as allowed by the terms of the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed, the Company must not (and will ensure that no other member of the Restricted Group will) pay any amount of principal, interest or other amount outstanding under or relating to any Performance Bond Facility.

 

19.21 

IP Rights

 

(a)

Except as provided below, each member of the Restricted Group must:

 

  (i)

make any registration and pay any fee or other amount which is necessary to retain and protect the IP Rights which are material to the business of a member of the Restricted Group;

 

  (ii)

to the extent consistent with the Existing IP Agreement, record its interest in those IP Rights;

 

  (iii)

take such steps as are necessary and commercially reasonable (including, where appropriate, the institution of legal proceedings) to prevent third parties infringing those IP Rights;

 

  (iv)

not use or permit any such IP Right to be used in a way which may, or take or omit to take any action which may, adversely affect the existence or value of such IP Right; and

 

  (v)

not grant any licence in respect of those IP Rights.

 

(b)

Paragraph (a)(v) above does not apply to:

 

  (i)

licence arrangements entered into between members of the Restricted Group for so long as they remain members of the Restricted Group; or

 

  (ii)

licence arrangements entered into on normal commercial terms and in the ordinary course of its business.

 

19.22 

Insurances

 

(a)

In this Clause, a prudent owner means a prudent owner and operator of any business, and of assets of a type and size, similar in all cases to those owned and operated by the relevant member of the Restricted Group in a similar location.

 

(b)

Each member of the Restricted Group must ensure that its Insurances insure it for its insurable interest in respect of all risks:

 

  (i)

that are covered under the Insurances existing as at the Closing Date;

 

  (ii)

which are required to be insured against under any applicable law or regulation; and

 

  (iii)

which a prudent owner would insure against, substantially consistent with the Insurances existing as at the Closing Date.

 

(c)

Each member of the Restricted Group must ensure that the Insurances are with an insurance company or underwriter which is of international standing and is not a captive insurer which is a member of the Restricted Group.

 

(d)

Each member of the Restricted Group must ensure that its Insurances, the terms and coverage of which must be at least consistent with the Insurances existing as at the Closing Date:

 

   66    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (i)

insure every tangible asset for its full replacement value; and

 

  (ii)

in the case of any other asset or risk, provide cover up to a limit which a prudent owner would buy.

For this purpose, replacement value means the total cost of entirely rebuilding, reinstating or replacing the relevant asset if it is completely destroyed, together with all related fees and demolition costs.

 

(e)

Each member of the Restricted Group must ensure that its Insurances comply with the following requirements:

 

  (i)

each member of the Restricted Group must be insured for its own insurable interest, and separately from any other insured party, on a basis that:

 

  (A)

any non-disclosure, misrepresentation or breach by or on behalf of any one insured party will not prejudice the cover of any other insured party; and

 

  (B)

insurers waive any right of subrogation against any member of the Restricted Group or any Secured Party;

 

  (ii)

each member of the Restricted Group must be entitled to claim directly for any insured loss suffered by it;

 

  (iii)

the insurers must give at least 30 days’ notice to the Facility Agent if any insurer proposes to repudiate, rescind or cancel any Insurance or to treat it as avoided in whole or in part or otherwise decline any valid claim under it by or on behalf of that member of the Restricted Group;

 

  (iv)

each member of the Restricted Group must be free to assign all amounts payable to it under each of its Insurances and all its rights in connection with those amounts in favour of the Security Agent as agent and trustee for the Secured Parties; and

 

  (v)

no limits of cover purchased under any Insurance are to be capable of being eroded below the limits which a prudent owner would maintain by reason of claims from persons who are not members of the Restricted Group.

 

(f)

Each member of the Restricted Group must:

 

  (i)

promptly pay (or procure payment of) all premiums and do anything which is necessary to keep each of its Insurances in full force and effect; and

 

  (ii)

not do or allow anything to be done which may (and promptly notify the Facility Agent of any event or circumstance which does or is reasonably likely to) entitle any insurer of any of its Insurances to repudiate, rescind or cancel it or to treat it as avoided in whole or in part or otherwise decline any valid claim under it by or on behalf of that member of the Restricted Group.

 

(g)

Each member of the Restricted Group must:

 

  (i)

promptly notify the Facility Agent of any event or occurrence giving rise to any aggregate loss or liability in excess of US$5,000,000 or its equivalent in respect of which any member of the Restricted Group is entitled to make one or more claim under any Insurance;

 

   67    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (ii)

keep the Facility Agent advised of the progress of any such claim; and

 

  (iii)

not compromise or settle any claim for less than the amount claimed without the prior consent of the Facility Agent where the aggregate loss or liability in respect of the event or occurrence concerned is more than US$10,000,000.

 

(h)

If any member of the Restricted Group fails to maintain any contract of insurance which it is required to maintain under this Agreement, that member of the Restricted Group will allow the Facility Agent to purchase the requisite insurance on its behalf if the Facility Agent so elects. That member of the Restricted Group must immediately on request by the Facility Agent pay the costs and expenses of the Facility Agent or any of its agents incurred in the purchase of that insurance.

 

19.23 

Arm’s-length terms

Except for any transaction constituting a Permitted Restricted Payment, no member of the Restricted Group may enter into any material transaction with any person otherwise than on arm’s-length terms and for full market value, save for:

 

  (a)

loans between members of the Restricted Group; or

 

  (b)

other transactions between members of the Restricted Group,

provided that, other than where those loans or transactions are Permitted Restricted Payments, the terms of those loans or transactions do not result in a transfer of value from an Obligor to a member of the Restricted Group that is not an Obligor.

 

19.24 

Amendments to documents

 

(a)

No member of the Restricted Group may, except to the extent reasonably required to consummate a Permitted Transaction:

 

  (i)

amend its memorandum or articles of association or other constitutional documents;

 

  (ii)

enter into any agreement with a Sponsor Affiliate which is not a member of the Restricted Group (other than the Transaction Documents); or

 

  (iii)

amend or waive any term of the Transaction Documents or any of the other documents delivered to the Facility Agent pursuant to Subclause 4.1 (Conditions precedent documents),

without the prior written consent of the Original Lenders if prior to Closing, and thereafter in a manner or to an extent which is reasonably likely in any way to affect materially and adversely the interests of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)

Paragraph (a)(ii) does not apply if the agreement was entered into in respect of a Permitted Restricted Payment.

 

(c)

The Company must promptly supply to the Facility Agent a copy of any amendment to or waiver of any of the documents, or any agreement with any shareholder in the Company (or any of their Affiliates), in either case referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

19.25 

Access

 

(a)

Upon reasonable notice being given by the Facility Agent, each member of the Restricted Group must allow any one or more representatives of the Facility Agent and/or accountants or other

 

   68    CREDIT AGREEMENT


 

professional advisers (other than construction consultants) appointed by the Facility Agent (at the Company’s risk and expense) to have access during normal business hours to the premises, assets, books and records of that member of the Restricted Group.

 

(b)

The Facility Agent may not give notice under paragraph (a) above more than once every financial year unless it reasonably believes that a Default is outstanding or may have occurred or may occur.

 

19.26 

Taxes

 

(a)

Each member of the Restricted Group must pay all Taxes due and payable (or, where payments of Tax must be made by reference to estimated amounts, such estimated Tax (calculated in good faith) as due and payable for the relevant period) by it prior to the accrual of any fine or penalty for late payment, unless (and only to the extent that):

 

  (i)

payment of those Taxes is being contested in good faith;

 

  (ii)

adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them; and

 

  (iii)

failure to pay those Taxes does not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)

No member of the Restricted Group may change its residence for Tax purposes.

 

19.27 

Joint Ventures/Associates/Minority Interests

 

(a)

Except as provided in paragraph (b) below, no member of the Restricted Group may:

 

  (i)

enter into, invest in, acquire any interest in, transfer any asset to, lend to, be the creditor of any Financial Indebtedness of or give any guarantee in respect of the obligations of any joint venture, associate or minority interest; or

 

  (ii)

trade with or sell to or acquire assets or services from any joint venture, associate or minority interest otherwise than on arm’s length terms.

 

(b)

Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any investment in any joint venture, associate or minority interest by a member of the Restricted Group made after the Listco IPO Date to the extent such investment constitutes a Permitted Restricted Payment.

 

19.28 

Restricted Payments

Notwithstanding and without prejudice to any other term under this Agreement or the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed, no member of the Restricted Group may make any Restricted Payment, other than where such Restricted Payment is a Permitted Restricted Payment.

 

19.29 

Guarantees

 

(a)

Where, after the date of this Agreement, it is demonstrated (by reference to the definitions of Dormant Subsidiary and Non-Recourse Subsidiary or any financial statement of the Group) that any member of the Group is not a Dormant Subsidiary or Non-Recourse Subsidiary, the Company shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, promptly and in any event within 10 Business Days of it becoming aware that such member of the Group is not a Dormant Subsidiary or a Non-Recourse Subsidiary procure that such member of the Group becomes an Additional Guarantor in the manner required by Subclause 27.9 (Additional Guarantors).

 

   69    CREDIT AGREEMENT


(b)

The Company is not required to perform its obligations under paragraph (a) if:

 

  (i)

it is unlawful for the relevant person to become a Guarantor; and

 

  (ii)

that person becoming a Guarantor would result in personal liability for that person’s directors or other management.

 

19.30 

Security

 

(a)

Each Obligor must, and shall procure that each member of the Restricted Group, on acquiring any asset (including the establishment of any bank account) which:

 

  (i)

would not be immediately and effectively charged by the then existing Security Documents; and

 

  (A)

is of a type which is charged by the then existing Security Documents; or

 

  (B)

is otherwise material to the business of that member of the Restricted Group,

executes and delivers to the Security Agent such further or additional Security Documents in relation to such assets as the Majority Lenders may reasonably require and in form and substance satisfactory to them.

 

(b)

Each Obligor must, and shall procure that each member of the Restricted Group, promptly on establishing any bank accounts that relates to the Resort and not charged by the then existing Security Documents, notify the Security Agent of the details of such bank accounts and execute and deliver to the Security Agent such further or additional Security Documents in relation to such accounts in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Security Agent provided that such Security Documents shall permit that Obligor to retain operational control over such accounts until an Event of Default has occurred and is outstanding.

 

(c)

Each Obligor must, and shall procure that each relevant person who is the holder of shares of an entity that becomes a member of the Restricted Group, execute and deliver to the Security Agent such further or additional Security Documents in such form as the Facility Agent shall require creating an effective first ranking fixed Security Interest over the shares in any entity which becomes a member of the Restricted Group.

 

(d)

The Obligors need only perform their obligations under paragraphs (a) and (b) above if it is not unlawful for the relevant person to execute and deliver such Security Documents and that person executing and delivering such Security Documents would not result in personal liability for that person’s directors or other management. Each Obligor must use, and must procure that the relevant person uses, all reasonable endeavours lawfully to avoid any such unlawfulness or personal liability. This includes agreeing to a limit on the amount secured. The Facility Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) agree to such a limit if, in its opinion, to do so might avoid the relevant unlawfulness or personal liability.

 

(e)

Each Obligor shall, and shall procure that each other relevant member of the Group which is its Subsidiary shall, at its own expense, execute and do all such assurances, acts and things as the Security Agent may reasonably require:

 

  (i)

for registering any Security Documents in any required register and for perfecting or protecting the security intended to be afforded by the Security Documents; and

 

   70    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (ii)

if the Security Documents have become enforceable, for facilitating the realisation of all or any part of the assets which are subject to the Security Documents and the exercise of all powers, authorities and discretions vested in the Security Agent or in any receiver of all or any part of those assets,

and in particular shall execute all transfers, conveyances, assignments and releases of that property whether to the Security Agent or to its nominees and give all notices, orders and directions which the Security Agent may reasonably think expedient.

 

(f)

On each date that a Security Document is entered into after Closing, each Obligor shall procure that the documents listed in Part 3 of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent documents) in respect of the Obligor entering into such Security Document are delivered to the Facility Agent.

 

(g)

Nothwithstanding the foregoing, any member of the Restricted Group is permitted to establish and/or maintain bank accounts in any jurisdiction for the purpose of depositing funds from gaming or resort patrons as security for such patrons’ obligations to that member of the Restricted Group or otherwise in connection with such patrons’ patronage of the Resort (including the casino at the Resort), over which the Majority Lenders will not require that Security Interests be granted in favour of the Secured Parties.

 

19.31 

Second Property Financing

The Company may, with the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders, acting through the Facility Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld):

 

  (a)

grant rights to an Affiliate of the Company to share in the use of the Sub-Concession Contract; and

 

  (b)

enter into the Second Property Security Documents to which it is a party,

in each case:

 

  (i)

under terms, and in form and substance, reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Lenders (acting through the Facility Agent or the Security Agent) and, in respect of the Security Interests that are the subject of the Common Security Sharing Agreement, the Secured Parties and the Second Property Finance Parties will share such Security Interest on a pari passu basis (regardless of the time or method of perfection of their respective Security Interests therein) in proportions to be reasonably determined by the Finance Parties and the Second Property Finance Parties, taking into account of the relative asset values of the Restricted Group and the Second Property and the relative amounts of the borrowers’ Financial Indebtedness under the Secured Finance Documents and the Second Property Financing (determined in each case on the basis of the committed amount thereof); and

 

  (ii)

if on the date on which the grant of rights or, as the case may be, entry into a Second Property Security Document, no Default is outstanding or would result from the granting of rights or, as the case may be, entering into the Second Property Security Document.

 

19.32 

Condition subsequent

Each Obligor must ensure that each of the following is delivered to the Facility Agent in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Facility Agent within 14 days from the Closing Date:

 

  (a)

each Assignment of Reinsurances;

 

   71    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (b)

a certified true copy of the power of attorney from each Direct Insurer authorising one or more of it authorised signatory to execute the Assignment of Reinsurances to which such Direct Insurer is a party; and

 

  (c)

evidence that the agent of each Direct Insurer not incorporated in Hong Kong for service of process in Hong Kong has accepted its appointment.

 

20.

DEFAULT

 

20.1

Events of Default

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause (other than Subclause 20.16 (Acceleration)) is an Event of Default.

 

20.2

Non-payment

 

(a)

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount of principal payable by it under the Finance Documents in the manner required under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount of interest payable by it under the Finance Documents in the manner required under the Finance Documents, unless such non-payment is remedied within five days of the due date.

 

(c)

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any other amount payable by it under the Finance Documents in the manner required under the Finance Documents, unless such non-payment is remedied within 10 days of the due date.

 

(d)

Listco does not pay on the due date any amount payable by it under the Listco Guarantee in the manner required under the Listco Guarantee.

 

20.3

Breach of other obligations

 

(a)

An Obligor does not comply with any term of Clause 18 (Financial covenants), Subclause 19.4 (Pari passu ranking) to Subclause 19.8 (Financial Indebtedness), Subclause 19.10 (Mergers), Subclause 19.11 (Acquisitions), Subclause 19.13 (Third party guarantees), Subclause 19.15 (Loans out) to Subclause 19.20 (Performance Bond Facility Letter payments), Subclause 19.24(a)(iii) (Amendments to documents), Subclause 19.25 (Access), Subclause 19.27 (Joint Ventures/Associates/Minority Interests), Subclause 19.28 (Restricted Payments) and Subclause 19.31(a) (Second Property Financing).

 

(b)

Listco does not comply with any term of clause 7 (General Covenants) of the Listco Guarantee.

 

(c)

An Obligor or Listco does not comply with any term of the Finance Documents (other than any term referred to in Subclause 20.2 (Non-payment) or in paragraph (a) above), unless the non-compliance:

 

  (i)

is capable of remedy; and

 

  (ii)

is remedied within 30 days of the earlier of the Facility Agent giving notice of the failure to comply with the Company and any Obligor becoming aware of the non-compliance.

 

20.4

Misrepresentation

A representation or warranty made or deemed to be repeated by an Obligor or Listco in any Finance Document or in any certificate, document or financial or other statement delivered by or on behalf of

 

   72    CREDIT AGREEMENT


any Obligor or Listco at any time under or in connection with any Finance Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed to be repeated and the events or omissions giving rise to such misrepresentation, if capable of remedy and such delay in remedying could not otherwise reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, are not remedied so that the original representation or statement is true and correct in all material respects to the reasonable satisfaction of the Facility Agent on the day falling 30 days after any Obligor or Listco becomes aware of such representation.

 

20.5

Cross-default

Any of the following occurs in respect of a member of the Restricted Group:

 

  (a)

any of its Financial Indebtedness is not paid when due (after the expiry of any originally applicable grace period);

 

  (b)

any of its Financial Indebtedness:

 

  (i)

becomes prematurely due and payable;

 

  (ii)

is placed on demand; or

 

  (iii)

is capable of being declared by or on behalf of a creditor to be prematurely due and payable or of being placed on demand,

in each case, as a result of an event of default or any provision having a similar effect (howsoever described); or

 

  (c)

any commitment for its Financial Indebtedness is cancelled or suspended as a result of an event of default or any provision having a similar effect (howsoever described),

unless the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness falling within all or any of subparagraphs (a) to (c) above is less than HK$200,000,000 or its equivalent.

 

20.6 

Insolvency

 

(a)

The Company, the Restricted Group (taken as a whole) or, after the Listco IPO Reorganisation Date, Listco is, or is deemed for the purposes of any applicable law to be, unable to pay its debts as they fall due or insolvent.

 

(b)

Any Obligor or, after the Listco IPO Reorganisation Date, Listco admits its inability to pay its debts as they fall due.

 

(c)

The Company, the Restricted Group (taken as a whole) or, after the Listco IPO Reorganisation Date, Listco suspends making payments on any of its debts or announces an intention to do so.

 

(d)

By reason of actual financial difficulties, any Obligor begins negotiations with any creditor that is not a Finance Party for the rescheduling or restructuring of any of its indebtedness the aggregate amount of which exceeds HK$200,000,000.

 

(e)

The value of the assets of the Restricted Group, taken as a whole, is less than the liabilities of the Restricted Group, taken as a whole (taking into account contingent liabilities).

 

(f)

Any indebtedness of any Obligor or, after the Listco IPO Reorganisation Date, Listco is subject to a moratorium.

 

   73    CREDIT AGREEMENT


(g)

Any Security Interest is enforced over any of the assets of a member of the Restricted Group where the market value of such assets (when aggregated with the market value of all other assets of the Restricted Group over which any Security Interest has also been enforced) exceeds HK$200,000,000.

 

20.7

Insolvency proceedings

 

(a)

Except as provided below, any of the following occurs in respect of a member of the Restricted Group (other than a Dormant Subsidiary) or, after the Listco IPO Reorganisation Date, Listco:

 

  (i)

any step is taken with a view to the suspension of payments, a moratorium or a composition, compromise, assignment or similar arrangement with any of its creditors;

 

  (ii)

a meeting of its shareholders, directors or other officers is convened for the purpose of considering any resolution for, to petition for or to file documents with a court or any registrar for, its winding-up, administration or dissolution or any such resolution is passed;

 

  (iii)

any person presents a petition, or files documents with a court or any registrar, for its winding-up, administration, dissolution or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise);

 

  (iv)

an order for its winding-up, administration or dissolution is made;

 

  (v)

any liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy, judicial custodian, compulsory manager, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or similar officer is appointed in respect of it or any of its assets;

 

  (vi)

its shareholders, directors or other officers request the appointment of, or give written notice of their intention to appoint, a liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy, judicial custodian, compulsory manager, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or similar officer; or

 

  (vii)

any other analogous step or procedure is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

(b)

Paragraph (a) above does not apply to:

 

  (i)

any step or procedure which is part of a Permitted Transaction; or

 

  (ii)

a petition for winding-up presented by a creditor which is being contested in good faith and with due diligence and is discharged or struck out within 60 days.

 

20.8

Creditors’ process

Any attachment, sequestration, distress, execution or analogous event affects any asset(s) of a member of the Restricted Group, having an aggregate value of at least HK$200,000,000 or its equivalent, and is not discharged within 14 days or any such event occurs in relation to Listco which has a material and adverse effect upon the ability of Listco, the Company and the Restricted Group (taken as a whole) to perform their obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

20.9

Cessation of business

 

(a)

Any member of the Restricted Group (other than a Dormant Subsidiary) ceases or threatens to cease to carry on business except as part of a Permitted Transaction or as a result of any disposal expressly allowed under this Agreement.

 

   74    CREDIT AGREEMENT


(b)

After the Listco IPO Reorganisation Date, Listco ceases to carry on business.

 

20.10 

Effectiveness of Transaction Documents

 

(a)

It is or becomes unlawful for any Obligor or Listco to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)

It is or becomes unlawful for any Obligor to perform any of its material obligations under the Transaction Documents (other than a Finance Document).

 

(c)

Any Transaction Document is not effective or terminated in accordance with its terms (except for any termination pursuant to a Permitted Transaction or following the expiry of any prescribed term of that Transaction Document and, in the case of the IP Agreement, a replacement or an extension of the IP Agreement is entered into upon its expiry) or is alleged by an Obligor to be ineffective in accordance with its terms for any reason.

 

(d)

A Security Document does not create a Security Interest it purports to create.

 

(e)

An Obligor or Listco repudiates a Transaction Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Transaction Document to which it is a party.

 

20.11 

Expropriation

 

(a)

The authority or ability of the Company or the Restricted Group or, after the Listco IPO Reorganisation Date, Listco to conduct its business is wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person.

 

(b)

Any temporary administrative intervention is made by Macau pursuant to clause 79 of the Sub-Concession Contract and is not discharged within 30 Business Days of such intervention or, within such period, the Macau Government takes any steps for the unilateral rescission of the Sub-Concession Contract.

 

20.12 

Judgments

Any one or more judgments or orders is made against any member of the Restricted Group or, after the Listco IPO Reorganisation Date, Listco involving an aggregate liability (not paid or fully covered by Insurance) which is greater than HK$200,000,000 or its equivalent unless all those judgments and orders are vacated, discharged or stayed pending appeal within 30 days of their being made.

 

20.13 

Cessation or suspension of listing

On of after the Listco IPO Date:

 

  (a)

any of the shares of Listco listed on any internationally recognised stock exchange cease for any reason to be so listed; or

 

  (b)

the trading of shares of Listco is suspended on the stock exchange on which trading of the shares of Listco is generally carried out for ten consecutive trading days and the cause of such suspension has or would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

   75    CREDIT AGREEMENT


20.14 

Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed

 

(a)    (i)     

Any Obligor or other Sponsor Affiliate party to the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed (each a Sponsor Party ) does not comply with the terms of the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed; or

 

  (ii)

a representation or warranty given by any Sponsor Party under the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed is incorrect in any material respect,

and, if the non-compliance or circumstances giving rise to the misrepresentation or breach of warranty are capable of remedy and delay in remedying such misrepresentation or breach would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, such non-compliance is or circumstances are not remedied so that the original representation or warranty is true and correct in all material respects to the reasonable satisfaction of the party the benefit of who such representation or warranty is given on the day falling 30 days after that party giving the representation or warranty becomes aware of such representation;

 

(b)

the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed is not effective or is alleged by a Sponsor Party to be ineffective; or

 

(c)

any Sponsor Party repudiates the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed or evidences an intention to repudiate it.

 

20.15 

Material adverse change

Any event or series of events occurs which has or would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

20.16 

Acceleration

 

(a)

If an Event of Default is outstanding, the Facility Agent may, and must if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Company:

 

  (i)

cancel all or any part of the Total Commitments; and/or

 

  (ii)

declare that all or part of any amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents are:

 

  (A)

immediately due and payable; and/or

 

  (B)

payable on demand by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

Any notice given under this Subclause will take effect in accordance with its terms.

 

(b)

If an Event of Default is outstanding, the Facility Agent may, and must if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, instruct the Security Agent to enforce the security over any or all of the assets secured by the Security Documents in accordance with the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed.

 

20.17 

Enforcement of the Company Share Pledge

 

(a)

Without prejudice to the right of the Security Agent to enforce the security in any manner it sees fit under any of the Security Documents, if the Security Agent enforces the Security Interest created under the Company Share Pledge by way of a sale of the shares of the Company that are the subject of the Company Share Pledge prior to the Listco IPO Date, the Security Agent shall first offer the shares of the Company being enforced by it under the Company Share Pledge to MGM and Ms.

 

   76    CREDIT AGREEMENT


 

Pansy Ho (or any of their Affiliates which is then a shareholder of the Company) on such terms as the Security Agent may in its absolute discretion determine (the Enforcement Offer ), provided that:

 

  (i)

the terms of the Enforcement Offer to each of MGM and Ms. Pansy Ho (or any of their respective Affiliates which is then a shareholder of the Company) must be identical as to each share of the Company owned, directly or indirectly, by MGM and Ms. Pansy Ho (or any such Affiliates);

 

  (ii)

even if the terms of the Enforcement Offer requires that all of the shares of the Company be purchased, subject to paragraph (b) below:

 

  (A)

MGM (or, as the case may be, its designee or Affiliate) shall have the first right to accept the Enforcement Offer in respect of the proportion of the shares of the Company which is then held, directly or indirectly by MGM; and

 

  (B)

Ms. Pansy Ho (or any of her Permitted Transferees) shall have the first right to accept the Enforcement Offer in respect of the remainder of the shares of the Company.

 

(b)

If neither MGM (or any of its designees or Affiliates) nor Ms. Pansy Ho (or her Permitted Transferees) accepts an Enforcement Offer for all of the shares of the Company in accordance with subparagraph (a)(ii) above, each of MGM (or any of its designees or Affiliates) or Ms. Pansy Ho (or her Permitted Transferees) may accept the Enforcement Offer as to all of the shares of the Company.

 

(c)

The Security Agent shall have the right to impose as a condition of any Enforcement Offer that acceptance of all of the shares of the Company by MGM (or any of its designees or Affiliates) or Ms. Pansy Ho (or her Permitted Transferees) or any combination of the foregoing is required.

 

(d)

The Enforcement Offer will lapse:

 

  (i)

immediately on the last day of the period for acceptance that is stipulated by the Security Agent in its absolute discretion (which must, in any event, be not less than five Business Days from the date of the Enforcement Offer); or

 

  (ii)

if MGM (or any of its designees or Affiliates) or Ms. Pansy Ho (or any of her Permitted Transferees) has accepted the Enforcement Offer but the transfer of shares following such acceptance is not consummated within 10 Business Days from the date of such acceptance, the date falling on the last day of such 10-Business Day period.

 

(e)

Any lapse of, or non-acceptance of, the Enforcement Offer shall not be deemed to limit the terms of any subsequent offer the Security Agent may make in respect of the shares of the Company the subject of the Company Share Pledge or the terms of any subsequent enforcement, by the Security Agent, of such shares to any person.

 

(f)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the Security Agent exercises any of its right under the Company Share Pledge in respect of less than all of the shares of the Company, the Security Agent will endeavour to exercise such right in a manner, to the extent consistent with all applicable laws or regulations and any requests or directions of the Macau Government (and to the extent not materially disadvantageous to the interest of the Secured Parties), that would assure the respective proportionate direct or indirect interests of MGM (or any of its designees or Affiliates) and Ms. Pansy Ho (or any of her Permitted Transferees) in the Company is maintained.

 

   77    CREDIT AGREEMENT


21.

THE ADMINISTRATIVE PARTIES

 

21.1

Appointment and duties of the Facility Agent

 

(a)

Each Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent) irrevocably appoints the Facility Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

(b)

Each Finance Party irrevocably authorises the Facility Agent to:

 

  (i)

perform the duties and to exercise the rights, powers and discretions that are specifically given to it under the Finance Documents, together with any other incidental rights, powers and discretions; and

 

  (ii)

enter into and deliver each Finance Document expressed to be entered into by the Facility Agent.

 

(c)

The Facility Agent has only those duties which are expressly specified in the Finance Documents. Those duties are solely of a mechanical and administrative nature.

 

21.2

Role of the Mandated Lead Arrangers, Lead Arrangers and Senior Managers

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, no Mandated Lead Arranger, Lead Arranger or Senior Manager has any obligations of any kind to any other Party in connection with any Finance Document.

 

21.3

No fiduciary duties

Except as specifically provided in a Finance Document:

 

  (a)

nothing in the Finance Documents makes an Administrative Party a trustee or fiduciary for any other Party or any other person; and

 

  (b)

no Administrative Party need hold in trust any moneys paid to it or recovered by it for a Party in connection with the Finance Documents or be liable to account for interest on those moneys.

 

21.4

Individual position of an Administrative Party

 

(a)

If it is also a Lender, each Administrative Party has the same rights and powers under the Finance Documents as any other Lender and may exercise those rights and powers as though it were not an Administrative Party.

 

(b)

Each Administrative Party may:

 

  (i)

carry on any business with an Obligor or its related entities (including acting as an agent or a trustee for any other financing); and

 

  (ii)

retain any profits or remuneration it receives under the Finance Documents or in relation to any other business it carries on with an Obligor or its related entities.

 

21.5

Reliance

The Facility Agent may:

 

   78    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (a)

rely on any notice or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed by, or with the authority of, the proper person;

 

  (b)

rely on any statement made by any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify;

 

  (c)

assume, unless the context otherwise requires, that any communication made by an Obligor is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of each Obligor;

 

  (d)

engage, pay for and rely on professional advisers selected by it (including those representing a Party other than the Facility Agent); and

 

  (e)

act under the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

 

21.6

Majority Lenders’ instructions

 

(a)

The Facility Agent is fully protected if it acts on the instructions of the Majority Lenders in the exercise of any right, power or discretion or any matter not expressly provided for in the Finance Documents. Any such instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Lenders. In the absence of instructions, the Facility Agent may act as it considers to be in the best interests of all the Lenders.

 

(b)

The Facility Agent may assume that unless it has received notice to the contrary, any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised.

 

(c)

The Facility Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received security satisfactory to it, whether by way of payment in advance or otherwise, against any liability or loss which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

(d)

The Facility Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings in connection with any Finance Document, unless the legal or arbitration proceedings relate to:

 

  (i)

the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents; or

 

  (ii)

the enforcement of any Security Document.

 

21.7

Responsibility

 

(a)

No Administrative Party is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any statement or information (whether written or oral) made in or supplied in connection with any Finance Document by any person other than that Administrative Party.

 

(b)

No Administrative Party is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy, completeness or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other document.

 

(c)

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms that it:

 

  (i)

has made, and will continue to make, its own independent appraisal of all risks arising under or in connection with the Finance Documents (including the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities and the nature and extent of any recourse against any Party or its assets); and

 

   79    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (ii)

has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by any Administrative Party in connection with any Finance Document or agreement entered into in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

21.8

Exclusion of liability

 

(a)

No Administrative Party is liable or responsible to any other Finance Party for any action taken or not taken by it in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(b)

No Party (other than the relevant Administrative Party) may take any proceedings against any officers, employees or agents of an Administrative Party in respect of any claim it might have against that Administrative Party or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in connection with any Finance Document. Any officer, employee or agent of an Administrative Party may rely on this Subclause and enforce its terms under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

(c)

The Facility Agent is not liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Facility Agent if the Facility Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Facility Agent for that purpose.

 

(d)    (i)     

Nothing in this Agreement will oblige any Administrative Party to satisfy any customer due diligence requirement in relation to the identity of any person on behalf of any Finance Party.

 

  (ii)

Each Finance Party confirms to each Administrative Party that it is solely responsible for any customer due diligence requirements it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to those requirements made by any other person.

21.9 Default

 

(a)

The Facility Agent is not obliged to monitor or enquire whether a Default has occurred. The Facility Agent is not deemed to have knowledge of the occurrence of a Default.

 

(b)

If the Facility Agent:

 

  (i)

receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the event is a Default; or

 

  (ii)

is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest or fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent, a Mandated Lead Arranger, a Lead Arranger or a Senior Manager) under this Agreement,

it must promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

21.10 

Information

 

(a)

The Facility Agent must promptly forward to the person concerned the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Facility Agent by a Party for that person.

 

   80    CREDIT AGREEMENT


(b)

Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Facility Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

(c)

Except as provided above, the Facility Agent has no duty:

 

  (i)

either initially or on a continuing basis to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the risks arising under or in connection with the Finance Documents (including any information relating to the financial condition or affairs of any Obligor or its related entities or the nature or extent of recourse against any Party or its assets) whether coming into its possession before, on or after the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (ii)

unless specifically requested to do so by a Lender in accordance with a Finance Document, to request any certificate or other document from any Obligor.

 

(d)

In acting as the Facility Agent, the Facility Agent will be regarded as acting through its agency division which will be treated as a separate entity from its other divisions and departments. Any information acquired by the Facility Agent which, in its opinion, is acquired by another division or department or otherwise than in its capacity as the Facility Agent may be treated as confidential by the Facility Agent and will not be treated as information possessed by the Facility Agent in its capacity as such.

 

(e)

The Facility Agent is not obliged to disclose to any person any confidential information supplied to it by or on behalf of a member of the Group solely for the purpose of evaluating whether any waiver or amendment is required in respect of any term of the Finance Documents.

 

(f)

Each Obligor irrevocably authorises the Facility Agent to disclose to the other Finance Parties any information which, in its opinion, is received by it in its capacity as the Facility Agent.

 

21.11 

Indemnities

 

(a)

Without limiting the liability of any Obligor under the Finance Documents, each Lender must, subject to any right of set-off in respect of any sum owing by the Facility Agent to that Lender, indemnify the Facility Agent for that Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent in acting as the Facility Agent (unless the Facility Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor under a Finance Document), except to the extent that the loss or liability is caused by the Facility Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(b)

If a Party owes an amount to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent may, after giving notice to that Party:

 

  (i)

deduct from any amount received by it for that Party any amount due to the Facility Agent from that Party under a Finance Document but unpaid; and

 

  (ii)

apply that amount in or towards satisfaction of the owed amount.

That Party will be regarded as having received the amount so deducted.

 

21.12 

Compliance

Each Administrative Party may refrain from doing anything (including disclosing any information) which might, in its opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or be otherwise actionable at the suit of any person, and may do anything which, in its opinion, is necessary or desirable to comply with any law or regulation.

 

   81    CREDIT AGREEMENT


21.13 

Resignation of the Facility Agent

 

(a)

The Facility Agent may resign and appoint any of its Affiliates as successor Facility Agent by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Company.

 

(b)

Alternatively, the Facility Agent may resign by giving notice to the Finance Parties and the Company, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

 

(c)

If no successor Facility Agent has been appointed under paragraph (b) above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the Facility Agent may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

 

(d)

The person(s) appointing a successor Facility Agent must, if practicable, consult with the Company prior to the appointment.

 

(e)

The resignation of the Facility Agent and the appointment of any successor Facility Agent will both become effective only when the following conditions have been satisfied:

 

  (i)

the successor Facility Agent notifies all the Parties that it accepts its appointment and executes and delivers to the Facility Agent a duly completed Accession Agreement (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed);

 

  (ii)

the successor Facility Agent confirms that the rights under the Finance Documents (and any related documentation) have been transferred or assigned to it; and

 

  (iii)

no Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent) has notified the Facility Agent that it is not satisfied with the credit worthiness of the proposed successor Facility Agent within seven days of the Facility Agent’s notification under paragraph (a) above.

On satisfaction of the above conditions the successor Facility Agent will succeed to the position of the Facility Agent and the term Facility Agent will mean the successor Facility Agent.

 

(f)

The retiring Facility Agent must, at its own cost:

 

  (i)

make available to the successor Facility Agent those documents and records and provide any assistance as the successor Facility Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (ii)

enter into and deliver to the successor Facility Agent those documents and effect any registrations as may be required for the transfer or assignment of all of its rights and benefits under the Finance Documents to the successor Facility Agent.

 

(g)

An Obligor must, at its own cost take any action and enter into and deliver any document which is required by the Facility Agent to ensure that a Security Document provides for effective and perfected Security Interests in favour of any successor Facility Agent.

 

(h)

Upon its resignation becoming effective, this Clause will continue to benefit the retiring Facility Agent in respect of any action taken or not taken by it in connection with the Finance Documents while it was the Facility Agent, and, subject to paragraph (f) above, it will have no further obligations under any Finance Document.

 

(i)

The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Facility Agent, require it to resign under paragraph (b) above.

 

   82    CREDIT AGREEMENT


21.14 

Relationship with Lenders

 

(a)

The Facility Agent may treat each Lender as a Lender, entitled to payments under this Agreement and as acting through its Facility Office(s) until it has received not less than five Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the contrary.

 

(b)

The Facility Agent may at any time, and must if requested to do so by the Majority Lenders, convene a meeting of the Lenders.

 

(c)

The Facility Agent must keep a record of all the Parties and supply any other Party with a copy of the record on request. The record will include each Lender’s Facility Office(s) and contact details for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

21.15 

Facility Agent’s management time

If the Facility Agent requires, any amount payable to the Facility Agent by any Party under any indemnity or in respect of any costs or expenses incurred by the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents after the date of this Agreement may include the cost of using its management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Facility Agent may notify to the relevant Party. This is in addition to any amount in respect of fees or expenses paid or payable to the Facility Agent under any other term of the Finance Documents.

 

21.16 

Notice period

Where this Agreement specifies a minimum period of notice to be given to the Facility Agent, the Facility Agent may, at its discretion, accept a shorter notice period.

 

22.

EVIDENCE AND CALCULATIONS

 

22.1

Accounts

Accounts maintained by a Finance Party in connection with this Agreement are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate for the purpose of any litigation or arbitration proceedings.

 

22.2

Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under the Finance Documents will be, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

22.3

Calculations

Any interest or fee accruing under this Agreement accrues from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 or 365 days or otherwise, depending on what the Facility Agent determines is market practice.

 

23.

FEES

 

23.1

Agents’ fee

The Company must pay to each Agent for its own account an agency fee in the amount and manner agreed in the Fee Letter entered into between that Agent and the Company.

 

   83    CREDIT AGREEMENT


23.2

Arrangement fee

The Company must pay to the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Lead Arrangers and the Senior Managers for their own account an arrangement fee in the amount and manner agreed in the Fee Letter between the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the Lead Arrangers, the Senior Managers and the Company.

 

23.3

Revolving Credit commitment fee

 

(a)

In this Subclause, Commitment Fee means the rate per annum calculated in accordance with paragraph (e) below.

 

(b)

The Company must pay to the Facility Agent for the account of each Lender a commitment fee computed from and including the Closing Date at the rate of the relevant Commitment Fee on the undrawn, uncancelled amount of each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment.

 

(c)

Accrued commitment fee is payable quarterly in arrear. Accrued commitment fees are also payable to the Facility Agent for a Lender on the date its Revolving Credit Commitment is cancelled in full.

 

(d)

The initial Commitment Fee is 1.80 per cent. per annum.

 

(e)

Subject to the other provisions of this Subclause, the Commitment Fee will be calculated by reference to the table below and the information set out in the relevant Compliance Certificate and financial statements for the relevant person:

 

Adjusted Leverage Ratio

   Commitment Fee
(per cent. per annum)
 

greater than or equal to 4.00 times

     1.80   

greater than or equal to 3.50 times but less than 4.00 times

     1.60   

greater than or equal to 3.00 times but less than 3.50 times

     1.25   

less than 3.00 times

     1.05   

 

(f)

Any change in the Commitment Fee will, subject to paragraph (d) above, apply to all Commitments from on the Business Day following receipt by the Facility Agent of the Compliance Certificate and financial statements.

 

(g)

For so long as:

 

  (i)

the Company is in default of its obligation under this Agreement to provide a Compliance Certificate or relevant financial statements; or

 

  (ii)

an Event of Default is outstanding,

the Commitment will be the highest applicable rate, being 1.80 per cent. per annum.

 

(h)

If the Commitment Fee has been calculated on the basis of a Compliance Certificate but would have been higher if it had been based on the audited financial statements of the Company in respect of the

 

   84    CREDIT AGREEMENT


 

financial period in which that Compliance Certificate was delivered, the Commitment Fee will instead be calculated by reference to those audited financial statements of the Company. Any change will have a retrospective effect. If, in this event, any amount of commitment fee has been paid by the Company on the basis of the Compliance Certificate, the Company must immediately pay to the Facility Agent any shortfall in the amount which would have been paid to the Lenders if the Commitment Fee had been calculated by reference to the subsequent financial statements.

 

24.

INDEMNITIES AND BREAK COSTS

 

24.1

Currency indemnity

 

(a)

The Company must, as an independent obligation, within 15 days of a demand by a Finance Party, indemnify each Finance Party against any loss or liability which that Finance Party incurs as a consequence of:

 

  (i)

that Finance Party receiving an amount in respect of an Obligor’s liability under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii)

that liability being converted into a claim, proof, judgment or order,

in a currency other than the currency in which the amount is expressed to be payable under the relevant Finance Document.

 

(b)

Unless otherwise required by law, each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

24.2

Other indemnities

 

(a)

The Company must, within 15 days of a demand by the Facility Agent, indemnify each Finance Party against any loss or liability which that Finance Party incurs as a consequence of:

 

  (i)

the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

  (ii)

the information produced or approved by the Company being or being alleged to be misleading or deceptive in any respect;

 

  (iii)

any enquiry, investigation, subpoena (or similar order) or litigation with respect to any Obligor or with respect to the transactions contemplated or financed under this Agreement;

 

  (iv)

any failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including any resulting from any distribution or redistribution of any amount among the Lenders under this Agreement;

 

  (v)

(other than by reason of negligence or default by that Finance Party) a Loan not being made after a Request has been delivered for that Loan; or

 

  (vi)

a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with this Agreement.

The Company’s liability in each case includes any loss or expense on account of funds borrowed, contracted for or utilised to fund any amount payable under any Finance Document or any Loan.

 

(b)

The Company must, within 15 days of a demand from the Facility Agent, indemnify the Facility Agent against any loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent as a result of:

 

   85    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (i)

investigating any event which the Facility Agent reasonably believes to be a Default; or

 

  (ii)

acting or relying on any notice which the Facility Agent reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

 

24.3

Break Costs

 

(a)

The Company must pay to each Lender its Break Costs if a Loan or an overdue amount is repaid or prepaid otherwise than on the last day of any Term applicable to it.

 

(b)

Break Costs are the amount (if any) determined by the relevant Lender (acting reasonably) by which:

 

  (i)

the interest which that Lender would have received for the period from the date of receipt of any part of its share in a Loan or an overdue amount to the last day of the applicable Term for that Loan or overdue amount if the principal or overdue amount received had been paid on the last day of that Term;

exceeds

 

  (ii)

the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the amount received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the appropriate interbank market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt and ending on the last day of the applicable Term.

 

(c)

Each Lender must supply to the Facility Agent for the Company details of the amount of any Break Costs claimed by it under this Subclause.

 

25.

EXPENSES

 

25.1

Costs

The Company must, within 15 days of a demand from the Facility Agent, pay to each Administrative Party the amount of all documented costs and expenses (including documented legal fees) reasonably incurred by it in connection with:

 

  (a)

the negotiation, preparation and entry into of any Finance Document or any syndication documents in connection with the Facilities (other than a Transfer Certificate) entered into prior to, on or after the date of this Agreement; and

 

  (b)

any amendment, waiver or consent requested by or on behalf of an Obligor or specifically allowed by a Finance Document.

 

25.2

Enforcement costs

The Company must pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by it in connection with:

 

  (a)

the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Documents; or

 

  (b)

any proceedings instituted by or against that Finance Party as a consequence of it entering into a Finance Document.

 

   86    CREDIT AGREEMENT


25.3

Security Agent’s on-going costs

 

(a)

If:

 

  (i)

a Default occurs; or

 

  (ii)

the Security Agent is requested by an Obligor or the Majority Lenders to undertake duties which the Security Agent and the Company agree to be of an exceptional nature or outside the scope of the normal duties of the Security Agent under the Security Documents,

the Company must pay to the Security Agent any additional remuneration which may be agreed between them.

 

(b)

If the Security Agent and the Company fail to agree:

 

  (i)

whether the duties are of an exceptional nature or outside the scope of the normal duties of the Security Agent; or

 

  (ii)

the appropriate amount of any additional remuneration,

the dispute will be determined by an investment bank (acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator) selected by the Security Agent and approved by the Company.

 

(c)

If the Company does not approve the investment bank selected by the Security Agent, the dispute will be determined by an investment bank nominated (on application by the Security Agent) by the President for the time being of the Law Society of England and Wales.

 

(d)

The Company must pay the costs of nomination and of the investment bank.

 

(e)

The determination of any investment bank will be final and binding on the Parties.

 

26.

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

26.1

Procedure

 

(a)

Except as provided in this Clause, any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived with the agreement of the Company and, in the case of any Finance Document to which Listco or a Sponsor Affiliate is a party, Listco and that Sponsor Affiliate and the Majority Lenders. The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, an amendment or waiver allowed under this Clause.

 

(b)

The Facility Agent must promptly notify the other Parties of any amendment or waiver effected by it under paragraph (a) above. Any such amendment or waiver is binding on all the Parties.

 

(c)

A Lender may by notice to the Facility Agent divide it Loans or Commitments into separate amounts to reflect participation or similar arrangements and require the separate amounts to be counted separately for the purpose of this Agreement.

 

(d)

Each Obligor agrees to any amendment or waiver allowed by this Clause which is agreed to by the Company. This includes any amendment or waiver which would, but for this paragraph, require the consent of each Guarantor if the guarantee under the Secured Finance Documents is to remain in full force and effect.

 

   87    CREDIT AGREEMENT


26.2

Exceptions

 

(a)

An amendment or waiver which relates to:

 

  (i)

the definition of Majority Lenders in Subclause 1.1 (Definitions);

 

  (ii)

an extension of the date of payment of any amount to a Lender under the Finance Documents;

 

  (iii)

a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment or change in currency of principal, interest, fee or other amount payable to a Lender under the Finance Documents;

 

  (iv)

an increase in, or an extension of, a Commitment or the Total Commitments;

 

  (v)

a release of an Obligor other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

  (vi)

a release of any Security Document other than in accordance with, or as expressly permitted by (including a release of any Security Document for the purpose of implementing a Permitted Transaction), the terms of the Secured Finance Documents;

 

  (vii)

a term of a Finance Document which expressly requires the consent of each Lender;

 

  (viii)

the right of a Lender to assign or transfer its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (ix)

the ranking or subordination provided for in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed; or

 

  (x)

this Clause,

may only be made with the consent of all the Lenders.

 

(b)

An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of an Administrative Party may only be made with the consent of that Administrative Party.

 

(c)

A Fee Letter may be amended or waived with the agreement of the Administrative Party that is a party to that Fee Letter and the Company.

 

26.3

Change of currency

If a change in any currency of a country occurs (including where there is more than one currency or currency unit recognised at the same time as the lawful currency of a country), the Finance Documents will be amended to the extent the Facility Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Company) determines is necessary to reflect the change.

 

26.4

Waivers and remedies cumulative

The rights of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents:

 

  (a)

may be exercised as often as necessary;

 

  (b)

are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under the general law; and

 

  (c)

may be waived only in writing and specifically.

 

   88    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Delay in exercising or non-exercise of any right is not a waiver of that right.

 

27.

CHANGES TO THE PARTIES

 

27.1

Assignments and transfers by Obligors

No Obligor may assign or transfer any of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

27.2

Assignments and transfers by Lenders

Subject to the following provisions of this Clause, a Lender (the Existing Lender ) may at any time:

 

  (a)

assign any of its rights; or

 

  (b)

transfer either by way of novation or by way of assignment, assumption and release any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement,

to any other person (the New Lender ).

 

27.3

Conditions to assignment or transfer - consents

The consent of the Company is required for any assignment or transfer unless the New Lender is another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Event of Default is outstanding provided that, in the case of any assignment or transfer of any Revolving Credit Commitment or Revolving Credit Loan, the New Lender must already be a Lender under the Revolving Credit Facility (unless the Company has given its prior written consent to the contrary). The consent of the Company (if required) must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Company will be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the Company is given notice of the request unless it is expressly refused by the Company within that time.

 

27.4

Other conditions to assignment or transfer

 

(a)

The Facility Agent is not obliged to enter into a Transfer Certificate or otherwise give effect to an assignment or transfer until it has completed all customer due diligence requirements to its satisfaction. The Facility Agent must promptly notify the Existing Lender and the New Lender if there are any such requirements.

 

(b)

If the consent of the Company is required for any assignment or transfer (irrespective of whether it may be unreasonably withheld or not), the Facility Agent shall not enter into a Transfer Certificate if the Company withholds its consent.

 

(c)

Unless the Facility Agent otherwise agrees, the New Lender must pay to the Facility Agent for its own account, on or before the date any assignment or transfer occurs, a fee of HK$10,000.

 

(d)

Each assignment or transfer by a Lender under this Clause must be in a minimum amount of HK$40,000,000 or its equivalent.

 

(e)

A New Lender must agree to be bound by the terms of the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed by entering into an Accession Agreement (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed).

 

(f)

Any reference in this Agreement to a Lender includes a New Lender but excludes a Lender if no amount is or may be owed to or by it under this Agreement.

 

   89    CREDIT AGREEMENT


27.5

Procedure for assignment of rights

An assignment of rights will only be effective on receipt by the Facility Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent) that the New Lender will, in relation to the assigned rights, assume obligations to the other Finance Parties equivalent to those it would have been under if it had been an Original Lender.

 

27.6

Procedure for transfer using a Transfer Certificate

 

(a)

In this Subclause:

Transfer Date means, in relation to a transfer, the later of:

 

  (i)

the proposed Transfer Date specified in that Transfer Certificate; and

 

  (ii)

the date on which the Facility Agent enters into that Transfer Certificate.

 

(b)

A transfer of rights or obligations using a Transfer Certificate will be effective if:

 

  (i)

the Existing Lender and the New Lender deliver to the Facility Agent a duly completed Transfer Certificate; and

 

  (ii)

the Facility Agent enters into it.

 

(c)

Where a transfer is to be effected by an assignment, assumption and release, on the Transfer Date:

 

  (i)

the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender the Existing Lender’s rights expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Transfer Certificate;

 

  (ii)

the New Lender will assume obligations equivalent to those obligations of the Existing Lender expressed to be the subject of the assumption in the Transfer Certificate (and any corresponding rights conferred on it by the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed);

 

  (iii)

to the extent the obligations referred to in subparagraph (ii) above are effectively assumed by the New Lender, the Existing Lender will be released from its obligations referred to in the Transfer Certificate (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound under the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed); and

 

  (iv)

the New Lender will become a party to this Agreement as a Lender and to the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed as a Senior Creditor (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed) and will be bound by the obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and a Senior Creditor under the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed.

 

(d)

Where a transfer is to be effected using a novation on the Transfer Date:

 

  (i)

the New Lender will assume the rights and obligations of the Existing Lender expressed to be the subject of the novation in the Transfer Certificate (and any corresponding rights conferred on it by the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed) in substitution for the Existing Lender;

 

  (ii)

the Existing Lender will be released from those obligations (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound under the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed) and cease to have those rights (and any corresponding rights conferred on it by the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed); and

 

   90    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (iii)

the New Lender will become a party to this Agreement as a Lender and to the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed as a Senior Creditor (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed) and will be bound by the obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and a Senior Creditor under the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed.

 

(e)

The Facility Agent must enter into a Transfer Certificate delivered to it and which appears on its face to be in order as soon as reasonably practicable and, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has entered into a Transfer Certificate, send a copy of that Transfer Certificate to the Company.

 

(f)

Each Party (other than the Existing Lender and the New Lender) irrevocably authorises the Facility Agent to enter into and deliver any duly completed Transfer Certificate on its behalf.

 

27.7

Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lender

 

(a)

Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty to a New Lender for:

 

  (i)

the financial condition of an Obligor; or

 

  (ii)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, enforceability, adequacy, accuracy, completeness or performance of:

 

  (A)

any Finance Document or any other document;

 

  (B)

any statement or information (whether written or oral) made in or supplied in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

  (C)

any observance by any Obligor of its obligations under any Finance Document or any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

(b)

Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

  (i)

has made, and will continue to make, its own independent appraisal of all risks arising under or in connection with the Finance Documents (including the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities and the nature or extent of any recourse against any Party or its assets) in connection with its participation in this Agreement; and

 

  (ii)

has not relied exclusively on any information supplied to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document.

 

(c)

Nothing in any Finance Document requires an Existing Lender to:

 

  (i)

accept a re-transfer from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause; or

 

  (ii)

support any losses incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under any Finance Document or otherwise.

 

   91    CREDIT AGREEMENT


27.8

Costs resulting from change of Lender or Facility Office

If:

 

  (a)

a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

  (b)

as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to pay a Tax Payment or an Increased Cost,

then the Obligor need only pay that Tax Payment or Increased Cost to the same extent that it would have been obliged to if no assignment, transfer or change had occurred.

 

27.9

Additional Guarantors and Listco as guarantor

 

(a)

If the Company:

 

  (i)

requests that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Guarantor; or

 

  (ii)

is required to make one of its Subsidiaries an Additional Guarantor,

 

  (iii)

is required to procure Listco to enter into the Listco Guarantee in accordance with Subclause 19.18 (Listco Guarantee and Listco IPO Reorganisation Date),

it must give not less than 10 Business Days prior notice to the Facility Agent (and the Facility Agent must promptly notify the Lenders).

 

(b)

If the accession of an Additional Guarantor or the entry into the Listco Guarantee by Listco requires any Finance Party to carry out customer due diligence requirements in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Company must as soon as reasonably practicable following a request by any Finance Party supply to that Finance Party any documentation or other evidence which is reasonably requested by that Finance Party (whether for itself, on behalf of any Finance Party or any prospective new Lender) to enable a Finance Party or prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all relevant applicable customer due diligence requirements.

 

(c)

If any of the Subsidiaries of the Company is to become an Additional Guarantor, then the Company must (following consultation with the Facility Agent) deliver to the Facility Agent the relevant documents and evidence listed in Section (A) of Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent documents).

 

(d)

The relevant Subsidiary will become an Additional Guarantor when the Facility Agent notifies the other Finance Parties and the Company that it has received all of the documents and evidence referred to in paragraph (c) above in form and substance satisfactory to it. The Facility Agent must give this notification as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

(e)

Delivery of an Additional Guarantor Accession Agreement, entered into by the relevant Subsidiary and the Company, to the Facility Agent constitutes confirmation by that Subsidiary and the Company that the Repeating Representations are correct as at the date of delivery.

 

(f)

If Listco is required to enter into the Listco Guarantee in accordance with Subclause 19.18 (Listco Guarantee and Listco IPO Reorganisation Date), then the Company must (following consultation with the Facility Agent) deliver to the Facility Agent the relevant documents and evidence listed in Section (B) of Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent documents).

 

   92    CREDIT AGREEMENT


27.10 

Resignation of a Guarantor

 

(a)

The Company may request that a Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor by giving to the Facility Agent a duly completed Resignation Request.

 

(b)

The Facility Agent must accept a Resignation Request and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

 

  (i)

all the Lenders have consented to the Resignation Request;

 

  (ii)

it is not aware that a Default is outstanding or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Request; and

 

  (iii)

no amount owed by that Guarantor under this Agreement is still outstanding.

 

(c)

The Guarantor will cease to be a Guarantor when the Facility Agent gives the notification referred to in paragraph (b) above.

 

(d)

A Guarantor may also cease to be a Guarantor in any other manner approved by the Majority Lenders.

 

27.11 

Changes to the Reference Banks

If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Facility Agent must (in consultation with the Company) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.

 

27.12 

Lenders right to create Security Interest

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 27, each Lender may, without consulting with or obtaining consent from the Company, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security Interests in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

  (a)

any charge, assignment or other Security Interests to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

  (b)

in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security Interests granted to any holder (or trustee or representatives of a holder) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

except that no such charge, assignment or Security Interests shall:

 

  (i)

release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security Interests for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii)

require any payments to be made by the Company or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

   93    CREDIT AGREEMENT


28.

DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION

 

(a)

Each Finance Party must keep confidential any information supplied to it by or on behalf of any Obligor in connection with the Finance Documents. However, a Finance Party is entitled to disclose information:

 

  (i)

which is publicly available, other than as a result of a breach by that Finance Party of this Clause;

 

  (ii)

in connection with any legal or arbitration proceedings against an Obligor or is required in connection with any other legal or arbitration proceedings;

 

  (iii)

if and to the extent required to do so under any law or regulation;

 

  (iv)

to a governmental, supervisory, banking, taxation, regulatory, stock exchange or other authority;

 

  (v)

to its or its Related Party’s (as defined in subparagraph (vi) below) agents, contractors, third party service providers or professional advisers (including auditors) (provided that such person is under a duty of confidentiality, contractual or otherwise, to that Finance Party or its Related Party);

 

  (vi)

to is head office, branches, representatives offices, Subsidiaries, related corporations or Affiliates in any jurisdiction (collectively, Related Parties and each a Related Party ) for any database or data processing purposes;

 

  (vii)

to any insurer or insurance broker (whether of that Finance Party, any Related Party or any Obligor or otherwise) or any direct or indirect provider of credit protection to that Finance Party or its Related Party;

 

  (viii)

any grantor of Security Interests or guarantee for the Facilities;

 

  (ix)

if that Finance Party is the Facility Agent or the Security Agent, to any person who is succeeding (or may potentially succeed) that Finance Party in such capacity;

 

  (x)

to the extent allowed under paragraph (b) below; to another Obligor or any other member of the Group; or

 

  (xi)

with the agreement of the relevant Obligor.

 

(b)

A Finance Party may disclose to an Affiliate or any person (a third party ) with (or through) whom that Finance Party enters into (or may enter into) any kind of transfer, participation or hedge agreement in relation to this Agreement or any other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to this Agreement or any Obligor:

 

  (i)

a copy of any Secured Finance Document; and

 

  (ii)

any information which that Finance Party has acquired under or in connection with any Finance Document.

However, before a third party may receive any confidential information, it must agree with the relevant Finance Party to keep that information confidential on the terms of paragraph (a) above as if it were a Finance Party.

 

   94    CREDIT AGREEMENT


(c)

This Clause supersedes any previous confidentiality undertaking given by a Finance Party in connection with this Agreement prior to it becoming a Party.

 

29.

SET-OFF

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation owed to it by an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any obligation (whether or not matured) owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

30.

PRO RATA SHARING

 

30.1

Redistribution

If a Finance Party (the recovering Finance Party ) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with this Agreement (a recovery ) and applies that amount to a payment due under a Finance Document, then:

 

  (a)

the recovering Finance Party must, within three Business Days, supply details of the recovery to the Facility Agent;

 

  (b)

the Facility Agent must calculate whether the recovery is in excess of the amount which the recovering Finance Party would have received if the recovery had been received and distributed by the Facility Agent in accordance with this Agreement or the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Facility Agent in relation to a recovery or distribution; and

 

  (c)

the recovering Finance Party must pay to the Facility Agent an amount equal to the excess (the redistribution ).

 

30.2

Effect of redistribution

 

(a)

The Facility Agent must treat a redistribution as if it were a payment by the relevant Obligor under this Agreement and distribute it among the Finance Parties, other than the recovering Finance Party, accordingly.

 

(b)

When the Facility Agent makes a distribution under paragraph (a) above, the recovering Finance Party will be subrogated to the rights of the Finance Parties which have shared in that redistribution.

 

(c)

If and to the extent that the recovering Finance Party is not able to rely on any rights of subrogation under paragraph (b) above, the relevant Obligor will owe the recovering Finance Party a debt which is equal to the redistribution, immediately payable and of the type originally discharged.

 

(d)

If:

 

  (i)

a recovering Finance Party must subsequently return a recovery, or an amount measured by reference to a recovery, to an Obligor; and

 

  (ii)

the recovering Finance Party has paid a redistribution in relation to that recovery,

each Finance Party, on the request of the Facility Agent, must reimburse the recovering Finance Party all or the appropriate portion of the redistribution paid to that Finance Party, together with

 

   95    CREDIT AGREEMENT


interest for the period while it held the redistribution. In this event, the subrogation in paragraph (b) above will operate in reverse to the extent of the reimbursement.

 

30.3

Exceptions

Notwithstanding any other term of this Clause, a recovering Finance Party need not pay a redistribution to the extent that:

 

  (a)

it would not, after the payment, have a valid claim against the relevant Obligor in the amount of the redistribution; or

 

  (b)

it would be sharing with another Finance Party any amount which the recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of legal or arbitration proceedings, where:

 

  (i)

the recovering Finance Party notified the Facility Agent of those proceedings; and

 

  (ii)

the other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those proceedings but did not do so or did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings as soon as reasonably practicable after receiving notice of them.

 

31.

SEVERABILITY

If a term of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any jurisdiction, that will not affect:

 

  (a)

the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other term of the Finance Documents; or

 

  (b)

the legality, validity or enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other term of the Finance Documents.

 

32.

COUNTERPARTS

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts. This has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

33.

NOTICES

 

33.1

In writing

 

(a)

Any communication in connection with a Finance Document must be in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be given:

 

  (i)

in person, by post or fax; or

 

  (ii)

to the extent agreed by the Parties making and receiving communication, by e-mail or other electronic communication.

 

(b)

For the purpose of the Finance Documents, an electronic communication will be treated as being in writing.

 

(c)

Unless it is agreed to the contrary, any consent or agreement required under a Finance Document must be given in writing.

 

   96    CREDIT AGREEMENT


33.2

Contact details

 

(a)

Except as provided below, the contact details of each Party for all communications in connection with the Finance Documents are those notified by that Party for this purpose to the Facility Agent on or before the date it becomes a Party.

 

(b)

The contact details of the Company for this purpose are:

 

  Address:

Avenida Dr. Sun Yat Sen, s/n° , Edifício MGM Grand Macau, Macau

  Fax number:

+ 853 8802 1899

  E-mail:

antoniomenano@mgmmacau.com

  Attention:

Mr. António Menano – Company Secretary

with a copy to:

 

  (i)

Grand Paradise Macau Limited

  Address:

c/o. DSL Lawyers, Av. da Praia Grande 409, China Law Building 16/F, Macau

  Fax number:

+852 3710 6699

  E-mail:

cywong@grand-paradise.com.

  Attention:

Mr. Chen Yau Wong

 

  (ii)

MGM Resorts International

  Address:

3600 Las Vegas Boulevard, South, Las Vegas, NV 89109

  Fax number:

+1 702 6937628

  E-mail:

bscott@mgmresorts.com

  Attention:

Mr. William M. Scott IV.

 

(c)

The contact details of the Facility Agent for this purpose are:

 

  Address:

979 King’s Road, 9th Floor, Devon House, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong

  Fax number:

+852 2597 3424

  E-mail:

susana.ls.chan_yen@baml.com / wynnie.wy.lam@baml.com

  Attention:

Ms. Susana Yen / Ms. Wynnie Lam.

 

(d)

The contact details of the Security Agent for this purpose are as set out in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed.

 

(e)

Any Party may change its contact details by giving five Business Days’ notice to the Facility Agent or (in the case of the Facility Agent) to the other Parties.

 

(f)

Where a Party nominates a particular department or officer to receive a communication, a communication will not be effective if it fails to specify that department or officer.

 

33.3

Effectiveness

 

(a)

Except as provided below, any communication in connection with a Finance Document will be deemed to be given as follows:

 

  (i)

if delivered in person, at the time of delivery;

 

  (ii)

if posted, five Business Days after being deposited in the post, postage prepaid, in a correctly addressed envelope;

 

   97    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (iii)

if by fax, when received in legible form; and

 

  (iv)

if by e-mail or any other electronic communication, when received in legible form.

 

(b)

A communication given under paragraph (a) above but received on a non-working day or after business hours in the place of receipt will only be deemed to be given on the next working day in that place.

 

(c)

A communication to an Agent will only be effective on actual receipt by it.

 

33.4

Obligors

 

(a)

All communications under the Finance Documents to or from an Obligor must be sent through the Facility Agent.

 

(b)

All communications under the Finance Documents to or from an Obligor (other than the Company) must be sent through the Company.

 

(c)

Each Obligor (other than the Company) irrevocably appoints the Company to act as its agent:

 

  (i)

to give and receive all communications under the Finance Documents;

 

  (ii)

to supply all information concerning itself to any Finance Party; and

 

  (iii)

to sign all documents under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

(d)

Any communication given to the Company in connection with a Finance Document will be deemed to have been given also to the other Obligors.

 

(e)

Each Finance Party may assume that any communication made by the Company is made with the consent of each other Obligor.

 

33.5

Use of websites

 

(a)

Except as provided below, the Company may deliver any information under this Agreement to a Lender by posting it on to an electronic website if:

 

  (i)

the Company designates an electronic website for this purpose; and

 

  (ii)

the Company notifies the Facility Agent of the address of and password for the website.

The Facility Agent must supply each relevant Lender with the address of and password for the website.

 

(b)

Notwithstanding the above, the Company must supply to the Facility Agent in paper form a copy of any information posted on the website together with sufficient copies for:

 

  (i)

any Lender not agreeing to receive information via the website; and

 

  (ii)

any other Lender, if that Lender so requests.

 

34.

LANGUAGE

 

(a)

Any notice given in connection with a Finance Document must be in English.

 

   98    CREDIT AGREEMENT


(b)

Any other document provided in connection with a Finance Document must be:

 

  (i)

in English; or

 

  (ii)

(unless the Facility Agent otherwise agrees) accompanied by a certified English translation. In this case, the English translation prevails unless the document is a statutory or other official document.

 

35.

GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

36.

ENFORCEMENT

 

36.1

Jurisdiction

 

(a)

The English courts have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute including a dispute relating to any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

(b)

The English courts are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle any such dispute in connection with any Finance Document. Each Obligor agrees not to argue to the contrary and waives objection to those courts on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise in relation to proceedings in connection with any Finance Document.

 

(c)

This Clause is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. To the extent allowed by law, a Finance Party may take:

(i) proceedings in any other court; and

(ii) concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

(d)

References in this Clause to a dispute in connection with a Finance Document includes any dispute as to the existence, validity or termination of that Finance Document.

 

36.2

Service of process

 

(a)

Each Obligor not incorporated in England and Wales irrevocably appoints Norose Notices Limited at the address of its registered office in England from time to time which, at the date of this Agreement, is 3 More London Riverside, London SE1 2AQ (Attention of the Partnership Office Manager reference HK01890) as its agent under the Finance Documents for service of process in any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document.

 

(b)

If any person appointed as process agent under this Clause is unable for any reason to so act, the Company (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and in any event within five days of the event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent. Failing this, the Facility Agent may appoint another process agent for this purpose.

 

(c)

Each Obligor agrees that failure by a process agent to notify it of any process will not invalidate the relevant proceedings.

 

(d)

This Clause does not affect any other method of service allowed by law.

 

   99    CREDIT AGREEMENT


36.3

Waiver of immunity

Each Obligor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  (a)

agrees not to claim any immunity from proceedings brought by a Finance Party against it in relation to a Finance Document and to ensure that no such claim is made on its behalf;

 

  (b)

consents generally to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with those proceedings; and

 

  (c)

waives all rights of immunity in respect of it or its assets.

 

36.4

Waiver of trial by jury

EACH PARTY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION IN CONNECTION WITH ANY FINANCE DOCUMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED BY ANY FINANCE DOCUMENT. THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO TRIAL BY COURT.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

   100    CREDIT AGREEMENT


SCHEDULE 1

ORIGINAL PARTIES

 

Name of Original Guarantor    Jurisdiction of Incorporation    Registration number
(or equivalent, if any)

MGM Grand Paradise (HK) Limited

   Hong Kong    928027

Superemprego Lda.

   Macau    27689(S0)

 

   101    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Name of Original Lender    A Term Loan
Commitments (HK$)
   B Term Loan
Commitments (HK$)

Bank of America, N.A.

   123,651,590    185,679,989

Bank of China Limited, Macau Branch

   —      812,842,105

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Macau) Limited

   —      677,368,421

Banco Nacional Ultramarino, S.A.

   135,384,952    203,299,258

Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank Hong Kong Branch

   103,795,131    155,862,764

BNP Paribas Hong Kong Branch

   90,256,635    135,532,839

Commerzbank AG Hong Kong Branch

   90,256,635    135,532,839

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Singapore Branch

   90,256,635    135,532,839

Banco Comercial Português, S.A., Macau Branch

   90,256,635    135,532,839

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

   59,569,379    89,451,673

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

   59,569,379    89,451,673

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation

   59,569,379    89,451,673

Tai Fung Bank Limited

   —      173,684,211

Banco Comercial de Macau, S.A.

   54,153,981    81,319,703

The Bank of Nova Scotia

   47,905,446    71,936,660

Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch

   45,128,318    67,766,419
         

Total A Term Loan Commitments and Total B Term Loan Commitments

   HK$1,049,754,095    HK$3,240,245,905
    

Total Term Loan Commitments

   HK$4,290,000,000
    

 

   102    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Name of Original Lender    A Revolving Credit
Commitments
   B Revolving Credit
Commitments

Bank of America, N.A.

   224,968,421    —  

Bank of China Limited, Macau Branch

   —      591,157,895

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (Macau) Limited

   —      492,631,579

Banco Nacional Ultramarino, S.A.

   246,315,790    —  

Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank Hong Kong Branch

   188,842,105    —  

BNP Paribas Hong Kong Branch

   164,210,526    —  

Commerzbank AG Hong Kong Branch

   164,210,526    —  

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Singapore Branch

   164,210,526    —  

Banco Comercial Português, S.A., Macau Branch

   164,210,526    —  

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

   108,378,948    —  

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

   108,378,948    —  

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation

   108,378,948    —  

Tai Fung Bank Limited

   —      126,315,789

Banco Comercial de Macau, S.A.

   98,526,316    —  

The Bank of Nova Scotia

   87,157,894    —  

Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch

   82,105,263    —  
         

Total A Revolving Credit Commitments and B Revolving Credit Commitments

   HK$1,909,894,737    HK$1,210,105,263
    

Total Revolving Credit Commitments

   HK$3,120,000,000
    

 

   103    CREDIT AGREEMENT


SCHEDULE 2

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS

PART 1

TO BE DELIVERED ON OR BEFORE THE CLOSING DATE

 

(A)

Conditions precedent documents to be delivered before the first Request

Corporate documentation

 

1.

A copy of the constitutional documents of each Original Obligor, each Shareholder (other than Ms. Pansy Ho) and MGM.

 

2.

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Original Obligor, each Shareholder (other than Ms. Pansy Ho) and MGM approving the terms of, the transactions contemplated by, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

3.

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised on behalf of an Original Obligor, each Shareholder (other than Ms. Pansy Ho) and MGM to enter into or witness the entry into of any Finance Document or to sign or send any document or notice in connection with any Finance Document.

 

4.

In the case of an Original Guarantor (other than Superemprego Limitada), a copy of a resolution signed by all of the holders of the issued or allotted shares in that Original Guarantor approving the terms of, the transaction contemplated by, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Finance Documents.

 

5.

A certificate of an authorised signatory of each Original Obligor, each Shareholder (other than Ms. Pansy Ho) and MGM:

 

  (a)

in the case of each Original Obligor and each Shareholder (other than Ms. Pansy Ho) only, confirming that utilisation by the Company of the Total Commitments in full will not breach any limit binding on that Original Obligor or that Shareholder (other than Ms. Pansy Ho); and

 

  (b)

certifying that each copy document specified in Part 1 of this Schedule delivered by it is correct, complete and that the original of each of those documents in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

6.

A copy of the Original Financial Statements of the Company.

Transaction Documents

 

1.

An original of each of the following duly entered into by the parties to it:

 

  (a)

this Agreement; and

 

  (b)

each Fee Letter.

 

   104    CREDIT AGREEMENT


2.

A copy of:

 

  (a)

the Sub-Concession Contract;

 

  (b)

the Land Concession Contract;

 

  (c)

the IP Agreement; and

 

  (d)

each Sponsor Loan Document,

in each case, duly entered into by the parties to it.

 

3.

An original of the final valuation report from Savills (Macau) Limited dated 22 June 2010, in agreed form, together with confirmation that it may be relied upon by the Finance Parties.

 

4.

A closing synopsis, in agreed form, between the Company, the Security Agent, Banco Nacional Ultramarinao, S.A. as the security agent under the Existing Facilities and HSBC as the existing intercreditor agent under the Existing Facilities.

 

(B)

Conditions precedent documents to be delivered on or before the Closing Date

Transaction Documents

 

1.

An original of each of the following duly entered into by the parties to it:

 

  (a)

the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed;

 

  (b)

each Secured Hedging Document that has been entered into on or before the Closing Date; and

 

  (c)

each Security Document other than:

 

  (i)

the Company Share Pledge if the approval of the relevant authorities in Macau required for the grant of the Company Share Pledge is not obtained; and

 

  (ii)

each Assignment of Reinsurances.

 

2.

A copy of all notices required to be sent and other documents required to be executed under the Security Documents.

 

3.

A letter from MGM Resorts International Holdings, Limited (formerly known as MGMM International Holdings, Ltd.) addressed to the Facility Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties) consenting to the assignment by the Company of its rights under the IP Agreement in favour of the Security Agent under the Debenture.

 

4.

All share certificates, duly executed and stamped stock transfer forms and other documents of title required to be provided under the Security Documents.

Legal opinions

 

1.

A legal opinion of Allen & Overy, legal advisers in Hong Kong to the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties.

 

   105    CREDIT AGREEMENT


2.

A legal opinion of Allen & Overy, legal advisers in England and Wales to the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties.

 

3.

A legal opinion of Henrique Saldanha Advogados & Notários, legal advisers in Macau to the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties.

 

4.

A legal opinion of Simcocks Advocates Ltd, legal advisers in the Isle of Man to the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties.

 

5.

A legal opinion of Weil Gotshal and Manges LLP, legal advisers in the state of Delaware to the Company, addressed to the Finance Parties.

Other documents and evidence

 

1.

Evidence that the agent of the Original Obligors, Junior Creditors (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed) and Security Providers (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed) under the Finance Documents for service of process in England has accepted its appointment.

 

2.

The funds flow statement.

 

3.

Evidence that all required Insurances are on risk and a letter from the Company’s insurance broker certifying, amongst others, that all Insurances are in full force and effect and that all premia then due in respect of such Insurances have been paid.

 

4.

Evidence that all existing indebtedness (including interest) of the Group then outstanding under the Existing Facilities has been or will be repaid in full on the Closing Date.

 

5.

Evidence that all Security Interests created in connection with the Existing Facilities has been or will be discharged in full effective as of the Closing Date.

 

6.

Evidence that all fees and expenses then due and payable from the Company under this Agreement have been or will be paid or are otherwise accounted for in a manner acceptable to the Facility Agent by the Closing Date.

 

7.

A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent has notified the Company is necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of, and the transactions contemplated by, any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

   106    CREDIT AGREEMENT


PART 2

FOR AN ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR OR LISTCO

 

(A)

Documents and evidence to be delivered in respect of a Subsidiary of the Company

Corporate documentation

 

1.

In the case of each Additional Guarantor, an Additional Guarantor Accession Agreement, duly entered into by the Company and the Additional Guarantor.

 

2.

In the case of each Additional Guarantor, an Accession Agreement (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed), duly entered into by the Additional Guarantor in its capacity as an Obligor.

 

3.

A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Guarantor and each holder of the issued or allotted shares in Additional Guarantor (an Additional Guarantor Shareholder ).

 

4.

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Guarantor and each Additional Guarantor Shareholder approving the terms of, the transactions contemplated by, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

5.

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised on behalf of the Additional Guarantor and each Additional Guarantor Shareholder to enter into or witness the entry into of any Finance Document or to sign or send any document or notice in connection with any Finance Document.

 

6.

A copy of a resolution signed by all of the holders of the issued or allotted shares in Additional Guarantor and, if applicable, each Additional Guarantor Shareholder approving the terms of, the transaction contemplated by, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

 

7.

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Guarantor and each Additional Guarantor Shareholder certifying that each copy document specified in Part 2 of this Schedule is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Additional Guarantor Accession Agreement.

 

8.

If available, a copy of the latest audited accounts of the Additional Guarantor.

 

9.

Evidence that the agent of the Additional Guarantor and each Additional Guarantor Shareholder under the Finance Documents for service of process in England has accepted its appointment.

Security Document(s)

 

1.

Security Document(s) over the shares of the Additional Guarantor, duly entered into by each Additional Guarantor Shareholder.

 

2.

A copy of all notices required to be sent and other documents required to be executed under the Security Document(s) referred to in paragraph 1. above.

 

3.

All share certificates, duly executed and stamped stock transfer forms and other documents of title required to be provided under the Security Document(s).

 

   107    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Legal opinions

 

1.

A legal opinion of Allen & Overy, legal advisers in England and Wales to the Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties.

 

2.

A legal opinion from legal counsel approved by the Facility Agent in respect of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Additional Guarantor and each Additional Guarantor Shareholder, addressed to the Finance Parties.

Other documents and evidence

 

1.

Evidence that all expenses due and payable from the Company under this Agreement in respect of the Additional Guarantor Accession Agreement and any additional Finance Document have been paid.

 

2.

A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent has notified the Company is necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Additional Guarantor Accession Agreement and any additional Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

(B)

Documents and evidence to be delivered in respect of Listco

Transaction Documents

 

1.

An Accession Agreement (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed), duly entered into by Listco.

 

2.

The Listco Guarantee, duly entered into by the parties to it.

Corporation documentation

 

1.

A copy of the constitutional documents of Listco.

 

2.

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of Listco approving the terms of, the transactions contemplated by, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Accession Agreement (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed) and the Listco Guarantee.

 

3.

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised on behalf of Listco to enter into or witness the entry into of the Accession Agreement (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed) and the Listco Guarantee or to sign or send any document or notice in connection with the Accession Agreement (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed) and the Listco Guarantee.

 

4.

A certificate of an authorised signatory of Listco certifying that each copy document specified in Part 2 of this Schedule delivered in respect of Listco is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Listco Guarantee.

 

5.

Evidence that the agent of Listco under the Accession Agreement (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed) and the Listco Guarantee for service of process in England has accepted its appointment.

 

   108    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Legal opinions

 

1.

A legal opinion of Allen & Overy, legal advisers in England and Wales to the Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties.

 

2.

A legal opinion from legal counsel approved by the Facility Agent in respect of the jurisdiction of incorporation of Listco, addressed to the Finance Parties.

Other documents and evidence

 

1.

Evidence that all expenses due and payable from the Company under this Agreement in respect of the Listco Guarantee and the Accession Agreement (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed) have been paid.

 

2.

A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent has notified the Company is necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Agreement (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed) and the Listco Guarantee or for the validity and enforceability of the Accession Agreement (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed) and the Listco Guarantee.

 

   109    CREDIT AGREEMENT


PART 3

TO BE DELIVERED IN RESPECT OF ADDITIONAL SECURITY

 

1.

An Accession Agreement (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed), duly entered into by the relevant Obligor in its capacity as a Security Provider.

 

2.

A copy of the constitutional documents of the relevant Obligor.

 

3.

A copy of the constitutional documents of the holders of the issued or allotted shares in the relevant member of the Restricted Group providing any security over the shares in such member of the Restricted Group (the Share Security Provider ) pursuant to Subclause 19.30(b) (Security).

 

4.

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the relevant Obligor and the Share Security Provider, approving the terms of, the transactions contemplated by, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Security Document.

 

5.

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised on behalf of the relevant Obligor and the Share Security Provider to execute or witness the execution of the Security Document or to sign or send any document or notice in connection with such Security Document.

 

6.

A copy of a resolution, signed by all of the holders of the Obligor’s and the Share Security Provider’s issued or allotted shares, approving the execution of the Security Document.

 

7.

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor and the Share Security Provider certifying that each copy document specified in Part 3 of this Schedule is correct and complete and that the original of those documents is in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of the additional Security Document.

 

8.

A legal opinion of counsel approved by the Facility Agent in respect of the laws of the jurisdiction in which the relevant Obligor and the Share Security Provider is incorporated, and, if different, in respect of the laws governing the additional Security Document, addressed to the Finance Parties.

 

9.

A copy of all notices required to be sent or other documents required to be executed under the Security Document.

 

10.

A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent notifies the Company is necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Security Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

   110    CREDIT AGREEMENT


SCHEDULE 3

PRE-AGREED IP AGREEMENT TERMS

 

1.

Parties:

 

(a)    

  

Head Licensor:

  

MGM

(b)    

  

Licensee and Sub-Licensor:

  

a Sponsor Affiliate

(c)    

  

Sub-Licensee:

  

Company

 

2.

Term:

 

3.

Key Terms:

 

  (a)

Head Licensor and Sub-Licensor shall each have the right to terminate the IP Agreement if:

 

  (iii)

there is a change of control (as defined in Subclause 8.2 (Mandatory prepayment – change of control, termination event or sale of business);

 

  (iv)

any Sponsor’s fully diluted percentage shareholding in the entire issued share capital of the Company is equal to or falls below 30 per cent; or

 

  (v)

the majority of the board of directors of the Company is comprised of directors who are not appointees of the Sponsors; and

 

  (b)

Aggregate of licence fees payable by the Licensee under the IP Agreement in each of its financial year must be less than 1.75 per cent. of the Company’s gross revenue.

 

   111    CREDIT AGREEMENT


SCHEDULE 4

PERMITTED TRANSFER PROVISIONS

 

(a)

A person may be a Permitted Transferee in respect of the shares in the share capital of the Company held by Ms. Pansy Ho, PHCO (to the extent it is a company controlled by Ms. Pansy Ho) or a company controlled by Ms. Pansy Ho (the PH Shares ) if:

 

  (i)

that person taking transfer of the PH Shares is also a company controlled by Ms. Pansy Ho;

 

  (ii)

Ms. Pansy Ho has, in respect of such transfer of PH Shares, obtained the written consent of:

 

  (A)

MGM I;

 

  (B)

MGM II; and

 

  (C)

Macau Government; and

 

  (iii)

that person taking transfer of the PH Shares has entered into documentation with the other shareholders of the Company agreeing to be bound by the terms of the shareholders agreement in respect of the Company as a new shareholder,

provided that if that person taking transfer of any of the PH Shares pursuant to this paragraph (a) ceases to be controlled by Ms. Pansy Ho (a Non-Permitted Transferee ):

 

  (A)

Ms. Pansy Ho must notify the directors (including any alternate director) of the Company in writing that such event has occurred; and

 

  (B)

unless the relevant PH Shares are transferred (with the written consent from the Macau Government) to another company controlled by Ms. Pansy Ho, procure the immediate retransfer of the relevant PH Shares from the Non-Permitted Transferee back to Ms. Pansy Ho.

 

(b)

In the event of the death or permanent incapacity of Ms. Pansy Ho, a person may be a Permitted Transferee in respect of any of the PH Shares if:

 

  (i)

the PH Shares are transferred to that person within 30 days of the occurrence of such event; and

 

  (ii)

that person to whom the PH Shares are to be transferred is either (A) the nominated successor of Ms. Pansy Ho previously approved in writing by MGM I and MGM II for such purpose; or (B) in the event that no such successor has been so nominated and approved, subject to the prior written approval of the Macau Government, an A Director who is the closest relative of Ms. Pansy Ho.

 

(c)

For the purposes of this Schedule only:

A Director means a director of the Company (including any alternate director) appointed by Ms. Pansy Ho, for so long as Ms. Pansy Ho (or a member of PHCO Group or any company to which Ms. Pansy Ho is permitted to transfer PH Shares pursuant to paragraph (a) above) is the holder of any shares in the share capital of the Company;

control or controlled means the power to direct the management and the policies of an entity whether through the ownership of voting capital, by contract or otherwise.

 

   112    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Group Company means in respect of any company, a company which is for the time being a holding company or a subsidiary of that company or of any such holding company; and

PHCO Group means PHCO and each Group Company of PHCO.

 

   113    CREDIT AGREEMENT


SCHEDULE 5

AGREED FORM LISTCO GUARANTEE

GUARANTEE

DATED [            ]

By

[LISTCO]

RELATING TO

HK$7,410,000,000

CREDIT FACILITY

FOR

MGM GRAND PARADISE, S.A.

ALLEN & OVERY

Allen & Overy


CONTENTS

 

Clause

        Page  

1.

   Interpretation      116   

2.

   Guarantee and indemnity      117   

3.

   Taxes      119   

4.

   Payments      121   

5.

   Representations and warranties      122   

6.

   General covenants      124   

7.

   Evidence and calculations      125   

8.

   Currency Indemnity      125   

9.

   Amendments and waivers      125   

10.

   Changes to the Parties      126   

11.

   Severability      126   

12.

   Counterparts      126   

13.

   Notices      126   

14.

   Language      127   

15.

   Governing law      127   

16.

   Enforcement      127   

Schedule

  

Signatories

     129   


THIS GUARANTEE is dated [            ] and is made BETWEEN :

 

(1)

[LISTCO] , a company incorporated under the laws of [ ] (registered number [ ]) (the Guarantor ) whose registered office is at [ ]; and

 

(2)

[BANCO NACIONAL ULTRAMARINO, S.A.] as security agent (in this capacity the Security Agent ).

BACKGROUND

 

(A)

The Guarantor and the Security Agent enter into this Agreement in connection with the Credit Agreement (as defined below) and the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

 

(B)

The Security Agent has been appointed as the security agent under the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed to hold the rights, benefits and interests under, amongst other things, this guarantee on trust for and on behalf of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

Definitions

In this Agreement:

Credit Agreement means the HK$7,410,000,000 credit agreement dated [ ] July 2010 between (among others) the Company and the Security Agent.

Legal Reservations means:

 

  (a)

the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

  (b)

the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim;

 

  (c)

similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction (as defined in Subclause 5.12 (Jurisdiction/governing law); and

 

  (d)

any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in any legal opinion required under this Agreement.

Limitation Acts means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

Party means a party to this Agreement.

 

   116    CREDIT AGREEMENT


1.2

Construction

 

(a)

Capitalised terms defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed have, unless expressly defined in this Agreement, the same meaning in this Agreement.

 

(b)

The provisions of clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed apply to this Agreement as though they were set out in full in this Agreement, except that references to the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed are to be construed as references to this Agreement.

 

2.

GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

2.1

Guarantee and indemnity

The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  (a)

guarantees to each Secured Party punctual performance by each Obligor of all its obligations under the Guaranteed Finance Documents;

 

  (b)

undertakes with each Secured Party that, whenever an Obligor does not pay any amount when due and payable (taking into account any grace period applicable in respect of such Obligor’s obligation to pay such amount) under or in connection with any Guaranteed Finance Document, it must immediately on demand by the Security Agent pay that amount as if it were the principal debtor in respect of that amount; and

 

  (c)

agrees with each Secured Party that if, for any reason, any amount claimed by a Secured Party under this Clause is not recoverable from the Guarantor on the basis of a guarantee then the Guarantor will be liable as a principal debtor and primary obligor to indemnify that Secured Party in respect of any loss it incurs as a result of an Obligor failing to pay any amount expressed to be payable by it under a Guaranteed Finance Document on the date when it ought to have been paid. The amount payable by the Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause had the amount claimed been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

2.2 Continuing guarantee

This guarantee and indemnity is a continuing guarantee and indemnity and will extend to the ultimate balance of all sums payable by any Obligor under the Guaranteed Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

2.3

Reinstatement

 

(a)

If any discharge (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) or arrangement is made in whole or in part on the faith of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored on insolvency, liquidation, administration, breach of fiduciary or statutory duties or otherwise without limitation, the liability of the Guarantor under this Clause will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge or arrangement had not occurred and each Secured Party shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that security, payment or other disposition from the Guarantor as if such discharge or arrangement that has been avoided had not occurred.

 

(b)

Each Secured Party may concede or compromise any claim that any payment, security or other disposition is liable to avoidance or restoration.

 

   117    CREDIT AGREEMENT


2.4

Waiver of defences

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Clause will not be affected by any act, omission or thing (whether or not known to it or any Secured Party) which, but for this provision, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause. This includes:

 

  (a)

any time or waiver granted to, or composition with, any person;

 

  (b)

any release of any person under the terms of any composition or arrangement;

 

  (c)

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any person;

 

  (d)

any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

  (e)

any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of any person;

 

  (f)

any amendment or replacement of a Guaranteed Finance Document or any other document or security;

 

  (g)

any unenforceability, illegality, invalidity or non-provability of any obligation of any person under any Guaranteed Finance Document or any other document or security;

 

  (h)

any insolvency or similar proceedings; or

 

  (i)

this Agreement or any other Guaranteed Finance Document not being executed by or binding against any other person.

 

2.5

Immediate recourse

 

(a)

The Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other right or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from the Guarantor under this Clause.

 

(b)

This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Guaranteed Finance Document to the contrary.

 

2.6

Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Guaranteed Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may without affecting the liability of the Guarantor under this Clause:

 

  (a)

(i)        refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) against those amounts; or

 

  (ii)

apply and enforce them in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise); and

 

  (b)

hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Guarantor or on account of the Guarantor’s liability under this Clause.

 

   118    CREDIT AGREEMENT


2.7

Non-competition

Unless:

 

  (a)

all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Guaranteed Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full; or

 

  (b)

the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Facility Agent in turn acting on the instructions of the relevant Finance Parties pursuant to the Credit Agreement) otherwise directs,

the Guarantor will not, after a claim has been made or by virtue of any payment or performance by it under this Clause:

 

  (i)

be subrogated to any rights, security or moneys held, received or receivable by any Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf);

 

  (ii)

be entitled to any right of contribution or indemnity in respect of any payment made or moneys received on account of the Guarantor’s liability under this Agreement;

 

  (iii)

claim, rank, prove or vote as a creditor of the Company or its estate in competition with any Secured Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf); or

 

  (iv)

except as permitted under the Guaranteed Finance Documents, receive, claim or have the benefit of any payment, distribution or security from or on account of any Obligor, or exercise any right of set-off as against any Obligor.

The Guarantor must hold in trust for and immediately pay or transfer to the Security Agent for the Secured Parties any payment or distribution or benefit of security received by it contrary to this Clause or in accordance with any directions given by the Security Agent under this Clause.

 

2.8

Additional security

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Secured Party.

 

3.

TAXES

 

3.1

General

In this Clause:

Indirect Tax means any goods and services tax, consumption tax, value added tax or any other tax of a similar nature.

Tax Credit means a credit against any Tax or any relief or remission for Tax (or its repayment).

 

3.2

Tax gross-up

 

(a)

The Guarantor must make all payments to be made by it under the Guaranteed Finance Documents without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

   119    CREDIT AGREEMENT


(b)

If the Guarantor or a Secured Party is aware that it must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is a change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction), it must promptly notify the Security Agent. The Security Agent must then promptly notify the affected parties.

 

(c)

If the Guarantor is required by law to make a Tax Deduction, the amount of the payment due from the Guarantor will be increased to an amount which (after making the Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

(d)

If the Guarantor is required to make a Tax Deduction, the Guarantor must make the minimum Tax Deduction and must make any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed by law.

 

(e)

Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or a payment required in connection with a Tax Deduction, the Guarantor must deliver to the Security Agent for the relevant Secured Party evidence satisfactory to that Secured Party (acting reasonably) that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) the appropriate payment has been paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

3.3

Tax Credit

If the Guarantor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Secured Party (in its absolute discretion) determines that:

 

  (a)

a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and

 

  (b)

it has used and retained that Tax Credit,

the Secured Party must pay an amount to the Guarantor which that Secured Party determines (in its absolute discretion) will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in if the Tax Payment had not been made by the Guarantor.

 

3.4

Indirect Tax

 

(a)

All amounts set out, or expressed to be payable under a Guaranteed Finance Document by any Party to a Secured Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for Indirect Tax purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any Indirect Tax which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (c) below, if Indirect Tax is chargeable on any supply made by any Secured Party to any Party under a Guaranteed Finance Document, that Party must pay to the Secured Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying the consideration) an amount equal to the amount of the Indirect Tax (and such Secured Party must promptly provide an appropriate Indirect Tax invoice to that Party).

 

(b)

If Indirect Tax is chargeable by reference to any supply made by any Secured Party (the Supplier ) to any other Party (the Recipient ) under a Guaranteed Finance Document, and any Party (the Relevant Party ) is required by the terms of any Guaranteed Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration), the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same time as paying that amount) an amount equal to the amount of Indirect Tax. The Recipient must promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority which it reasonably determines relates to the Indirect Tax chargeable on that supply.

 

(c)

Where a Guaranteed Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse a Secured Party for any costs or expenses, that Party must also at the same time pay and indemnify the Secured Party against

 

   120    CREDIT AGREEMENT


 

all Indirect Tax incurred by the Secured Party in respect of those costs or expenses but only to the extent that the Secured Party (reasonably) determines that neither it nor any other member of any group of which it is a member for Indirect Tax purposes is entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of the Indirect Tax.

 

4.

PAYMENTS

 

4.1

Place

All payments by a Party (other than the Security Agent) under this Agreement must be made to the Security Agent to its account at such office or bank in the principal financial centre of the country of the relevant currency as it may notify to that Party for this purpose by not less than five Business Days’ prior notice.

 

4.2

Funds

Payments under this Agreement to the Security Agent must be made for value on the due date at such times and in such funds as the Security Agent may specify to the Party concerned as being customary at the time for the settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place for payment.

 

4.3

Distribution

 

(a)

Each payment received by the Security Agent under this Agreement for another Party must, except as provided below, be made available by the Security Agent to that Party by payment (as soon as practicable after receipt) to its account with such office or bank in the principal financial centre of the country of the relevant currency as it may notify to the Security Agent for this purpose by not less than five Business Days’ prior notice.

 

(b)

The Security Agent may apply any amount received by it for the Guarantor in or towards payment (as soon as practicable after receipt) of any amount due from the Guarantor under the Guaranteed Finance Documents in accordance with the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed or in or towards the purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

(c)

Where a sum is paid to the Security Agent under this Agreement for a Party, the Security Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that Party until it has established that it has actually received it. However, the Security Agent may assume that the sum has been paid to it, and, in reliance on that assumption, make available to that Party a corresponding amount. If it transpires that the sum has not been received by the Security Agent, that Party must immediately on demand by the Security Agent refund any corresponding amount made available to it together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Security Agent at a rate calculated by the Security Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

4.4

Currency

 

(a)

Any amount under this Agreement payable in respect of any other amount payable under the Guaranteed Finance Documents under this Agreement is payable under this Agreement in the same currency as that other amount.

 

(b)

Each other amount payable under this Agreement is payable in Hong Kong Dollars.

 

   121    CREDIT AGREEMENT


4.5

No set-off or counterclaim

All payments made by the Guarantor under this Agreement must be calculated and made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

4.6

Business Days

 

(a)

If a payment under this Agreement is due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date for that payment will instead be the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not) or whatever day the Security Agent determines is market practice.

 

(b)

During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal under this Agreement interest is payable on that principal at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

4.7

Partial payments

 

(a)

If the Security Agent receives a payment insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by the Guarantor under this Agreement, the Security Agent must apply that payment towards the obligations of the Guarantor under this Agreement in the order set out in subclause 13.1 (Order of application) of the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed.

 

(b)

This Subclause will override any appropriation made by the Guarantor.

 

4.8

Timing of payments

If this Agreement does not provide for when a particular payment is due, that payment will be due within three Business Days of demand by the relevant Secured Party.

 

5.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

5.1

Representations and warranties

The representations and warranties set out in this Clause are made by the Guarantor to the Secured Parties only on the date of this Agreement.

 

5.2

Status

 

(a)

It is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of original incorporation.

 

(b)

It has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

5.3

Powers and authority

It has the power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary action to authorise the entry into and performance of, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

5.4

Legal validity

Subject to the Legal Reservations, this Agreement is its legally binding, valid and enforceable obligation.

 

   122    CREDIT AGREEMENT


5.5

Non-conflict

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement do not conflict with:

 

  (a)

any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

  (b)

its constitutional documents in any material respect; or

 

  (c)

any document which is binding upon it or its Subsidiaries or any of its or its Subsidiaries’ assets in any material respect.

 

5.6

No default

No Default is outstanding or will result from the entry into of, or the performance of any transaction contemplated by, this Agreement.

 

5.7

Authorisations

All authorisations required by it in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect.

 

5.8

Pari passu ranking

Its payment obligations under this Agreement rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

5.9

Stamp duties

As at the date of this Agreement, no stamp or registration duty or similar Tax or charge is payable in its jurisdiction of incorporation in respect of this Agreement.

 

5.10

Immunity

 

(a)

The entry into by it of this Agreement constitutes, and the exercise by it of its rights and performance of its obligations under this Agreement will constitute, private and commercial acts performed for private and commercial purposes; and

 

(b)

it will not be entitled to claim immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process in any proceedings taken in its jurisdiction of incorporation in relation to this Agreement.

 

5.11

No adverse consequences

It is not necessary under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation:

 

  (a)

in order to enable any Secured Party to enforce its rights under this Agreement; or

 

  (b)

by reason of the entry into of this Agreement or the performance by Security Agent of its obligations under this Agreement,

that any Secured Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in its jurisdiction of incorporation; and

 

   123    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (c)

no Secured Party is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in its jurisdiction of incorporation by reason only of the entry into, performance and/or enforcement of this Agreement.

 

5.12

Jurisdiction/governing law

 

(a)

In this Subclause:

Relevant Jurisdiction means in relation to the Guarantor:

 

  (i)

its jurisdiction of incorporation; and

 

  (ii)

any jurisdiction where it conducts its business.

 

(b)

Subject to the Legal Reservations:

 

  (i)

its:

 

  (A)

irrevocable submission under this Agreement to the jurisdiction of the courts of England;

 

  (B)

agreement that this Agreement is governed by English law; and

 

  (C)

agreement not to claim any immunity to which it or its assets may be entitled, are legal, valid and binding under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

  (ii)

any judgment obtained in England will be recognised and be enforceable by the courts of its Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

6.

GENERAL COVENANTS

 

6.1

General

The Guarantor agrees to be bound by the covenants set out in this Clause.

 

6.2

Authorisations

The Guarantor must promptly:

 

  (a)

obtain, maintain and comply with the terms; and

 

  (b)

supply certified copies to the Security Agent,

of any authorisation required under any law or regulation to enable it to perform its obligations under, or for the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement.

 

6.3

Pari passu ranking

The Guarantor must ensure that its payment obligations under this Agreement at all times rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured payment obligations, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

   124    CREDIT AGREEMENT


7.

EVIDENCE AND CALCULATIONS

 

7.1

Accounts

Accounts maintained by a Secured Party in connection with this Agreement are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate for the purpose of any litigation or arbitration proceedings.

 

7.2

Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by a Secured Party of a rate or amount under the Guaranteed Finance Documents is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

7.3

Calculations

Any interest or fee accruing under this Agreement accrues from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 or 365 days or otherwise, depending on what the Security Agent determines is market practice.

 

8.

CURRENCY INDEMNITY

 

8.1

Currency indemnity

 

(a)

The Guarantor must, as an independent obligation, within 15 days of a demand by a Secured Party, indemnify each Secured Party against any loss or liability which that Secured Party incurs as a consequence of:

 

  (i)

that Secured Party receiving an amount in respect of an Obligor’s liability under the Guaranteed Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii)

that liability being converted into a claim, proof, judgment or order,

in a currency other than the currency in which the amount is expressed to be payable under the relevant Guaranteed Finance Document.

 

(b)

Unless otherwise required by law, the Guarantor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Guaranteed Finance Documents in a currency other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

9.

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

9.1

Procedure

Except as provided in this Clause, any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived with the agreement of the Guarantor and the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Facility Agent, in turn acting on the instructions of the relevant Finance Parties pursuant to the Credit Agreement). The Security Agent may effect, on behalf of any Secured Party, an amendment or waiver allowed under this Clause.

 

9.2

Waivers and remedies cumulative

The rights of each Secured Party under the Guaranteed Finance Documents:

 

  (a)

may be exercised as often as necessary;

 

   125    CREDIT AGREEMENT


  (b)

are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under the general law; and

 

  (c)

may be waived only in writing and specifically.

Delay in exercising or non-exercise of any right is not a waiver of that right.

 

10.

CHANGES TO THE PARTIES

 

10.1

Assignments and transfers by the Guarantor

The Guarantor may not assign or transfer any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior consent of the Security Agent.

 

11.

SEVERABILITY

If a term of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any jurisdiction, that will not affect:

 

  (a)

the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other term of this Agreement; or

 

  (b)

the legality, validity or enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other term of this Agreement.

 

12.

COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts. This has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

13.

NOTICES

 

13.1

In writing

 

(a)

Any communication in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be given:

 

  (i)

in person, by post or fax; or

 

  (ii)

to the extent agreed by the Parties making and receiving communication, by e-mail or other electronic communication.

 

(b)

For the purpose of this Agreement, an electronic communication will be treated as being in writing.

 

(c)

Unless it is agreed to the contrary, any consent or agreement required under this Agreement must be given in writing.

 

13.2

Contact details

 

(a)

The contact details of the Guarantor for all communications in connection with this Agreement are:

 

Address:

 

[•]

Fax number:

 

[•]

E-mail:

 

[•]

Attention:

 

[•].

 

   126    CREDIT AGREEMENT


(b)

The contact details of the Security Agent for this purpose are as set out in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed.

 

(c)

Any Party may change its contact details by giving five Business Days’ notice to the other Party.

 

(d)

Where a Party nominates a particular department or officer to receive a communication, a communication will not be effective if it fails to specify that department or officer.

 

13.3

Effectiveness

 

(a)

Except as provided below, any communication in connection with this Agreement will be deemed to be given as follows:

 

  (i)

if delivered in person, at the time of delivery;

 

  (ii)

if posted, five Business Days after being deposited in the post, postage prepaid, in a correctly addressed envelope;

 

  (iii)

if by fax, when received in legible form; and

 

  (iv)

if by e-mail or any other electronic communication, when received in legible form.

 

(b)

A communication given under paragraph (a) above but received on a non-working day or after business hours in the place of receipt will only be deemed to be given on the next working day in that place.

 

(c)

A communication to the Security Agent will only be effective on actual receipt by it.

 

14.

LANGUAGE

 

(a)

Any notice given in connection with this Agreement must be in English.

 

(b)

Any other document provided in connection with a Guaranteed Finance Document must be:

 

  (i)

in English; or

 

  (ii)

(unless the Security Agent otherwise agrees) accompanied by a certified English translation. In this case, the English translation prevails unless the document is a statutory or other official document.

 

15.

GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are 1 governed by English law.

 

16.

ENFORCEMENT

 

16.1

Jurisdiction

 

(a)

The English courts have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute including a dispute relating to non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection this Agreement.

 

   127    CREDIT AGREEMENT


(b)

The English courts are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle any such dispute in connection with this Agreement. The Guarantor agrees not to argue to the contrary and waives objection to those courts on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise in relation to proceedings in connection with this Agreement.

 

(c)

This Clause is for the benefit of the Secured Parties only. To the extent allowed by law, a Secured Party may take:

 

  (i)

proceedings in any other court; and

 

  (ii)

concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

(d)

References in this Clause to a dispute in connection with this Agreement include any dispute as to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement.

 

16.2

Service of process

 

(a)

The Guarantor irrevocably appoints Norose Notices Limited at the address of its registered office in England from time to time which, at the date of this Agreement, is 3 More London Riverside, London SE1 2AQ (Attention of the Partnership Office Manager reference HK01890) as its agent under this Agreement for service of process in any proceedings before the English courts in connection with this Agreement.

 

(b)

If any person appointed as process agent under this Clause is unable for any reason to so act, the Guarantor must immediately (and in any event within ten Business Days of the event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Security Agent. Failing this, the Security Agent may appoint process another agent for this purpose.

 

(c)

The Guarantor agrees that failure by a process agent to notify it of any process will not invalidate the relevant proceedings.

 

(d)

This Clause does not affect any other method of service allowed by law.

 

16.3

Waiver of immunity

The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  (a)

agrees not to claim any immunity from proceedings brought by a Secured Party against it in relation to this Agreement and to ensure that no such claim is made on its behalf;

 

  (b)

consents generally to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with those proceedings; and

 

  (c)

waives all rights of immunity in respect of it or its assets.

 

16.4

Waiver of trial by jury

EACH PARTY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO TRIAL BY COURT.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

   128    CREDIT AGREEMENT


SIGNATORIES

 

Guarantor

[LISTCO]

By:    

 

Security Agent
[BANCO NACIONAL ULTRAMARINO, S.A.]
By:    

 

   129    CREDIT AGREEMENT


SCHEDULE 6

FORM OF REQUEST

 

To:

[BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., HONG KONG BRANCH] as Facility Agent

 

From:

MGM GRAND PARADISE, S.A.

 

Date:

[    ]

MGM GRAND PARADISE, S.A. – HK$7,410,000,000 Credit Agreement

dated 27 July 2010 (the Agreement)

 

1.

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Request. Capitalised terms defined in the Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this Request unless otherwise defined.

 

2.

We wish to borrow a [A Term Loan/B Term Loan/A Revolving Credit Loan/B Revolving Credit Loan] 2 on the following terms:

 

  (a)

Utilisation Date: [    ];

 

  (b)

Amount/currency: [HK$][US$][    ];

 

  (c)

Term: [    ].

 

3.

Our payment instructions are: [ ].

 

4.

We confirm that each condition precedent under the Agreement which must be satisfied on the date of this Request is so satisfied.

 

5.

We hereby certify that the proceeds of the [A Term Loan/ B Term Loan/A Revolving Credit Loan/B Revolving Credit Loan] 3 borrowed under this Request will be used by us for the purposes described in clause [3.1/3.2] 4 .

 

6.

[We further certify that no part of the proceeds of the [B Term Loan/B Revolving Credit Loan] 5 borrowed under this Request will be used directly for purposes connected with the operation of casino, games of chance or other forms of gaming] 6

 

7.

This Request is irrevocable.

 

By:  
MGM GRAND PARADISE, S.A.

 

2

Delete as applicable.

3

Delete as applicable.

4

Delete as applicable.

5

Delete as applicable.

6

Delete if not a Request for B Term Loan or B Revolving Credit Loan

 

   130    CREDIT AGREEMENT


SCHEDULE 7

FORMS OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

PART 1

TRANSFERS BY ASSIGNMENT, ASSUMPTION AND RELEASE

 

To:

[BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., HONG KONG BRANCH] as Facility Agent

 

From:

[EXISTING LENDER] (the Existing Lender ) and [NEW LENDER] (the New Lender )

 

Date:

[          ]

MGM GRAND PARADISE, S.A. – HK$7,410,000,000 Credit Agreement

dated 27 July 2010 (the Agreement)

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Capitalised terms defined in the Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this Transfer Certificate unless otherwise defined

 

1.

In accordance with the terms of the Agreement:

 

  (a)

the Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender specified in the Schedule;

 

  (b)

the New Lender assumes obligations equivalent to those obligations of the Existing Lender under the Agreement specified in the Schedule;

 

  (c)

to the extent the obligations referred to in paragraph (b) above are effectively assumed by the New Lender, the Existing Lender is released from its obligations under the Agreement specified in the Schedule; and

 

  (d)

the New Lender becomes a Lender under the Agreement and is bound by the terms of the Agreement as a Lender.

 

2.

The proposed Transfer Date is [          ].

 

3.

On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes:

 

  (a)

party to the Agreement as a Lender; and

 

  (b)

party to the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed as a Senior Creditor.

 

4.

The administrative details of the New Lender for the purposes of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

 

5.

The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations in respect of this Transfer Certificate contained in the Agreement.

 

6.

The New Lender agrees to be bound by the terms of the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed and undertakes to deliver a duly executed Accession Agreement (as defined in the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed) to the Security Agent immediately upon execution of this Transfer Certificate.

 

   131    CREDIT AGREEMENT


7.

This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Transfer Certificate.

 

8.

This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

   132    CREDIT AGREEMENT


THE SCHEDULE

Rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment, assumption and release

[insert relevant details, including applicable [A Term/B Term/A Revolving Credit/B Revolving Credit]

Commitment (or part)]

Administrative details of the New Lender

[insert details of Facility Office, address for notices and payment details etc.]

 

[EXISTING LENDER]     [NEW LENDER]

By:

       

By:

   

The Transfer Date is confirmed by the Facility Agent as [          ].

[BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., HONG KONG BRANCH]

 

By:

 

as Facility Agent, for and on behalf of each of the parties to the Agreement (other than the Existing Lender and the New Lender) and each of the parties to the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed (other than the Existing Lender and the New Lender)

 

Note:

It is the responsibility of each individual New Lender to ascertain whether any other document or formality is required to perfect a transfer contemplated by this Transfer Certificate or to take the benefit of any interest in any security.

 

   133    CREDIT AGREEMENT


PART 2

TRANFERS BY NOVATION

 

To:

[BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., HONG KONG BRANCH] as Facility Agent

 

From:

[EXISTING LENDER] (the Existing Lender ) and [NEW LENDER] (the New Lender )

 

Date:

[          ]

MGM GRAND PARADISE, S.A. – HK$7,410,000,000 Credit Agreement

dated 27 July 2010 (the Agreement)

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate.

 

1.

The Existing Lender transfers by novation to the New Lender the Existing Lender’s rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule below in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

2.

The proposed Transfer Date is [          ].

 

3.

On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes:

 

  (a)

party to the Agreement as a Lender; and

 

  (b)

party to the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed as a Senior Creditor.

 

4.

The administrative details of the New Lender for the purposes of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

 

5.

The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations in respect of this Transfer Certificate contained in the Agreement.

 

6.

This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Transfer Certificate.

 

7.

This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

   134    CREDIT AGREEMENT


THE SCHEDULE

Rights and obligations to be transferred by novation

[insert relevant details, including applicable Commitment (or part)]

Administrative details of the New Lender

[insert details of Facility Office, address for notices and payment details etc.]

 

[EXISTING LENDER]     [NEW LENDER]
By:         By:    

The Transfer Date is confirmed by the Facility Agent as [          ].

[BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., HONG KONG BRANCH] as Facility Agent

By:

as Facility Agent, for and on behalf of each of the parties to the Agreement (other than the Existing Lender and the New Lender) and each of the parties to the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed (other than the Existing Lender and the New Lender)

 

Note:

It is the responsibility of each individual New Lender to ascertain whether any other document or formality is required to perfect a transfer contemplated by this Transfer Certificate or to take the benefit of any interest in any security.

 

   135    CREDIT AGREEMENT


SCHEDULE 8

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To:

[BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., HONG KONG BRANCH] as Facility Agent

 

From:

MGM GRAND PARADISE, S.A.

 

Date:

[          ]

MGM GRAND PARADISE, S.A. – HK$7,410,000,000 Credit Agreement

dated 27 July 2010 (the Agreement)

 

1.

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate.

 

2.

We confirm that as at [relevant testing date]:

 

  (a)

Adjusted Total Debt was [    ]; and EBITDA was [    ]; therefore, the Adjusted Leveraged Ratio is [ ]; and

 

  (b)

Debt Service was [    ]; therefore, the Debt Service Coverage Ratio is [    ].

 

3.

We set out below calculations establishing the figures in paragraph 2 above:

[          ].

 

4.

[We confirm that as at [relevant testing date] [no Default is outstanding]/[the following Default[s] [is/are] outstanding and the following steps are being taken to remedy [it/them]:

[          ].]

 

MGM GRAND PARADISE, S.A.
By:  

    

Chief Finance Officer

 

   136    CREDIT AGREEMENT


SCHEDULE 9

FORM OF ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR ACCESSION AGREEMENT

 

To:

[BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., HONG KONG BRANCH] as Facility Agent

 

From:

MGM GRAND PARADISE, S.A. and [ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR]

 

Date:

[          ]

MGM GRAND PARADISE, S.A. – HK$7,410,000,000 Credit Agreement

dated 27 July 2010 (the Agreement)

We refer to the Agreement. This is an Additional Guarantor Accession Agreement.

[Name of Additional Guarantor] of [address/registered office] agrees to become:

 

(a)

an Additional Guarantor and to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as an Additional Guarantor; and

 

(b)

an Obligor under the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed and to be bound by the terms of the Security Trust and Intercreditor Deed as an Obligor.

This Additional Guarantor Accession Agreement is intended to take effect as a deed.

This Additional Guarantor Accession Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

MGM GRAND PARADISE, S.A.

By:

 

EXECUTED as a deed by

  

)

        

[ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR]

  

)

        

acting by [NAME OF DIRECTOR]

  

)

          

in the presence of:

  

)

     

Director

  

 

Witness’s signature 

   

Name:

   

Address:

   

 

   137    CREDIT AGREEMENT


SCHEDULE 10

FORM OF RESIGNATION REQUEST

 

To:

[BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., HONG KONG BRANCH] as Facility Agent

 

From:

MGM GRAND PARADISE, S.A. and [relevant Guarantor]

 

Date:

[          ]

MGM GRAND PARADISE, S.A. – HK$7,410,000,000 Credit Agreement

dated 27 July 2010 (the Agreement)

 

1.

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Resignation Request.

 

2.

We request that [resigning Guarantor] be released from its obligations as a Guarantor under the Agreement.

 

3.

We confirm that no Default is outstanding or would result from the acceptance of this Resignation Request.

 

4.

We confirm that as at the date of this Resignation Request no amount owed by [resigning Guarantor] under the Agreement is outstanding.

 

5.

This Resignation Request and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

MGM GRAND PARADISE, S.A.

   

[Relevant Guarantor]

By:

       

By:

   
       

The Facility Agent confirms that this resignation takes effect on [          ].

[BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., HONG KONG BRANCH]

By:

 

   138    CREDIT AGREEMENT


SIGNATORIES

 

Company
MGM GRAND PARADISE, S.A.
By:  

/s/ Ho, Pansy Catilina Chiu King

 

Ho, Pansy Catilina Chiu King

By:

 

/s/ William M. Scott IV

 

William M. Scott IV

 

   139    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Original Guarantor
MGM GRAND PARADISE (HK) LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Ho, Pansy Catilina Chiu King

  Ho, Pansy Catilina Chiu King
By:  

/s/ William M. Scott IV

  William M. Scott IV

 

   140    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Original Guarantor
SUPEREMPREGO LDA.
By:   /s/ [illegible signature]
 

 

   141    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Mandated Lead Arranger
BANK OK AMERICA, N.A.
By:   /s/ Vipul Mehrotra
 

Vipul Mehrotra

Managing Director

 

   142    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Mandated Lead Arranger
BANK OF CHINA LIMITED, MACAU BRANCH
For BANK OF CHINA LIMITED MACAU BRANCH
By:   /s/ [illegible signature]
  Authorised Signature(s)

 

   143    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Mandated Lead Arranger

INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA (MACAU) LIMITED

By:  
  For INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA (MACAU) LTD.
  /s/ [illegible signature]
 

Authorized Signature(s)

 

   144    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Mandated Lead Arranger

 

BANCO NACIONAL ULTRAMARINO, S.A.    
By:   /s/ Tou Kei San       /s/ Artur Santos
  Tou Kei San       Artur Santos
  General Manager       Chief Executive Officer

 

   145    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Mandated Lead Arranger

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK HONG KONG BRANCH

By:   Dominique FOURNIER       François RAMEAU
  /s/ Dominique FOURNIER       /s/ François RAMEAU

 

   146    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Mandated Lead Arranger

BNP PARIBAS HONG KONG BRANCH

By:   /s/ [illegible signature]

 

   147    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Mandated Lead Arranger

COMMERZBANK AG HONG KONG BRANCH

 

By:    
  /s/ Christine Chan       /s/ Edward On
  Christine Chan       Edward On

 

   148    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Mandated Lead Arranger
THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC, SINGAPORE BRANCH
By:   /s/ [illegible signature]
 

 

   149    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Lead Arranger
BANCO COMERCIAL PORTUGUÊS, S.A., MACAU BRANCH
By:   /s/ [illegible signature]
 

 

   150    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Lead Arranger
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
By:   /s/ William Frank Agee
  William Frank Agee
  Executive Director

 

   151    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Lead Arranger
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.
By:   /s/ Ryan Vetsch
  Ryan Vetsch, Vice President

 

   152    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Lead Arranger
SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Akihiko Okuma
  Akihiko Okuma
  Joint General Manager
  Structured Finance Asia Pacific

 

   153    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Senior Manager

TAI FUNG BANK LIMITED

 

    [CHINESE CHARACTERS] (B025)
    LOU KIT I
By:   /s/ MA SAO LAP       /s/ LOU KIT I
  [CHINESE CHARACTERS] (A)      
  MA SAO LAP      

 

   154    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Senior Manager

 

BANCO COMERCIAL DE MACAU, S.A.

   

By:

 

/s/ [illegible signature]

     

/s/ Chiu Lung Man

 

[illegible signature]

     

Chiu Lung Man

 

   155    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Senior Manager

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

By:

 

/s/ [illegible signature]

 

 

   156    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Senior Manager

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, HONG KONG BRANCH

   

By:

 

/s/ Douglas Morton

     
 

Douglas Morton

     
 

Managing Director

     
 

/s/ Ananda Chakravorty

     
 

Ananda Chakravorty

     
 

Managing Director

     

 

   157    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Original Lender

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

By:

 

/s/ Vipul Mehrotra

 

Vipul Mehrotra

 

Managing Director

 

   158    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Original Lender

 

BANK OF CHINA LIMITED, MACAU BRANCH
By:  

For BANK OF CHINA LIMITED MACAU BRANCH

 

/s/ [illegible signature]

  Authorized Signature(s)

 

   159    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Original Lender

 

INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL BANK OF CHINA (MACAU) LIMITED
By:  

For   INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL
BANK OF CHINA (MACAU) LTD.

 

/s/ [illegible signature]

  Authorized Signature(s)

 

   160    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Original Lender

 

BANCO NACIONAL ULTRAMARINO, S.A.    
By:   /s/ Tou Kei San       /s/ Artur Santos
  Tou Kei San       Artur Santos
  General Manager       Chief Executive Officer

 

   161    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Original Lender

 

CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK HONG KONG BRANCH
By:  

/s/ Dominique FOURNIER

     

/s/ François RAMEAU

       

 

   162    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Original Lender

 

BNP PARIBAS HONG KONG BRANCH
By:   /s/ [illegible signature]
 

 

   163    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Original Lender    
COMMERZBANK AG HONG KONG BRANCH    
By:   /s/ Christine Chan       /s/ Edward Oh
  Christine Chan       Edward Oh

 

   164    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Original Lender
THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC, SINGAPORE BRANCH
By:   /s/ [illegible signature]
 

 

   165    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Original Lender
BANCO COMERCIAL PORTUGUÊS, S.A., MACAU BRANCH
By:   /s/ [illegible signature]
 

 

   166    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Original Lender
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
By:   /s/ William Frank Agee
  William Frank Agee
  Executive Director

 

   167    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Original Lender
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.
By:   /s/ Ryan Vetsch
  Ryan Vetsch, Vice President

 

   168    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Original Lender

SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION

By:   /s/ Akihiko Okuma
  Akihiko Okuma
  Joint General Manager
  Structured Finance Asia Pacific

 

   169    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Original Lender

TAI FUNG BANK LIMITED

    [CHINESE CHARACTERS] (B025)
    LOU KIT I
By:   /s/ MA SAO LAP       /s/ LOU KIT I
  [CHINESE CHARACTERS] (A)      
  MA SAO LAP      

 

   170    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Original Lender

BANCO COMERCIAL DE MACAU, S.A.

 

By:  

/s/ [illegible signature]

      /s/ Chiu Lung Man
 

[illegible signature]

      Chiu Lung Man

 

   171    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Original Lender

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

By:   /s/ [illegible signature]

 

   172    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Original Lender

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, HONG KONG BRANCH

By:   /s/ Douglas Morton
 

Douglas Morton

Managing Director

  /s/ Ananda Chakravorty
 

Ananda Chakravorty

Managing Director

 

   173    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Facility Agent

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., HONG KONG BRANCH

By:   /s/ [illegible signature]

 

   174    CREDIT AGREEMENT


Security Agent

BANCO NACIONAL ULTRAMARINO, S.A.

By:   /s/ Tou Kei San       /s/ Artur Santos
  Tou Kei San       Artur Santos
 

General Manager

      Chief Executive Officer

 

   175    CREDIT AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT 10.4

EXECUTION COPY

MGM MIRAGE

TIME-VESTING STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AGREEMENT

THIS TIME-VESTING STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made effective as of April 6, 2009 (the “ Grant Date ”), between MGM MIRAGE, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ,” “ Employer ,” “ we ,” or “ us ”), and James J. Murren (“ Employee ” or “ you ”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ Employee and has entered, or will enter, into a new employment agreement with Employee embodying the terms of such employment arrangement, and the parties are entering into this Agreement in connection therewith (such employment agreement and, pending the effectiveness thereof, the Term Sheet dated April 6, 2009 are referred to herein as the “ Employment Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Company has established the MGM MIRAGE 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the “ Plan ”);

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to carry out the Plan (the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement);

WHEREAS, Article 7 of the Plan provides for the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Shares ”), pursuant to Stock Appreciation Right Awards;

WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) of the Board of Directors, appointed to administer the Plan, has determined that it would be to the advantage and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant to Employee a Freestanding SAR Award (the “ SAR ”) as provided for herein, as an inducement to Employee to provide services to the Company pursuant to the Employment Agreement; and the Committee has advised the Company thereof and instructed the undersigned officer to issue said SAR; and

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings set forth in Appendix A attached hereto, which is incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

 


ARTICLE 1

AWARD OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT

Section 1.01 Award of SAR .

(a) For good and valuable consideration, on the Grant Date, the Company hereby grants to Employee the SAR with respect to an aggregate of one million (1,000,000) Shares upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement. The grant price per Share underlying the SAR shall be $5.53 (the “ Grant Price ”), which is one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share (based on the reported closing price on the New York Stock Exchange) on the Grant Date.

(b) The SAR represents the right to receive from the Company, upon exercise of the SAR or any portion thereof, a number (the “ Base Number ”) of Shares whose aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise is equal to an amount determined by multiplying (i) the number of underlying Shares with respect to which the SAR or any portion thereof is being exercised, by (ii) the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise, over (B) the Grant Price.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the SAR granted under this Agreement is subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference; provided , however , that in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of the Plan, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

Section 1.02 Consideration to the Company .

(a) In consideration for the grant of the SAR provided for in this Agreement, Employee agrees to render services to the Company pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of the Employment Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Employee any right to continue in the service of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge Employee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to reduce or otherwise adversely affect the intended benefits conferred upon Employee by this Agreement or the Employment Agreement.

ARTICLE 2

VESTING AND EXERCISE

Section 2.01 Vesting of SAR . The SAR will vest and become exercisable in cumulative installments as follows, subject to Section 2.02 and Section 2.04:

(a) twenty-five percent (25%) of the SAR (equal to 250,000 Shares) will vest and become exercisable upon the first anniversary of the Grant Date;

 

2


(b) twenty-five percent (25%) of the SAR (equal to 250,000 Shares) will vest and become exercisable upon the second anniversary of the Grant Date;

(c) twenty-five percent (25%) of the SAR (equal to 250,000 Shares) will vest and become exercisable upon the third anniversary of the Grant Date; and

(d) twenty-five percent (25%) of the SAR (equal to 250,000 Shares) will vest and become exercisable upon the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date.

An installment of the SAR will not vest and become exercisable unless (i) the vesting date specified in this Section 2.01 with respect to such installment occurs during the Vesting Period, and (ii) either Employee has continued active employment or service through such applicable vesting date or the Vesting Period was extended for two (2) years (pursuant to Clause (2) of the definition of “Vesting Period”).

Section 2.02 Change of Control .

(a) In the event Employee terminates his active employment during the Employment Term by exercising the COC Termination Right:

(i) vesting with respect to the unvested balance of the SAR, if any, shall accelerate, and the SAR will become vested and exercisable in full upon the date of termination of Employee’s active employment; and

(ii) the Restrictive Covenants incorporated herein by Section 3.01 shall not apply to Employee following the date of termination of his active employment.

(b) In the event of a Discontinuing COC, if the Exercise Period will not have expired prior to or as of the date of the occurrence of such Discontinuing COC, the SAR will terminate upon the occurrence of such Discontinuing COC, and:

(i) If Employee is currently actively employed by the Company during the Employment Term on the date of the occurrence of the Discontinuing COC, vesting with respect to the unvested balance of the SAR, if any, will accelerate, and the SAR will become vested in full immediately prior to the occurrence of such Discontinuing COC.

(ii) If Employee’s active employment was previously terminated during the Employment Term in circumstances as a result of which the Vesting Period was extended by two (2) years (pursuant to Clause (2) of the definition of “Vesting Period”), vesting with respect to the balance of such two (2)-year extension, if any, will accelerate, and the SAR will become vested to the extent of such accelerated balance immediately prior to the occurrence of the Discontinuing COC.

 

3


(iii) Where the Discontinuing COC results from an exchange of the Company’s outstanding Shares for securities or property other than cash, the Committee shall provide for:

(A) the purchase of the outstanding, vested balance of the SAR for an amount of cash equal to (I) the value of the consideration per Share to be paid by the purchaser in such Discontinuing COC, less the Grant Price, multiplied by (II) the number of Shares subject to the outstanding, vested balance of the SAR, net of applicable taxes; or

(B) the purchase of the outstanding, vested balance of the SAR for an amount of the same securities or property as are received, pursuant to the Discontinuing COC, by the stockholders of the Company with respect to their Shares, which amount has a value equal to (I) the value of the consideration per Share to be paid by the purchaser in such Discontinuing COC, less the Grant Price, multiplied by (II) the number of Shares subject to the outstanding, vested balance of the SAR, net of applicable taxes.

The cash due to Employee in connection with a purchase pursuant to clause (A) shall be paid in a lump sum within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of such Discontinuing COC. Any payment pursuant to clause (B) shall comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A.

(iv) Where the Discontinuing COC results from an exchange of the Company’s outstanding Shares for cash, the Committee shall provide for the purchase of the outstanding, vested balance of the SAR for an amount of cash equal to (A) the cash price per Share to be paid by the purchaser in such Discontinuing COC, less the Grant Price, multiplied by (B) the number of Shares subject to the outstanding, vested balance of the SAR being purchased, net of applicable taxes. The cash due to Employee in connection with a purchase pursuant to this Section 2.02(b)(iv) shall be paid in a lump sum within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of such Discontinuing COC.

(c) Subject to Section 2.02(a), in the event of a Continuing COC, the unvested balance of the SAR (if any) will continue to vest, and the outstanding balance of the SAR (if any) will be subject to exercise, in each case as if such Continuing COC had not occurred.

Section 2.03 Exercise of SAR .

(a) The SAR, or any portion thereof, may be exercised only to the extent vested pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and only during the Exercise Period. In order to exercise the SAR or any portion thereof, Employee or any other person or persons entitled to exercise the SAR must give written

 

4


notice to the Committee specifying the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR or any portion thereof is being exercised. Such notice must be received during the Exercise Period.

(b) If Employee’s employment with the Company and any Parent and Subsidiaries is terminated due to death, or if Employee dies during the Exercise Period following a termination of such employment, the SAR or a portion thereof may be exercised at any time or from time to time during the Exercise Period, to the extent that Employee would have been entitled to do so, by the person or persons to whom Employee’s rights under the SAR pass by will or applicable law, or if no such person has such rights, by his executors or administrators.

(c) The SAR may not at any time be exercised in part with respect to fewer than the lesser of (i) fifty (50) Shares or (ii) the number of Shares which remain to be purchased pursuant to the SAR.

(d) No fractional Shares shall be issued pursuant to the SAR.

Section 2.04 Forfeiture of Unvested Balance of SAR . The unvested balance of the SAR, if any, shall be forfeited, and Employee’s rights in such unvested balance of the SAR shall lapse and expire, on the day immediately following the date when the Vesting Period expires.

Section 2.05 Expiration of SAR . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the SAR shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on the seventh anniversary of the Grant Date (“ Expiration Time ”).

Section 2.06 Withholding of Taxes . The Company shall be entitled to withhold or deduct from any compensation paid or distributed to Employee the minimum statutory amount required to satisfy all required local, state, federal, foreign and other taxes and any other amount required to be withheld by any governmental authority, including, without limitation, any amounts with respect to ordinary income recognized by Employee pursuant to the exercise of the SAR or any portion thereof. In satisfaction of the foregoing requirement, the Company shall reduce the Base Number of Shares otherwise distributable upon exercise of the SAR or any portion thereof by the number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the total minimum statutory amount of applicable tax required to be withheld or deducted as a result of such exercise.

ARTICLE 3

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.01 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation . The restrictive covenants set forth in Section 8.1 of the Employment Agreement (the “ Restrictive Covenants ”) shall be incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement, and Employee is hereby deemed to make, as of the date of this Agreement, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 9 of the Employment Agreement relating to such Restrictive Covenants.

 

5


Section 3.02 Limits on Transferability . The SAR may be transferred to a trust in which Employee or Employee’s spouse controls the management of the assets. With respect to the SAR, if transferred to a trust, references in this Agreement to exercisability related to such SAR shall be deemed to include such trust. No interest of Employee under the Plan shall be subject to attachment, execution, garnishment, sequestration, the laws of bankruptcy or any other legal or equitable process.

Section 3.03 Adjustments . If there is any change in the Shares by reason of any stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination or exchange of Shares, or of any similar change affecting the Shares, then the Committee will make appropriate and proportionate adjustments to the number and class of securities subject to the SAR, the Grant Price per Share, and any other terms of this Agreement (including relating to the Shares, other securities, cash or other consideration which may be acquired upon exercise of the SAR) that it deems necessary. Any adjustment so made shall be final and binding upon Employee.

Section 3.04 No Rights as Stockholder . Employee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to the SAR until the SAR or any portion thereof has been exercised and the Shares relating thereto have been issued and recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agent or registrars.

Section 3.05 Compliance with Law and Regulations . The SAR, its exercise and the obligation of the Company to issue Shares under this Agreement are subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, including those related to disclosure of financial and other information to Employee and to approvals by any government or regulatory agency as may be required. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates for Shares prior to (A) the listing of such Shares on any stock exchange on which the Shares may then be listed and (B) the completion of any registration or qualification of such Shares under any federal or state law, or any rule or regulation of any government body which the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; provided , however , that the issuance of the Shares or delivery of the certificates for Shares, as applicable, will occur upon the earliest date on which the Company reasonably anticipates that such actions will not cause a violation of any such federal or state law, rule or regulation.

Section 3.06 Certain Corporate Transactions . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement will in any way prohibit the Company from merging with or consolidating into another corporation or from selling or transferring all or substantially all of its assets, or from distributing all or substantially all of its assets to its stockholders in liquidation, or from dissolving and terminating its corporate existence, and if any such event constitutes a Change of Control, Section 2.02 shall apply.

Section 3.07 Investment Representation . Employee must, upon demand by the Company, promptly furnish the Company, prior to the issuance of any Shares upon the exercise of all or any part of the SAR, an agreement in which Employee represents that the Shares acquired upon exercise are being acquired for investment and not with a view

 

6


to the sale or distribution thereof. Upon such demand, delivery of such representation prior to the delivery of any Shares upon exercise of the SAR is a condition precedent to the right of Employee to acquire any Shares. The Company will have the right, at its election, to place legends on the certificates representing the Shares so being issued with respect to limitations on transferability imposed by federal and/or state laws, and the Company will have the right to issue “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent.

Section 3.08 Employee Bound By Plan . Employee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof. The Company hereby agrees to provide Employee with any amendments to the Plan which may be adopted prior to the Expiration Time specified in Section 2.05.

Section 3.09 Notices . Any notice hereunder to the Company must be addressed to: MGM MIRAGE, 3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109, Attention: 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Administrator, and any notice hereunder to Employee must be addressed to Employee at Employee’s last address on the records of the Company, subject to the right of either party to designate at any time hereafter in writing some other address. Any notice shall be deemed to have been duly given on personal delivery or three (3) days after being sent in a properly sealed envelope, addressed as set forth above, and deposited (with first class postage prepaid) in the United States mail.

Section 3.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Each party further agrees that an electronic, facsimile and/or digital signature or an online acceptance or acknowledgment will be accorded the full legal force and effect of a handwritten signature under Nevada law. Execution of this Agreement at different times and places by the parties shall not affect the validity hereof.

Section 3.11 Governing Law . The parties hereto agree that the validity, construction and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Nevada.

Section 3.12 Arbitration . Disputes relating to this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of the Employment Agreement.

Section 3.13 Variation of Pronouns . All pronouns and any variations thereof contained herein shall be deemed to refer to masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

Section 3.14 Severability . Any portion of this Agreement that is declared contrary to any law, regulation or is otherwise invalid, shall be deemed stricken without impairing the validity of the remainder of this Agreement.

 

7


Section 3.15 Non-Involvement of Certain Parties . Employee hereby agrees that if (A) there is any default or alleged default by the Company under this Agreement or (B) Employee has, or may have, any claim arising from or relating to the terms of this Agreement, Employee shall not commence any lawsuit or otherwise seek to impose any liability whatsoever against Kirk Kerkorian or Tracinda Corporation (“ Tracinda ”). Employee hereby further agrees that (X) neither Kirk Kerkorian nor Tracinda shall have any liability whatsoever with respect to this Agreement or any matters relating to or arising from this Agreement, (Y) Employee shall not assert or permit any party claiming through it to assert a claim or impose any liability against Kirk Kerkorian or Tracinda, either collectively or individually, as to any matter or thing arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or any alleged breach or default of this Agreement by the Company and (Z) neither Kirk Kerkorian nor Tracinda is a party to this Agreement or liable for any alleged breach or default of this Agreement by the Company.

[Signature page immediately follows.]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Employee have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

MGM MIRAGE
By:   /s/ Gary N. Jacobs
Name:   Gary N. Jacobs
Title:  

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel and Secretary

EMPLOYEE
/s/ James J. Murren
James J. Murren

 

9


Appendix A

Definitions

The following capitalized terms, as used in this Agreement, shall have the respective meanings set forth below, and this Appendix A shall be considered to be a part of this Agreement:

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Award ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Plan.

Base Number ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.01(b) of this Agreement.

Change of Control ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

COC Termination Right ” means, in accordance with Section 10.7 of the Employment Agreement, Employee’s right to terminate his active employment during the Employment Term for any reason in the event of a Change of Control; provided , that , Employee must provide the Company with thirty (30) days’ prior notice of such termination; and provided , further , that , such notice must be given by Employee to the Company no later than ninety (90) days following the Change of Control. Such notice may be provided to the Company prior to, and conditioned upon, the occurrence of a Change of Control.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Committee ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Continuing COC ” means a Change of Control (a) following which the Shares will be publicly traded or (b) in which a company whose common stock is publicly traded acquires control of the Company and replaces the then outstanding balance of the SAR with an equivalent stock appreciation right with respect to its common stock.

Discontinuing COC ” means a Change of Control (a) following which the Shares will no longer be publicly traded and (b) in the event that a company whose common stock is publicly traded acquires control of the Company, in which such acquirer does not replace the then outstanding balance of the SAR with an equivalent stock appreciation right with respect to its common stock.

Employee ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Employer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

App A-1


Employment Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Employment Term ” means the term of the Employment Agreement ending on April 7, 2013.

Exercise Period ” means the period commencing upon the Grant Date and ending upon the earliest of, as applicable:

 

  (1) the Expiration Time;

 

  (2) in the event of a termination of Employee’s active employment during the Employment Term (before a Change of Control or following a Continuing COC) by the Company without Employer’s Good Cause, by Employee for Employee’s Good Cause, by Employee pursuant to exercise of the COC Termination Right, or on account of death or Disability, the date that is two (2) years and ninety (90) days following the date of such termination (except that in the case of a termination due to Disability, such period will be measured from the commencement of the Disability);

 

  (3) in the event of a termination of Employee’s active employment during the Employment Term (before a Change of Control or following a Continuing COC) by the Company for Employer’s Good Cause or by Employee without Employee’s Good Cause, the date that is ninety (90) days following the date of such termination;

 

  (4) in the event that Employee violates the Restrictive Covenants (as incorporated in this Agreement by Section 3.01) during the Restrictive Period, the date that is ninety (90) days following the date upon which such violation occurred;

 

  (5) in the event of a termination of Employee’s active employment for any reason at or after the end of the Employment Term, the date that is ninety (90) days following such termination; and

 

  (6) the date of the occurrence of a Discontinuing COC.

Expiration Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05 of this Agreement.

Fair Market Value ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Plan.

Freestanding SAR ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Plan.

Grant Date ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Grant Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.01(a) of this Agreement.

 

App A-2


Parent ” means a parent corporation as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

Plan ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Restrictive Covenants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 of this Agreement.

Restrictive Period ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

SAR ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretative guidance issued thereunder.

Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Stock Appreciation Right ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Plan.

Subsidiary ” means a subsidiary corporation as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code or corporation or other entity, whether domestic or foreign, in which the Company has or obtains a proprietary interest of more than fifty percent (50%) by reason of stock ownership or otherwise.

Tracinda ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15 of this Agreement.

us ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Vesting Period ” means the period commencing upon the Grant Date and ending upon the earliest of, as applicable:

 

  (1) the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date;

 

  (2) in the event of a termination of Employee’s active employment during the Employment Term (before a Change of Control or following a Continuing COC) by the Company without Employer’s Good Cause, by Employee for Employee’s Good Cause, by Employee pursuant to exercise of the COC Termination Right, or on account of death or Disability, the date that is two (2) years following the date of such termination (except that in the case of a termination due to Disability, such two (2)-year period will be measured from the commencement of the Disability);

 

  (3)

in the event of a termination of Employee’s active employment during the Employment Term (before a Change of Control or following a Continuing COC) by the Company for Employer’s Good Cause or by Employee without Employee’s Good Cause, the date of such

 

App A-3


  termination;

 

  (4) in the event that Employee violates the Restrictive Covenants (as incorporated in this Agreement by Section 3.01) during the Restrictive Period, the date upon which such violation occurred; and

 

  (5) the date of the occurrence of a Discontinuing COC.

we ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

you ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

App A-4

EXHIBIT 10.5

EXECUTION COPY

MGM MIRAGE

TIME- AND PRICE-VESTING

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AGREEMENT

THIS TIME- AND PRICE-VESTING STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made effective as of April 6, 2009 (the “ Grant Date ”), between MGM MIRAGE, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ,” “ Employer ,” “ we ,” or “ us ”), and James J. Murren (“ Employee ” or “ you ”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ Employee and has entered, or will enter, into a new employment agreement with Employee embodying the terms of such employment arrangement, and the parties are entering into this Agreement in connection therewith (such employment agreement and, pending the effectiveness thereof, the Term Sheet dated April 6, 2009 are referred to herein as the “ Employment Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Company has established the MGM MIRAGE 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the “ Plan ”);

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to carry out the Plan (the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement);

WHEREAS, Article 7 of the Plan provides for the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Shares ”), pursuant to Stock Appreciation Right Awards;

WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) of the Board of Directors, appointed to administer the Plan, has determined that it would be to the advantage and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant to Employee a Freestanding SAR Award (the “ SAR ”) as provided for herein, as an inducement to Employee to provide services to the Company pursuant to the Employment Agreement; and the Committee has advised the Company thereof and instructed the undersigned officer to issue said SAR; and

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings set forth in Appendix A attached hereto, which is incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:


ARTICLE 1

AWARD OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT

Section 1.01 Award of SAR .

(a) For good and valuable consideration, on the Grant Date, the Company hereby grants to Employee the SAR with respect to an aggregate of five hundred thousand (500,000) Shares upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement. The grant price per Share underlying the SAR shall be $5.53 (the “ Grant Price ”), which is one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share (based on the reported closing price on the New York Stock Exchange) on the Grant Date.

(b) The SAR represents the right to receive from the Company, upon exercise of the SAR or any portion thereof, a number (the “ Base Number ”) of Shares whose aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise is equal to an amount determined by multiplying (i) the number of underlying Shares with respect to which the SAR or any portion thereof is being exercised, by (ii) the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise, over (B) the Grant Price.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the SAR granted under this Agreement is subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference; provided , however , that in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of the Plan, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

Section 1.02 Consideration to the Company .

(a) In consideration for the grant of the SAR provided for in this Agreement, Employee agrees to render services to the Company pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of the Employment Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Employee any right to continue in the service of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge Employee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to reduce or otherwise adversely affect the intended benefits conferred upon Employee by this Agreement or the Employment Agreement.

ARTICLE 2

VESTING AND EXERCISE

Section 2.01 Vesting of SAR . The SAR will vest and become exercisable in cumulative installments as follows, subject to Section 2.02 and Section 2.04:

(a) twenty-five percent (25%) of the SAR (equal to 125,000 Shares) will vest and become exercisable upon the later to occur of (i) the first anniversary of the

 

2


Grant Date and (ii) the attainment of a vesting price of Eight Dollars ($8.00) per Share (the “ Vesting Price ”);

(b) twenty-five percent (25%) of the SAR (equal to 125,000 Shares) will vest and become exercisable upon the later to occur of (i) the second anniversary of the Grant Date and (ii) the attainment of the Vesting Price;

(c) twenty-five percent (25%) of the SAR (equal to 125,000 Shares) will vest and become exercisable upon the later to occur of (i) the third anniversary of the Grant Date and (ii) the attainment of the Vesting Price; and

(d) twenty-five percent (25%) of the SAR (equal to 125,000 Shares) will vest and become exercisable upon the later to occur of (i) the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date and (ii) the attainment of the Vesting Price.

An installment of the SAR will not vest and become exercisable unless (i) the time-vesting date specified in this Section 2.01 with respect to such installment occurs, and the Vesting Price is attained, during the Vesting Period, and (ii) either Employee has continued active employment or service through such applicable time-vesting date or the Vesting Period was extended for two (2) years (pursuant to Clause (2) of the definition of “Vesting Period”). The Vesting Price will be attained if the average Fair Market Value of a Share (as determined based on the reported closing price of a Share on the New York Stock Exchange if the Shares are listed for trading on such exchange, or in the event the Shares are no longer listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as determined on a consistent basis by the Committee in its sole discretion) over any period of twenty (20) consecutive Trading Days within the Vesting Period equals or exceeds the Vesting Price (hereinafter described as “price-based vesting”).

Section 2.02 Change of Control .

(a) In the event Employee terminates his active employment during the Employment Term by exercising the COC Termination Right:

(i) time-based vesting with respect to the unvested balance of the SAR, if any, shall accelerate in full upon the date of termination of Employee’s active employment;

(ii) price-based vesting with respect to the otherwise unvested balance of the SAR, if any, shall continue for the remainder of the Vesting Period; and

(iii) the Restrictive Covenants incorporated herein by Section 3.01 shall not apply to Employee following the date of termination of his active employment.

(b) In the event of a Discontinuing COC, if the Exercise Period will not have expired prior to or as of the date of the occurrence of such Discontinuing COC, the SAR will terminate upon the occurrence of such Discontinuing COC, and:

 

3


(i) If Employee is currently actively employed by the Company during the Employment Term on the date of the occurrence of the Discontinuing COC, time-based vesting with respect to the unvested balance of the SAR, if any, will accelerate in full, and for purposes of price-based vesting the Vesting Period will be deemed to expire, immediately prior to the occurrence of such Discontinuing COC.

(ii) If Employee’s active employment was previously terminated during the Employment Term in circumstances as a result of which the Vesting Period was extended by two (2) years (pursuant to Clause (2) of the definition of “Vesting Period”), time-based vesting with respect to the balance of such two (2)-year extension, if any, will accelerate in full, and for purposes of price-based vesting the Vesting Period will be deemed to expire, immediately prior to the occurrence of the Discontinuing COC.

(iii) Where the Discontinuing COC results from an exchange of the Company’s outstanding Shares for securities or property other than cash, the Committee shall provide for:

(A) the purchase of the outstanding, vested balance of the SAR for an amount of cash equal to (I) the value of the consideration per Share to be paid by the purchaser in such Discontinuing COC, less the Grant Price, multiplied by (II) the number of Shares subject to the outstanding, vested balance of the SAR, net of applicable taxes; or

(B) the purchase of the outstanding, vested balance of the SAR for an amount of the same securities or property as are received, pursuant to the Discontinuing COC, by the stockholders of the Company with respect to their Shares, which amount has a value equal to (I) the value of the consideration per Share to be paid by the purchaser in such Discontinuing COC, less the Grant Price, multiplied by (II) the number of Shares subject to the outstanding, vested balance of the SAR, net of applicable taxes.

The cash due to Employee in connection with a purchase pursuant to clause (A) shall be paid in a lump sum within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of such Discontinuing COC. Any payment pursuant to clause (B) shall comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A.

(iv) Where the Discontinuing COC results from an exchange of the Company’s outstanding Shares for cash, the Committee shall provide for the purchase of the outstanding, vested balance of the SAR for an amount of cash equal to (A) the cash price per Share to be paid by the purchaser in such Discontinuing COC, less the Grant Price, multiplied by (B) the number of Shares subject to the outstanding, vested balance of the SAR being purchased, net of applicable taxes. The cash due to Employee in

 

4


connection with a purchase pursuant to this Section 2.02(b)(iv) shall be paid in a lump sum within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of such Discontinuing COC.

(c) Subject to Section 2.02(a), in the event of a Continuing COC, the unvested balance of the SAR (if any) will continue to vest, and the outstanding balance of the SAR (if any) will be subject to exercise, in each case as if such Continuing COC had not occurred.

Section 2.03 Exercise of SAR .

(a) The SAR, or any portion thereof, may be exercised only to the extent vested pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and only during the Exercise Period. In order to exercise the SAR or any portion thereof, Employee or any other person or persons entitled to exercise the SAR must give written notice to the Committee specifying the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR or any portion thereof is being exercised. Such notice must be received during the Exercise Period.

(b) If Employee’s employment with the Company and any Parent and Subsidiaries is terminated due to death, or if Employee dies during the Exercise Period following a termination of such employment, the SAR or a portion thereof may be exercised at any time or from time to time during the Exercise Period, to the extent that Employee would have been entitled to do so, by the person or persons to whom Employee’s rights under the SAR pass by will or applicable law, or if no such person has such rights, by his executors or administrators.

(c) The SAR may not at any time be exercised in part with respect to fewer than the lesser of (i) fifty (50) Shares or (ii) the number of Shares which remain to be purchased pursuant to the SAR.

(d) No fractional Shares shall be issued pursuant to the SAR.

Section 2.04 Forfeiture of Unvested Balance of SAR . The unvested balance of the SAR, if any, shall be forfeited, and Employee’s rights in such unvested balance of the SAR shall lapse and expire, on the day immediately following the date when the Vesting Period expires.

Section 2.05 Expiration of SAR . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the SAR shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on the seventh anniversary of the Grant Date (“ Expiration Time ”).

Section 2.06 Withholding of Taxes . The Company shall be entitled to withhold or deduct from any compensation paid or distributed to Employee the minimum statutory amount required to satisfy all required local, state, federal, foreign and other taxes and any other amount required to be withheld by any governmental authority, including, without limitation, any amounts with respect to ordinary income recognized by Employee pursuant to the exercise of the SAR or any portion thereof. In satisfaction of the foregoing requirement, the Company shall reduce the Base Number of Shares otherwise

 

5


distributable upon exercise of the SAR or any portion thereof by the number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the total minimum statutory amount of applicable tax required to be withheld or deducted as a result of such exercise.

ARTICLE 3

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.01 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation . The restrictive covenants set forth in Section 8.1 of the Employment Agreement (the “ Restrictive Covenants ”) shall be incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement, and Employee is hereby deemed to make, as of the date of this Agreement, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 9 of the Employment Agreement relating to such Restrictive Covenants.

Section 3.02 Limits on Transferability . The SAR may be transferred to a trust in which Employee or Employee’s spouse controls the management of the assets. With respect to the SAR, if transferred to a trust, references in this Agreement to exercisability related to such SAR shall be deemed to include such trust. No interest of Employee under the Plan shall be subject to attachment, execution, garnishment, sequestration, the laws of bankruptcy or any other legal or equitable process.

Section 3.03 Adjustments . If there is any change in the Shares by reason of any stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination or exchange of Shares, or of any similar change affecting the Shares, then the Committee will make appropriate and proportionate adjustments to the number and class of securities subject to the SAR, the Grant Price per Share, the Vesting Price, and any other terms of this Agreement (including relating to the Shares, other securities, cash or other consideration which may be acquired upon exercise of the SAR) that it deems necessary. Any adjustment so made shall be final and binding upon Employee.

Section 3.04 No Rights as Stockholder . Employee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to the SAR until the SAR or any portion thereof has been exercised and the Shares relating thereto have been issued and recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agent or registrars.

Section 3.05 Compliance with Law and Regulations . The SAR, its exercise and the obligation of the Company to issue Shares under this Agreement are subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, including those related to disclosure of financial and other information to Employee and to approvals by any government or regulatory agency as may be required. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates for Shares prior to (A) the listing of such Shares on any stock exchange on which the Shares may then be listed and (B) the completion of any registration or qualification of such Shares under any federal or state law, or any rule or regulation of any government body which the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; provided , however , that the issuance of the Shares or delivery of the certificates for Shares, as applicable, will occur upon the earliest date on which the Company reasonably anticipates that such actions will not cause a violation of any such federal or state law, rule or regulation.

 

6


Section 3.06 Certain Corporate Transactions . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement will in any way prohibit the Company from merging with or consolidating into another corporation or from selling or transferring all or substantially all of its assets, or from distributing all or substantially all of its assets to its stockholders in liquidation, or from dissolving and terminating its corporate existence, and if any such event constitutes a Change of Control, Section 2.02 shall apply.

Section 3.07 Investment Representation . Employee must, upon demand by the Company, promptly furnish the Company, prior to the issuance of any Shares upon the exercise of all or any part of the SAR, an agreement in which Employee represents that the Shares acquired upon exercise are being acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof. Upon such demand, delivery of such representation prior to the delivery of any Shares upon exercise of the SAR is a condition precedent to the right of Employee to acquire any Shares. The Company will have the right, at its election, to place legends on the certificates representing the Shares so being issued with respect to limitations on transferability imposed by federal and/or state laws, and the Company will have the right to issue “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent.

Section 3.08 Employee Bound By Plan . Employee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof. The Company hereby agrees to provide Employee with any amendments to the Plan which may be adopted prior to the Expiration Time specified in Section 2.05.

Section 3.09 Notices . Any notice hereunder to the Company must be addressed to: MGM MIRAGE, 3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109, Attention: 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Administrator, and any notice hereunder to Employee must be addressed to Employee at Employee’s last address on the records of the Company, subject to the right of either party to designate at any time hereafter in writing some other address. Any notice shall be deemed to have been duly given on personal delivery or three (3) days after being sent in a properly sealed envelope, addressed as set forth above, and deposited (with first class postage prepaid) in the United States mail.

Section 3.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Each party further agrees that an electronic, facsimile and/or digital signature or an online acceptance or acknowledgment will be accorded the full legal force and effect of a handwritten signature under Nevada law. Execution of this Agreement at different times and places by the parties shall not affect the validity hereof.

Section 3.11 Governing Law . The parties hereto agree that the validity, construction and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Nevada.

 

7


Section 3.12 Arbitration . Disputes relating to this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of the Employment Agreement.

Section 3.13 Variation of Pronouns . All pronouns and any variations thereof contained herein shall be deemed to refer to masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

Section 3.14 Severability . Any portion of this Agreement that is declared contrary to any law, regulation or is otherwise invalid, shall be deemed stricken without impairing the validity of the remainder of this Agreement.

Section 3.15 Non-Involvement of Certain Parties . Employee hereby agrees that if (A) there is any default or alleged default by the Company under this Agreement or (B) Employee has, or may have, any claim arising from or relating to the terms of this Agreement, Employee shall not commence any lawsuit or otherwise seek to impose any liability whatsoever against Kirk Kerkorian or Tracinda Corporation (“ Tracinda ”). Employee hereby further agrees that (X) neither Kirk Kerkorian nor Tracinda shall have any liability whatsoever with respect to this Agreement or any matters relating to or arising from this Agreement, (Y) Employee shall not assert or permit any party claiming through it to assert a claim or impose any liability against Kirk Kerkorian or Tracinda, either collectively or individually, as to any matter or thing arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or any alleged breach or default of this Agreement by the Company and (Z) neither Kirk Kerkorian nor Tracinda is a party to this Agreement or liable for any alleged breach or default of this Agreement by the Company.

[Signature page immediately follows.]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Employee have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

MGM MIRAGE
By:   /s/ Gary N. Jacobs
Name:   Gary N. Jacobs
Title:  

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel and Secretary

 

EMPLOYEE
/s/ James J. Murren
James J. Murren

 

9


Appendix A

Definitions

The following capitalized terms, as used in this Agreement, shall have the respective meanings set forth below, and this Appendix A shall be considered to be a part of this Agreement:

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Award ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Plan.

Base Number ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.01(b) of this Agreement.

Change of Control ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

COC Termination Right ” means, in accordance with Section 10.7 of the Employment Agreement, Employee’s right to terminate his active employment during the Employment Term for any reason in the event of a Change of Control; provided , that , Employee must provide the Company with thirty (30) days’ prior notice of such termination; and provided , further , that , such notice must be given by Employee to the Company no later than ninety (90) days following the Change of Control. Such notice may be provided to the Company prior to, and conditioned upon, the occurrence of a Change of Control.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Committee ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Continuing COC ” means a Change of Control (a) following which the Shares will be publicly traded or (b) in which a company whose common stock is publicly traded acquires control of the Company and replaces the then outstanding balance of the SAR with an equivalent stock appreciation right with respect to its common stock.

Discontinuing COC ” means a Change of Control (a) following which the Shares will no longer be publicly traded and (b) in the event that a company whose common stock is publicly traded acquires control of the Company, in which such acquirer does not replace the then outstanding balance of the SAR with an equivalent stock appreciation right with respect to its common stock.

Employee ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Employer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Employment Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

App A-1


Employment Term ” means the term of the Employment Agreement ending on April 7, 2013.

Exercise Period ” means the period commencing upon the Grant Date and ending upon the earliest of, as applicable:

 

  (1) the Expiration Time;

 

  (2) in the event of a termination of Employee’s active employment during the Employment Term (before a Change of Control or following a Continuing COC) by the Company without Employer’s Good Cause, by Employee for Employee’s Good Cause, by Employee pursuant to exercise of the COC Termination Right, or on account of death or Disability, the date that is two (2) years and ninety (90) days following the date of such termination (except that in the case of a termination due to Disability, such period will be measured from the commencement of the Disability);

 

  (3) in the event of a termination of Employee’s active employment during the Employment Term (before a Change of Control or following a Continuing COC) by the Company for Employer’s Good Cause or by Employee without Employee’s Good Cause, the date that is ninety (90) days following the date of such termination;

 

  (4) in the event that Employee violates the Restrictive Covenants (as incorporated in this Agreement by Section 3.01) during the Restrictive Period, the date that is ninety (90) days following the date upon which such violation occurred;

 

  (5) in the event of a termination of Employee’s active employment for any reason at or after the end of the Employment Term, the date that is ninety (90) days following such termination; and

 

  (6) the date of the occurrence of a Discontinuing COC.

Expiration Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05 of this Agreement.

Fair Market Value ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Plan.

Freestanding SAR ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Plan.

Grant Date ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Grant Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.01(a) of this Agreement.

Parent ” means a parent corporation as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

Plan ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

App A-2


Restrictive Covenants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 of this Agreement.

Restrictive Period ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

SAR ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretative guidance issued thereunder.

Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Stock Appreciation Right ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Plan.

Subsidiary ” means a subsidiary corporation as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code or corporation or other entity, whether domestic or foreign, in which the Company has or obtains a proprietary interest of more than fifty percent (50%) by reason of stock ownership or otherwise.

Tracinda ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15 of this Agreement.

Trading Day ” means a day during which (i) trading in securities generally occurs on the New York Stock Exchange or other established stock exchange (or exchanges) on which the Shares are listed for trading and (ii) selling prices for a Share are reported.

us ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Vesting Period ” means the period commencing upon the Grant Date and ending upon the earliest of, as applicable:

 

  (1) the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date;

 

  (2) in the event of a termination of Employee’s active employment during the Employment Term (before a Change of Control or following a Continuing COC) by the Company without Employer’s Good Cause, by Employee for Employee’s Good Cause, by Employee pursuant to exercise of the COC Termination Right, or on account of death or Disability, the date that is two (2) years following the date of such termination (except that in the case of a termination due to Disability, such two (2)-year period will be measured from the commencement of the Disability);

 

  (3) in the event of a termination of Employee’s active employment during the Employment Term (before a Change of Control or following a Continuing COC) by the Company for Employer’s Good Cause or by Employee without Employee’s Good Cause, the date of such termination;

 

App A-3


  (4) in the event that Employee violates the Restrictive Covenants (as incorporated in this Agreement by Section 3.01) during the Restrictive Period, the date upon which such violation occurred; and

 

  (5) the date of the occurrence of a Discontinuing COC.

Vesting Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a) of this Agreement.

we ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

you ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

App A-4

EXHIBIT 10.6

EXECUTION COPY

MGM MIRAGE

TIME- AND PRICE-VESTING

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AGREEMENT

THIS TIME- AND PRICE-VESTING STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made effective as of April 6, 2009 (the “ Grant Date ”), between MGM MIRAGE, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ,” “ Employer ,” “ we ,” or “ us ”), and James J. Murren (“ Employee ” or “ you ”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to employ Employee and has entered, or will enter, into a new employment agreement with Employee embodying the terms of such employment arrangement, and the parties are entering into this Agreement in connection therewith (such employment agreement and, pending the effectiveness thereof, the Term Sheet dated April 6, 2009 are referred to herein as the “ Employment Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Company has established the MGM MIRAGE 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the “ Plan ”);

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to carry out the Plan (the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement);

WHEREAS, Article 7 of the Plan provides for the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Shares ”), pursuant to Stock Appreciation Right Awards;

WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) of the Board of Directors, appointed to administer the Plan, has determined that it would be to the advantage and in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant to Employee a Freestanding SAR Award (the “ SAR ”) as provided for herein, as an inducement to Employee to provide services to the Company pursuant to the Employment Agreement; and the Committee has advised the Company thereof and instructed the undersigned officer to issue said SAR; and

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings set forth in Appendix A attached hereto, which is incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:


ARTICLE 1

AWARD OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT

Section 1.01 Award of SAR .

(a) For good and valuable consideration, on the Grant Date, the Company hereby grants to Employee the SAR with respect to an aggregate of five hundred thousand (500,000) Shares upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement. The grant price per Share underlying the SAR shall be $5.53 (the “ Grant Price ”), which is one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share (based on the reported closing price on the New York Stock Exchange) on the Grant Date.

(b) The SAR represents the right to receive from the Company, upon exercise of the SAR or any portion thereof, a number (the “ Base Number ”) of Shares whose aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise is equal to an amount determined by multiplying (i) the number of underlying Shares with respect to which the SAR or any portion thereof is being exercised, by (ii) the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise, over (B) the Grant Price.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the SAR granted under this Agreement is subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference; provided , however , that in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of the Plan, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

Section 1.02 Consideration to the Company .

(a) In consideration for the grant of the SAR provided for in this Agreement, Employee agrees to render services to the Company pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of the Employment Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Employee any right to continue in the service of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, which are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge Employee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to reduce or otherwise adversely affect the intended benefits conferred upon Employee by this Agreement or the Employment Agreement.

ARTICLE 2

VESTING AND EXERCISE

Section 2.01 Vesting of SAR . The SAR will vest and become exercisable in cumulative installments as follows, subject to Section 2.02 and Section 2.04:

(a) twenty-five percent (25%) of the SAR (equal to 125,000 Shares) will vest and become exercisable upon the later to occur of (i) the first anniversary of the

 

2


Grant Date and (ii) the attainment of a vesting price of Seventeen Dollars ($17.00) per Share (the “ Vesting Price ”);

(b) twenty-five percent (25%) of the SAR (equal to 125,000 Shares) will vest and become exercisable upon the later to occur of (i) the second anniversary of the Grant Date and (ii) the attainment of the Vesting Price;

(c) twenty-five percent (25%) of the SAR (equal to 125,000 Shares) will vest and become exercisable upon the later to occur of (i) the third anniversary of the Grant Date and (ii) the attainment of the Vesting Price; and

(d) twenty-five percent (25%) of the SAR (equal to 125,000 Shares) will vest and become exercisable upon the later to occur of (i) the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date and (ii) the attainment of the Vesting Price.

An installment of the SAR will not vest and become exercisable unless (i) the time-vesting date specified in this Section 2.01 with respect to such installment occurs, and the Vesting Price is attained, during the Vesting Period, and (ii) either Employee has continued active employment or service through such applicable time-vesting date or the Vesting Period was extended for two (2) years (pursuant to Clause (2) of the definition of “Vesting Period”). The Vesting Price will be attained if the average Fair Market Value of a Share (as determined based on the reported closing price of a Share on the New York Stock Exchange if the Shares are listed for trading on such exchange, or in the event the Shares are no longer listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as determined on a consistent basis by the Committee in its sole discretion) over any period of twenty (20) consecutive Trading Days within the Vesting Period equals or exceeds the Vesting Price (hereinafter described as “price-based vesting”).

Section 2.02 Change of Control .

(a) In the event Employee terminates his active employment during the Employment Term by exercising the COC Termination Right:

(i) time-based vesting with respect to the unvested balance of the SAR, if any, shall accelerate in full upon the date of termination of Employee’s active employment;

(ii) price-based vesting with respect to the otherwise unvested balance of the SAR, if any, shall continue for the remainder of the Vesting Period; and

(iii) the Restrictive Covenants incorporated herein by Section 3.01 shall not apply to Employee following the date of termination of his active employment.

(b) In the event of a Discontinuing COC, if the Exercise Period will not have expired prior to or as of the date of the occurrence of such Discontinuing COC, the SAR will terminate upon the occurrence of such Discontinuing COC, and:

 

3


(i) If Employee is currently actively employed by the Company during the Employment Term on the date of the occurrence of the Discontinuing COC, time-based vesting with respect to the unvested balance of the SAR, if any, will accelerate in full, and for purposes of price-based vesting the Vesting Period will be deemed to expire, immediately prior to the occurrence of such Discontinuing COC.

(ii) If Employee’s active employment was previously terminated during the Employment Term in circumstances as a result of which the Vesting Period was extended by two (2) years (pursuant to Clause (2) of the definition of “Vesting Period”), time-based vesting with respect to the balance of such two (2)-year extension, if any, will accelerate in full, and for purposes of price-based vesting the Vesting Period will be deemed to expire, immediately prior to the occurrence of the Discontinuing COC.

(iii) Where the Discontinuing COC results from an exchange of the Company’s outstanding Shares for securities or property other than cash, the Committee shall provide for:

(A) the purchase of the outstanding, vested balance of the SAR for an amount of cash equal to (I) the value of the consideration per Share to be paid by the purchaser in such Discontinuing COC, less the Grant Price, multiplied by (II) the number of Shares subject to the outstanding, vested balance of the SAR, net of applicable taxes; or

(B) the purchase of the outstanding, vested balance of the SAR for an amount of the same securities or property as are received, pursuant to the Discontinuing COC, by the stockholders of the Company with respect to their Shares, which amount has a value equal to (I) the value of the consideration per Share to be paid by the purchaser in such Discontinuing COC, less the Grant Price, multiplied by (II) the number of Shares subject to the outstanding, vested balance of the SAR, net of applicable taxes.

The cash due to Employee in connection with a purchase pursuant to clause (A) shall be paid in a lump sum within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of such Discontinuing COC. Any payment pursuant to clause (B) shall comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A.

(iv) Where the Discontinuing COC results from an exchange of the Company’s outstanding Shares for cash, the Committee shall provide for the purchase of the outstanding, vested balance of the SAR for an amount of cash equal to (A) the cash price per Share to be paid by the purchaser in such Discontinuing COC, less the Grant Price, multiplied by (B) the number of Shares subject to the outstanding, vested balance of the SAR being purchased, net of applicable taxes. The cash due to Employee in

 

4


connection with a purchase pursuant to this Section 2.02(b)(iv) shall be paid in a lump sum within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of such Discontinuing COC.

(c) Subject to Section 2.02(a), in the event of a Continuing COC, the unvested balance of the SAR (if any) will continue to vest, and the outstanding balance of the SAR (if any) will be subject to exercise, in each case as if such Continuing COC had not occurred.

Section 2.03 Exercise of SAR .

(a) The SAR, or any portion thereof, may be exercised only to the extent vested pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and only during the Exercise Period. In order to exercise the SAR or any portion thereof, Employee or any other person or persons entitled to exercise the SAR must give written notice to the Committee specifying the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR or any portion thereof is being exercised. Such notice must be received during the Exercise Period.

(b) If Employee’s employment with the Company and any Parent and Subsidiaries is terminated due to death, or if Employee dies during the Exercise Period following a termination of such employment, the SAR or a portion thereof may be exercised at any time or from time to time during the Exercise Period, to the extent that Employee would have been entitled to do so, by the person or persons to whom Employee’s rights under the SAR pass by will or applicable law, or if no such person has such rights, by his executors or administrators.

(c) The SAR may not at any time be exercised in part with respect to fewer than the lesser of (i) fifty (50) Shares or (ii) the number of Shares which remain to be purchased pursuant to the SAR.

(d) No fractional Shares shall be issued pursuant to the SAR.

Section 2.04 Forfeiture of Unvested Balance of SAR . The unvested balance of the SAR, if any, shall be forfeited, and Employee’s rights in such unvested balance of the SAR shall lapse and expire, on the day immediately following the date when the Vesting Period expires.

Section 2.05 Expiration of SAR . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the SAR shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Pacific Time, on the seventh anniversary of the Grant Date (“ Expiration Time ”).

Section 2.06 Withholding of Taxes . The Company shall be entitled to withhold or deduct from any compensation paid or distributed to Employee the minimum statutory amount required to satisfy all required local, state, federal, foreign and other taxes and any other amount required to be withheld by any governmental authority, including, without limitation, any amounts with respect to ordinary income recognized by Employee pursuant to the exercise of the SAR or any portion thereof. In satisfaction of the foregoing requirement, the Company shall reduce the Base Number of Shares otherwise

 

5


distributable upon exercise of the SAR or any portion thereof by the number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the total minimum statutory amount of applicable tax required to be withheld or deducted as a result of such exercise.

ARTICLE 3

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.01 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation . The restrictive covenants set forth in Section 8.1 of the Employment Agreement (the “ Restrictive Covenants ”) shall be incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement, and Employee is hereby deemed to make, as of the date of this Agreement, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 9 of the Employment Agreement relating to such Restrictive Covenants.

Section 3.02 Limits on Transferability . The SAR may be transferred to a trust in which Employee or Employee’s spouse controls the management of the assets. With respect to the SAR, if transferred to a trust, references in this Agreement to exercisability related to such SAR shall be deemed to include such trust. No interest of Employee under the Plan shall be subject to attachment, execution, garnishment, sequestration, the laws of bankruptcy or any other legal or equitable process.

Section 3.03 Adjustments . If there is any change in the Shares by reason of any stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination or exchange of Shares, or of any similar change affecting the Shares, then the Committee will make appropriate and proportionate adjustments to the number and class of securities subject to the SAR, the Grant Price per Share, the Vesting Price, and any other terms of this Agreement (including relating to the Shares, other securities, cash or other consideration which may be acquired upon exercise of the SAR) that it deems necessary. Any adjustment so made shall be final and binding upon Employee.

Section 3.04 No Rights as Stockholder . Employee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to the SAR until the SAR or any portion thereof has been exercised and the Shares relating thereto have been issued and recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agent or registrars.

Section 3.05 Compliance with Law and Regulations . The SAR, its exercise and the obligation of the Company to issue Shares under this Agreement are subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, including those related to disclosure of financial and other information to Employee and to approvals by any government or regulatory agency as may be required. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates for Shares prior to (A) the listing of such Shares on any stock exchange on which the Shares may then be listed and (B) the completion of any registration or qualification of such Shares under any federal or state law, or any rule or regulation of any government body which the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; provided , however , that the issuance of the Shares or delivery of the certificates for Shares, as applicable, will occur upon the earliest date on which the Company reasonably anticipates that such actions will not cause a violation of any such federal or state law, rule or regulation.

 

6


Section 3.06 Certain Corporate Transactions . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement will in any way prohibit the Company from merging with or consolidating into another corporation or from selling or transferring all or substantially all of its assets, or from distributing all or substantially all of its assets to its stockholders in liquidation, or from dissolving and terminating its corporate existence, and if any such event constitutes a Change of Control, Section 2.02 shall apply.

Section 3.07 Investment Representation . Employee must, upon demand by the Company, promptly furnish the Company, prior to the issuance of any Shares upon the exercise of all or any part of the SAR, an agreement in which Employee represents that the Shares acquired upon exercise are being acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof. Upon such demand, delivery of such representation prior to the delivery of any Shares upon exercise of the SAR is a condition precedent to the right of Employee to acquire any Shares. The Company will have the right, at its election, to place legends on the certificates representing the Shares so being issued with respect to limitations on transferability imposed by federal and/or state laws, and the Company will have the right to issue “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent.

Section 3.08 Employee Bound By Plan . Employee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof. The Company hereby agrees to provide Employee with any amendments to the Plan which may be adopted prior to the Expiration Time specified in Section 2.05.

Section 3.09 Notices . Any notice hereunder to the Company must be addressed to: MGM MIRAGE, 3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109, Attention: 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Administrator, and any notice hereunder to Employee must be addressed to Employee at Employee’s last address on the records of the Company, subject to the right of either party to designate at any time hereafter in writing some other address. Any notice shall be deemed to have been duly given on personal delivery or three (3) days after being sent in a properly sealed envelope, addressed as set forth above, and deposited (with first class postage prepaid) in the United States mail.

Section 3.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Each party further agrees that an electronic, facsimile and/or digital signature or an online acceptance or acknowledgment will be accorded the full legal force and effect of a handwritten signature under Nevada law. Execution of this Agreement at different times and places by the parties shall not affect the validity hereof.

Section 3.11 Governing Law . The parties hereto agree that the validity, construction and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Nevada.

 

7


Section 3.12 Arbitration . Disputes relating to this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of the Employment Agreement.

Section 3.13 Variation of Pronouns . All pronouns and any variations thereof contained herein shall be deemed to refer to masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

Section 3.14 Severability . Any portion of this Agreement that is declared contrary to any law, regulation or is otherwise invalid, shall be deemed stricken without impairing the validity of the remainder of this Agreement.

Section 3.15 Non-Involvement of Certain Parties . Employee hereby agrees that if (A) there is any default or alleged default by the Company under this Agreement or (B) Employee has, or may have, any claim arising from or relating to the terms of this Agreement, Employee shall not commence any lawsuit or otherwise seek to impose any liability whatsoever against Kirk Kerkorian or Tracinda Corporation (“ Tracinda ”). Employee hereby further agrees that (X) neither Kirk Kerkorian nor Tracinda shall have any liability whatsoever with respect to this Agreement or any matters relating to or arising from this Agreement, (Y) Employee shall not assert or permit any party claiming through it to assert a claim or impose any liability against Kirk Kerkorian or Tracinda, either collectively or individually, as to any matter or thing arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or any alleged breach or default of this Agreement by the Company and (Z) neither Kirk Kerkorian nor Tracinda is a party to this Agreement or liable for any alleged breach or default of this Agreement by the Company.

[Signature page immediately follows.]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Employee have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

MGM MIRAGE
By:   /s/ Gary N. Jacobs
Name:   Gary N. Jacobs
Title:  

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel and Secretary

 

EMPLOYEE
/s/ James J. Murren
James J. Murren

 

9


Appendix A

Definitions

The following capitalized terms, as used in this Agreement, shall have the respective meanings set forth below, and this Appendix A shall be considered to be a part of this Agreement:

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Award ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Plan.

Base Number ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.01(b) of this Agreement.

Change of Control ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

COC Termination Right ” means, in accordance with Section 10.7 of the Employment Agreement, Employee’s right to terminate his active employment during the Employment Term for any reason in the event of a Change of Control; provided , that , Employee must provide the Company with thirty (30) days’ prior notice of such termination; and provided , further , that , such notice must be given by Employee to the Company no later than ninety (90) days following the Change of Control. Such notice may be provided to the Company prior to, and conditioned upon, the occurrence of a Change of Control.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Committee ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Continuing COC ” means a Change of Control (a) following which the Shares will be publicly traded or (b) in which a company whose common stock is publicly traded acquires control of the Company and replaces the then outstanding balance of the SAR with an equivalent stock appreciation right with respect to its common stock.

Discontinuing COC ” means a Change of Control (a) following which the Shares will no longer be publicly traded and (b) in the event that a company whose common stock is publicly traded acquires control of the Company, in which such acquirer does not replace the then outstanding balance of the SAR with an equivalent stock appreciation right with respect to its common stock.

Employee ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Employer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Employment Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

App A-1


Employment Term ” means the term of the Employment Agreement ending on April 7, 2013.

Exercise Period ” means the period commencing upon the Grant Date and ending upon the earliest of, as applicable:

 

  (1) the Expiration Time;

 

  (2) in the event of a termination of Employee’s active employment during the Employment Term (before a Change of Control or following a Continuing COC) by the Company without Employer’s Good Cause, by Employee for Employee’s Good Cause, by Employee pursuant to exercise of the COC Termination Right, or on account of death or Disability, the date that is two (2) years and ninety (90) days following the date of such termination (except that in the case of a termination due to Disability, such period will be measured from the commencement of the Disability);

 

  (3) in the event of a termination of Employee’s active employment during the Employment Term (before a Change of Control or following a Continuing COC) by the Company for Employer’s Good Cause or by Employee without Employee’s Good Cause, the date that is ninety (90) days following the date of such termination;

 

  (4) in the event that Employee violates the Restrictive Covenants (as incorporated in this Agreement by Section 3.01) during the Restrictive Period, the date that is ninety (90) days following the date upon which such violation occurred;

 

  (5) in the event of a termination of Employee’s active employment for any reason at or after the end of the Employment Term, the date that is ninety (90) days following such termination; and

 

  (6) the date of the occurrence of a Discontinuing COC.

Expiration Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05 of this Agreement.

Fair Market Value ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Plan.

Freestanding SAR ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Plan.

Grant Date ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Grant Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.01(a) of this Agreement.

Parent ” means a parent corporation as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

Plan ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

App A-2


Restrictive Covenants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 of this Agreement.

Restrictive Period ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

SAR ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretative guidance issued thereunder.

Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Stock Appreciation Right ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Plan.

Subsidiary ” means a subsidiary corporation as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code or corporation or other entity, whether domestic or foreign, in which the Company has or obtains a proprietary interest of more than fifty percent (50%) by reason of stock ownership or otherwise.

Tracinda ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15 of this Agreement.

Trading Day ” means a day during which (i) trading in securities generally occurs on the New York Stock Exchange or other established stock exchange (or exchanges) on which the Shares are listed for trading and (ii) selling prices for a Share are reported.

us ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Vesting Period ” means the period commencing upon the Grant Date and ending upon the earliest of, as applicable:

 

  (1) the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date;

 

  (2) in the event of a termination of Employee’s active employment during the Employment Term (before a Change of Control or following a Continuing COC) by the Company without Employer’s Good Cause, by Employee for Employee’s Good Cause, by Employee pursuant to exercise of the COC Termination Right, or on account of death or Disability, the date that is two (2) years following the date of such termination (except that in the case of a termination due to Disability, such two (2)-year period will be measured from the commencement of the Disability);

 

  (3) in the event of a termination of Employee’s active employment during the Employment Term (before a Change of Control or following a Continuing COC) by the Company for Employer’s Good Cause or by Employee without Employee’s Good Cause, the date of such termination;

 

App A-3


  (4) in the event that Employee violates the Restrictive Covenants (as incorporated in this Agreement by Section 3.01) during the Restrictive Period, the date upon which such violation occurred; and

 

  (5) the date of the occurrence of a Discontinuing COC.

Vesting Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a) of this Agreement.

we ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

you ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

App A-4

EXHIBIT 10.7

AMENDMENT TO MGM MIRAGE STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT

AGREEMENT

This Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of June 30, 2011, between James J. Murren (the “ Employee ”) and MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, on April 6, 2009 the Company granted a SAR (as defined in the April 6, 2009 Time SAR Agreement, the April 6, 2009 Time and Price ($8) SAR Agreement or the April 6, 2009 Time and Price ($17) SAR Agreement (each, as defined below), as applicable) to the Employee under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Incentive Plan ”) and a Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (the “ April 6, 2009 Time SAR Agreement ,” the “ April 6, 2009 Time and Price ($8) SAR Agreement ” or the “ April 6, 2009 Time and Price ($17) SAR Agreement ,” as applicable, and collectively, the “ SAR Agreements ”);

WHEREAS, on the date of grant of the SARs, the Employee entered into that certain Employment Agreement by and between MGM Mirage and the Employee (the “ Employment Agreement ”) which references the SARs;

WHEREAS, the Company has determined to clarify the meaning of certain capitalized terms which are used but not expressly defined in the SAR Agreements; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee desire to include definitions by reference to the Employment Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the SAR Agreements as follows:

1. Appendix A of the SAR Agreements is hereby amended by adding the following definitions:

‘“ Disability ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

Employee’s Good Cause ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

Employer’s Good Cause ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.’

2. Except as specifically amended hereby, the SAR Agreements shall remain in full force and effect as originally executed.

3. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Stock Appreciation Right Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
By:   /s/ John M. McManus
  Name:   John M. McManus
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel & Secretary

A MENDMENT TO JAMES J . MURREN SAR A GREEMENTS COVERING A PRIL  6, 2009 SAR GRANTS

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Stock Appreciation Right Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

/s/ James J. Murren
James J. Murren

A MENDMENT TO JAMES J . MURREN SAR A GREEMENTS COVERING A PRIL  6, 2009 SAR GRANTS

 

EXHIBIT 10.8

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL

AMENDED AND RESTATED FREESTANDING STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT

AGREEMENT

 

 

 

No. of shares subject to the SAR: 262,500    SAR No.                                   

This Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made by and between MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and James J. Murren (the “Participant”) as of October 4, 2010, and amended and restated as of April 8, 2011.

RECITALS

A. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has adopted the MGM MIRAGE 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which provides for the granting of awards, including SARs (as that term is defined in Section 1 below) to selected employees.

B. The Board believes that the grant of SARs will stimulate the interest of selected employees in, and strengthen their desire to remain with, the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary (as those terms are hereinafter defined).

C. The Compensation Committee appointed to administer the Plan (the “Committee”) authorized the grant of an SAR to Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement as of October 4, 2010.

D. On April 8, 2011, the Committee authorized amendments to the SARs, set forth in this Agreement, to reflect the Committee’s original intent that the SARs include certain rights upon termination of employment.

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

1.1 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.2 “Disability” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

1.3 “Employee’s Good Cause” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

1.4 “Employer’s Good Cause” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

 

1


1.5 “Employment Agreement” means the employment agreement, dated as of April 6, 2009, by and between the Participant and the Company.

1.6 “Parent” means a parent corporation as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

1.7 “Restrictive Covenants” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11 of this Agreement.

1.8 “Restrictive Period” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

1.9 “SAR” means a Stock Appreciation Right that is granted independently of any Option pursuant to the Plan.

1.10 “Stock” means the Company’s common stock, $.01 par value per share.

1.11 “Stock Appreciation Right” means an award pursuant to the Plan to be settled in Stock, with the number of shares to be delivered based upon the increase in value of the underlying Stock, granted in tandem with or independently of an option granted under the Plan.

1.12 “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary corporation as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code or corporation or other entity, whether domestic or foreign, in which the Company has or obtains a proprietary interest of more than 50 percent by reason of stock ownership or otherwise.

2. Grant to Participant .

2.1 On October 4, 2010, the Company granted to the Participant a SAR with respect to an aggregate of 262,500 shares of Stock, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement of the same date. This SAR consists of the right to receive, upon exercise of the SAR (or any portion thereof), shares of Stock in an amount whose Fair Market Value (as defined in the Plan) is equal to the excess of (X) the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date or dates upon which the Participant exercises this SAR, or any portion thereof, over (Y) the Conversion Price (as that term is hereinafter defined) of such shares. That number of shares shall be reduced by the number of shares of Stock whose Fair Market Value is equal to the amount of tax required to be withheld by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary as a result of the grant or exercise of this SAR. No fractional shares shall be issued pursuant to this SAR.

2.2 The conversion price per share for this SAR shall be: $11.36, the Fair Market Value on the date of grant (the “Conversion Price”).

3. Terms and Conditions .

3.1 Exercisability . The SAR evidenced hereby is subject to the terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement (including extensions, renewals, amendments and

 

2


successors thereto if the provisions relating to SARs are not modified (and if modified, such modifications shall only apply to SARs granted concurrently with or after the date of such modification, and the existing agreement shall govern the SAR evidenced hereby)) as it relates to all terms except: the Conversion Price; the number of shares determined in Section 2.1 above; and the expiration date defined in this section. If the Employment Agreement is silent as to the terms and conditions in this Section 3, the SAR evidenced hereby is subject to the following terms and conditions:

A. Expiration Date . The SAR shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Pacific Standard Time on October 4, 2017 or such earlier time as may be required by the Plan or this Agreement if the Participant’s employment with the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary is terminated.

B. Exercise of SAR . In order to exercise this SAR, to the extent it is exercisable, the Participant or any other person or persons entitled to exercise this SAR shall give written notice to the Committee specifying the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is being exercised, which notice must be received while this SAR is still exercisable. Subject to Section 3.3.A, this SAR is not exercisable until the Participant has performed services for the Company or for a Parent or Subsidiary for a period ending on the date specified in clause (i) below. Thereafter, subject to Section 3.3.A, this SAR shall be exercisable in cumulative installments as follows:

(i) The first installment shall consist of 25 percent of the shares subject to this SAR and shall become exercisable on October 4, 2011 (the “Initial Exercise Date”).

(ii) The second installment shall consist of 25 percent of the shares subject to this SAR and shall become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Initial Exercise Date.

(iii) The third installment shall consist of 25 percent of the shares subject to this SAR and shall become exercisable on the second anniversary of the Initial Exercise Date.

(iv) The fourth installment shall consist of 25 percent of the shares subject to this SAR and shall become exercisable on the third anniversary of the Initial Exercise Date.

3.2 Unexercised Portion of SAR . The unexercised portion of this SAR may not be exercised after the Participant terminates employment with the Company, its Parent and Subsidiaries, except as otherwise provided in Section 3.3 below; provided, however that this SAR may not at any time be exercised in part with respect to fewer than the lesser of (i) 50 shares or (ii) the number of shares which remain to be purchased pursuant to this SAR.

3.3 Additional Vesting and Exercise Period Upon Termination of Employment .

A. Additional Vesting . In the event of a termination of Participant’s active employment by the Company without Employer’s Good Cause, by the Participant for

 

3


Employee’s Good Cause, or on account of death or Disability, this SAR will remain eligible to become exercisable in accordance with the schedule set forth in paragraph 3.1.B. of this Agreement until the earlier of (i) the date that is two (2) years following the date of such termination (except that in the case of a termination due to Disability, such two (2)-year period will be measured from the commencement of the Disability), (ii) in the event that Participant violates the Restrictive Covenants (as incorporated in this Agreement by Section 3.11) during the Restrictive Period, the date upon which such violation occurred and (iii) the third anniversary of the Initial Exercise Date.

B. Exercise Upon or Following Termination . In the event of a termination of the Participant’s active employment by the Company without Employer’s Good Cause, by the Participant for Employee’s Good Cause, or on account of death or Disability, in each case, on or before the third anniversary of the Initial Exercise Date, this SAR may be exercised, to the extent that the Participant was entitled to do so at the date of termination of employment or as a result of the application of paragraph 3.3.A of this Agreement, by the Participant (or the person or persons to whom Participant’s rights under this SAR pass by will or applicable law, or if no such person has such rights, by his executors or administrators, in each case, to the extent applicable), at any time, or from time to time, until the earlier of (i) the date that is two (2) years and ninety (90) days following the date of such termination (except that in the case of a termination due to Disability, such period will be measured from the commencement of the Disability), (ii) in the event that Participant violates the Restrictive Covenants (as incorporated in this Agreement by Section 3.11) during the Restrictive Period, the date that is ninety (90) days following the date upon which such violation occurred and (iii) the expiration date specified in Section 3.1.A of this Agreement. In the event of a termination of the Participant’s active employment by the Company, its Parent and Subsidiaries for any reason other than as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence (including, without limitation, termination of active employment for any reason after the third anniversary of the Initial Exercise Date), the Participant may exercise this SAR, to the extent Participant was entitled to do so at the date of termination of employment, at any time or from time to time, within three (3) months after the date of termination of employment (or, if the Participant dies within three months of such a termination of employment, the person or persons to whom the Participant’s rights under this SAR pass by will or applicable law, or if no such person has such rights, by his executors or administrators, in each case, to the extent applicable, may exercise this SAR, at any time or from time to time, within one (1) year after the date of such termination of employment), but in no event later than the expiration date specified in Section 3.1.A of this Agreement.

3.4 Committee Discretion . The Committee, in its discretion, may accelerate the exercisability of the balance, or some lesser portion, of the Participant’s unexercisable SAR at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and in accordance with any written agreement between the Participant and the Company. If so accelerated, this SAR will be considered as exercisable as of the date specified by the Committee or an applicable written agreement.

3.5 Limits on Transferability . This SAR may be transferred to a trust in which the Participant or the Participant’s spouse control the management of the assets. With respect to a SAR, if any that has been transferred to a trust, references in this Agreement to exercisability related to such SAR shall be deemed to include such trust. No interest of Participant under the Plan shall be subject to attachment, execution, garnishment, sequestration, the laws of bankruptcy or any other legal or equitable process.

 

4


3.6 Adjustments . If there is any change in the Stock by reason of any stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination or exchange of shares of Stock, or of any similar change affecting the Stock, the number and class of securities subject to this SAR, the Conversion Price per share, and any other terms of this Agreement then the Committee will make appropriate and proportionate adjustments (including relating to the Stock, other securities, cash or other consideration which may be acquired upon exercise of this SAR) that it deems necessary. Any adjustment so made shall be final and binding upon the Participant.

3.7 No Rights as Stockholder . Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Stock subject to this SAR until the SAR has been exercised and shares of Stock relating thereto have been issued and recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agent or registrars.

3.8 No Right to Continued Performance of Services . This SAR shall not confer upon the Participant any right to continue to be employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary nor may it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary for which Participant performs services to terminate Participant’s employment at any time.

3.9 Compliance With Law and Regulations . This SAR, its exercise and the obligation of the Company to issue shares of Stock under this Agreement are subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, including those related to disclosure of financial and other information to the Participant and to approvals by any government or regulatory agency as may be required. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates for shares of Stock prior to (A) the listing of such shares on any stock exchange on which the Stock may then be listed and (B) the completion of any registration or qualification of such shares under any federal or state law, or any rule or regulation of any government body which the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable.

3.10 Certain Corporation Transactions . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement will in any way prohibit the Company from merging with or consolidating into another corporation or from selling or transferring all or substantially all of its assets, or from distributing all or substantially all of its assets to its stockholders in liquidation, or from dissolving and terminating its corporate existence, and in any such event (other than a merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation and under the terms of which the shares of Stock outstanding immediately prior to the merger remain outstanding and unchanged), the Participant will be entitled to receive, at the time this SAR or portion thereof would otherwise become exercisable, subject to the terms of this SAR, the same shares of stock, cash or other consideration received by stockholders of the Company in accordance with such merger, consolidation, sale or transfer of assets, liquidation or dissolution.

3.11 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation . The restrictive covenants set forth in Section 8.1 of the Employment Agreement (the “Restrictive Covenants”) shall be incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement along with the representations and warranties set forth in Section 9 of the Employment Agreement relating to such Restrictive Covenants.

 

5


4. Investment Representation . The Participant must, upon demand by the Company, promptly furnish the Company, prior to the issuance of any shares of Stock upon the exercise of all or any part of this SAR, an agreement in which the Participant represents that the shares of Stock acquired upon exercise are being acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof. The Company will have the right, at its election, to place legends on the certificates representing the shares so being issued with respect to limitations on transferability imposed by federal and/or state laws, and the Company will have the right to issue “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent.

5. Participant Bound by Plan . Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof. The Company hereby agrees to provide the Participant with any amendments to this Plan which may be adopted prior to the expiration date specified in Section 3.1.A.

6. Notices . Any notice hereunder to the Company must be addressed to: MGM Resorts International, 3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109, Attention: 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Administrator, and any notice hereunder to Participant must be addressed to the Participant at Participant’s last address on the records of the Company, subject to the right of either party to designate at any time hereafter in writing some other address. Any notice shall be deemed to have been duly given on personal delivery or three days after being sent in a properly sealed envelope, addressed as set forth above, and deposited (with first class postage prepaid) in the United States mail.

7. Execution . Each party agrees that an electronic, facsimile or digital signature or an online acceptance or acknowledgment will be accorded the full legal force and effect of a handwritten signature under Nevada law.

8. Governing Law . The parties hereto agree that the validity, construction and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Nevada.

9. Arbitration . Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit A to this Agreement (which constitutes a material provision of this Agreement), disputes relating to this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to Exhibit A hereto.

10. Variation of Pronouns . All pronouns and any variations thereof contained herein shall be deemed to refer to masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

11. Severability . Any portion of this Agreement that is declared contrary to any law, regulation or is otherwise invalid, shall be deemed stricken without impairing the validity of the remainder this Agreement.

*    *    *

[The remainder of this page is left blank intentionally.]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Participant have entered into this Agreement in Las Vegas, Nevada, as of the date first written above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
By:   /s/ John M. McManus
  Name:   John M. McManus
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel & Secretary

 

PARTICIPANT
By:   /s/ James J. Murren
  James J. Murren

 

7


EXHIBIT A

ARBITRATION

This Exhibit A sets forth the methods for resolving disputes should any arise under the Agreement, and accordingly, this Exhibit A shall be considered to be a part of the Agreement.

 

1.

Except for a claim by either Participant or the Company for injunctive relief where such would be otherwise authorized by law, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the Agreement or the breach hereof including without limitation any claim involving the interpretation or application of the Agreement or the Plan, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the employment arbitration rules then in effect of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service (“JAMS”), to the extent not inconsistent with this paragraph. This Exhibit A covers any claim Participant might have against any officer, director, employee, or agent of the Company, or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, divisions, and affiliates, and all successors and assigns of any of them. The promises by the Company and Participant to arbitrate differences, rather than litigate them before courts or other bodies, provide consideration for each other, in addition to other consideration provided under the Agreement.

 

2.

Claims Subject to Arbitration . This Exhibit A contemplates mandatory arbitration to the fullest extent permitted by law. Only claims that are justiciable under applicable state or federal law are covered by this Exhibit A. Such claims include any and all alleged violations of any state or federal law whether common law, statutory, arising under regulation or ordinance, or any other law, brought by any current or former employees.

 

3.

Non-Waiver of Substantive Rights . This Exhibit A does not waive any rights or remedies available under applicable statutes or common law. However, it does waive Participant’s right to pursue those rights and remedies in a judicial forum. By signing the Agreement and the acknowledgment at the end of this Exhibit A, the undersigned Participant voluntarily agrees to arbitrate his or her claims covered by this Exhibit A.

 

4.

Time Limit to Pursue Arbitration; Initiation : To ensure timely resolution of disputes, Participant and the Company must initiate arbitration within the statute of limitations (deadline for filing) provided for by applicable law pertaining to the claim. The failure to initiate arbitration within this time limit will bar any such claim. The parties understand that the Company and Participant are waiving any longer statutes of limitations that would otherwise apply, and any aggrieved party is encouraged to give written notice of any claim as soon as possible after the event(s) in dispute so that arbitration of any differences may take place promptly. The parties agree that the aggrieved party must, within the time frame provided by this Exhibit A, give written notice of a claim pursuant to Section 6 of the Agreement. In the event such notice is to be provided to the Company, the Participant shall provide a copy of such notice of claim to the Company’s Executive Vice President and General Counsel. Written notice shall identify and describe the nature of the claim, the supporting facts and the relief or remedy sought.

 

5.

Selecting an Arbitrator : This Exhibit A mandates Arbitration under the then current rules of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service (JAMS) regarding employment

 

8


 

disputes. The arbitrator shall be either a retired judge or an attorney experienced in employment law and licensed to practice in the state in which arbitration is convened. The parties shall select one arbitrator from among a list of three qualified neutral arbitrators provided by JAMS. If the parties are unable to agree on the arbitrator, each party shall strike one name and the remaining named arbitrator shall be selected.

 

6.

Representation/Arbitration Rights and Procedures :

 

  a.

Participant may be represented by an attorney of his/her choice at his/her own expense.

 

  b.

The arbitrator shall apply the substantive law (and the law of remedies, if applicable) of Nevada (without regard to its choice of law provisions) and/or federal law when applicable. In all cases, this Exhibit A shall provide for the broadest level of arbitration of claims between the Company and Participant under Nevada or applicable federal law. The arbitrator is without jurisdiction to apply any different substantive law or law of remedies.

 

  c.

The arbitrator shall have no authority to award non-economic damages or punitive damages except where such relief is specifically authorized by an applicable state or federal statute or common law. In such a situation, the arbitrator shall specify in the award the specific statute or other basis under which such relief is granted.

 

  d.

The applicable law with respect to privilege, including attorney-client privilege, work product, and offers to compromise must be followed.

 

  e.

The parties shall have the right to conduct reasonable discovery, including written and oral (deposition) discovery and to subpoena and/or request copies of records, documents and other relevant discoverable information consistent with the procedural rules of JAMS. The arbitrator shall decide disputes regarding the scope of discovery and shall have authority to regulate the conduct of any hearing and/or trial proceeding. The arbitrator shall have the right to entertain a motion to dismiss and/or motion for summary judgment.

 

  f.

The parties shall exchange witness lists at least 30 days prior to the trial/hearing procedure. The arbitrator shall have subpoena power so that either Participant or the Company may summon witnesses. The arbitrator shall use the Federal Rules of Evidence. Both parties have the right to file a post hearing brief. Any party, at its own expense, may arrange for and pay the cost of a court reporter to provide a stenographic record of the proceedings.

 

  g.

Any arbitration hearing or proceeding shall take place in private, not open to the public, in Las Vegas, Nevada.

 

7.

Arbitrator’s Award : The arbitrator shall issue a written decision containing the specific issues raised by the parties, the specific findings of fact, and the specific conclusions of law. The award shall be rendered promptly, typically within 30 days after conclusion of the arbitration hearing, or the submission of post-hearing briefs if requested. The

 

9


 

arbitrator may not award any relief or remedy in excess of what a court could grant under applicable law. The arbitrator’s decision is final and binding on both parties. Judgment upon an award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having competent jurisdiction.

 

  a.

Either party may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to compel arbitration under this Exhibit A and to enforce an arbitration award.

 

  b.

In the event of any administrative or judicial action by any agency or third party to adjudicate a claim on behalf of Participant which is subject to arbitration under this Exhibit A, Participant hereby waives the right to participate in any monetary or other recovery obtained by such agency or third party in any such action, and Participant’s sole remedy with respect to any such claim shall be any award decreed by an arbitrator pursuant to the provisions of this Exhibit A.

 

8.

Fees and Expenses : The Company shall be responsible for paying any filing fee and the fees and costs of the arbitrator; provided, however, that if Participant is the party initiating the claim, Participant will contribute an amount equal to the filing fee to initiate a claim in the court of general jurisdiction in the state in which Participant is (or was last) employed by the Company. Participant and the Company shall each pay for their own expenses, attorney’s fees (a party’s responsibility for his/her/its own attorney’s fees is only limited by any applicable statute specifically providing that attorney’s fees may be awarded as a remedy), and costs and fees regarding witness, photocopying and other preparation expenses. If any party prevails on a statutory claim that affords the prevailing party attorney’s fees and costs, or if there is a written agreement providing for attorney’s fees and/or costs, the arbitrator may award reasonable attorney’s fees and/or costs to the prevailing party, applying the same standards a court would apply under the law applicable to the claim(s).

 

9.

The arbitration provisions of this Exhibit A shall survive the termination of Participant’s employment with the Company and the expiration of the Agreement. These arbitration provisions can only be modified or revoked in a writing signed by both parties and which expressly states an intent to modify or revoke the provisions of this Exhibit A.

 

10.

The arbitration provisions of this Exhibit A do not alter or affect the termination provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.

Capitalized terms not defined in this Exhibit A shall have the same definition as in the Agreement to which this is Exhibit A.

 

12.

If any provision of this Exhibit A is adjudged to be void or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, such adjudication shall not affect the validity of the remainder of Exhibit A. All other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

 

10


ACKNOWLEDGMENT

BOTH PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT: THEY HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS EXHIBIT A IN ITS ENTIRETY, THEY UNDERSTAND ITS TERMS, EXHIBIT A CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL TERM AND CONDITION OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES TO WHICH IT IS EXHIBIT A, AND THEY AGREE TO ABIDE BY ITS TERMS.

The parties also specifically acknowledge that by agreeing to the terms of this Exhibit A, they are waiving the right to pursue claims covered by this Exhibit A in a judicial forum and instead agree to arbitrate all such claims before an arbitrator without a court or jury. It is specifically understood that this Exhibit A does not waive any rights or remedies which are available under applicable state and federal statutes or common law. Both parties enter into this Exhibit A voluntarily and not in reliance on any promises or representation by the other party other than those contained in the Agreement or in this Exhibit A.

Participant further acknowledges that Participant has been given the opportunity to discuss this Exhibit A with Participant’s private legal counsel and that Participant has availed himself/herself of that opportunity to the extent Participant wishes to do so.

*    *    *

[The remainder of this page is left blank intentionally.]

 

11

EXHIBIT 10.9

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL

AMENDED AND RESTATED RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT

 

 

No. of Restricted Stock Units: 35,000

This Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made by and between MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and James J. Murren (the “ Participant ”) as of October 4, 2010, and amended and restated as of April 8, 2011.

RECITALS

A. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has adopted the MGM MIRAGE 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), which provides for the granting of Restricted Stock Units (as that term is defined in Section 1 below) to selected employees.

B. The Board believes that the grant of Restricted Stock Units will stimulate the interest of selected employees and strengthen their desire to remain with the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary (as those terms are defined in Section 1 below).

C. The Compensation Committee of the Board appointed to administer the Plan (the “ Committee ”) authorized the grant of Restricted Stock Units to the Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement as of October 4, 2010.

D. On April 8, 2011, the Committee authorized amendments to the Restricted Stock Units, set forth in this Agreement, to reflect the Committee’s original intent that the Restricted Stock Units include certain rights upon termination of employment.

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

1.1 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.2 “ Disability ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

1.3 “ Employee’s Good Cause ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

1.4 “ Employer’s Good Cause ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

 

1


1.5 “ Employment Agreement ” means the employment agreement, dated as of April 6, 2009, by and between the Participant and the Company.

1.6 “ Fair Market Value ” means the closing price of a share of Stock reported on the New York Stock Exchange (“ NYSE ”) or other applicable established stock exchange or over the counter market on the applicable date of determination, or if no closing price was reported on such date, the first trading day immediately preceding the applicable date of determination on which such a closing price was reported. In the event shares of Stock are not publicly traded at the time a determination of their value is required to be made hereunder, the determination of their Fair Market Value shall be made by the Committee in such manner as it deems appropriate.

1.7 “ Parent ” means a parent corporation as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

1.8 “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means an award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 8 of the Plan, except that no shares of Stock are actually awarded or granted to the Participant on the date of grant.

1.9 “ Restrictive Covenants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.12 of this Agreement.

1.10 “ Restrictive Period ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

1.11 “ Stock ” means the Company’s common stock, $.01 par value.

1.12 “ Subsidiary ” means a subsidiary corporation as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code or any corporation or other entity, whether domestic or foreign, in which the Company has or obtains a proprietary interest of more than fifty percent (50%) by reason of stock ownership or otherwise.

2. Grant to Participant . On October 4, 2010, the Company granted to the Participant an award of 35,000 Restricted Stock Units subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement of the same date. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive one (1) share of Stock on the date that the Restricted Stock Unit vests, subject to the Company’s withholding shares of Stock otherwise distributable to the Participant to satisfy tax withholding obligations. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units have vested in the manner set forth in Section 3.1 hereto, the Participant shall not have any right to delivery of the shares of Stock underlying such Restricted Stock Units.

3. Terms and Conditions . The award of Restricted Stock Units evidenced hereby is subject to the terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement (including extensions, renewals, amendments and successors thereto if the provisions relating to Restricted Stock Units are not modified (and if modified such modifications shall only apply to Restricted Stock Units granted concurrently with or after the date of such modification and the existing agreement shall govern Restricted Stock Units evidenced hereby)) as it relates to all terms. If the Employment

 

2


Agreement is silent as to the terms and conditions in this Section 3, the award of Restricted Stock Units evidenced hereby is subject to the terms and conditions contained herein. The terms and conditions of this Agreement will supercede any subsequent employment agreement entered into between the Company and the Participant that would cause this Agreement to fail to satisfy an exemption from or comply with Code Section 409A.

3.1 Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 3.2 hereto, and subject to Section 3.3 hereto, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Agreement will vest only if the Performance Criteria (as described in Exhibit B), as determined by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, have been met. If the Performance Criteria are not met, all of the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Agreement will be cancelled. If the performance criteria are met, the Restricted Stock Units will vest in four equal annual installments as follows:

A. The first installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Units and will vest on October 4, 2011 (the “ Initial Vesting Date ”).

B. The second installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Units and will vest on the first anniversary of the Initial Vesting Date.

C. The third installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Units and will vest on the second anniversary of the Initial Vesting Date.

D. The fourth installment shall consist of twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Units and will vest on the third anniversary of the Initial Vesting Date;

provided , that, in the event of a termination of the Participant’s active employment by the Company without Employer’s Good Cause, by the Participant for Employee’s Good Cause, or on account of death or Disability, subject to satisfaction of the Performance Criteria, the Restricted Stock Units which would have vested in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in subsections A through D of this Section 3.1 as of the date that is two (2) years following the date of such termination (except that in the case of a termination due to Disability, such two (2)-year period will be measured from the commencement of the Disability) shall vest on the later of the date of such termination of active employment or, if still eligible, the date of the satisfaction of the Performance Criteria; provided , further , that, in the event that the Participant violates the Restrictive Covenants (as incorporated in this Agreement by Section 3.12) during the Restrictive Period, the Restricted Stock Units which vested as a result of the preceding clause and which, absent such accelerated vesting, would not otherwise have vested under the vesting schedule set forth in subsections A through D of this Section 3.1 as of the date of such violation of the Restrictive Covenants shall be automatically forfeited and the Company shall reflect such forfeiture in its books and records and, to the extent the Participant no longer holds such underlying shares of Stock, the Participant shall pay to the Company the Fair Market Value of such shares of Stock as of the date of forfeiture.

 

3


3.2 Form and Timing of Payment of Vested Units . Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, any Restricted Stock Units that vest will be paid to the Participant solely in whole shares of Stock within 30 days following the date that the Restricted Stock Units vest in accordance with Section 3.1, provided that if at the time of separation of service the Participant is a “specified employee” under Code Section 409A and payment would be treated as a payment made on separation of service, then if required to avoid the taxes imposed by Code Section 409A payment will be delayed by six months. Any payment hereunder due within such six-month period will be delayed and paid within 10 days following the beginning of the seventh month following the Participant’s separation from service. If the Participant dies during the six-month period, payment will be made within 30 days of the date of the Participant’s death. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any of the Restricted Stock Units become fully vested upon a change in control (as defined for purposes of Code Section 409A) under the Participant’s employment agreement, such Restricted Stock Units will be paid in whole shares of Stock upon such change in control.

3.3 Committee Discretion . The Committee, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Participant’s unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and in accordance with any other written agreement between the Participant and the Company. If so accelerated, the Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Committee, the Plan or an applicable written agreement but the Committee will have no right to accelerate any vesting or payment under this Agreement if such acceleration would cause this Agreement to fail to comply with Code Section 409A.

3.4 Forfeiture upon Termination of Employee . Except to the extent provided in Section 3.1, if the Participant ceases to be an employee of the Company for any reason, the balance of the Participant’s unvested Restricted Stock Units that have not vested at that time and the Participant’s right to acquire any shares of Stock under this Agreement will immediately terminate.

3.5 Withholding of Taxes . The Company will withhold all required local, state, federal, foreign and other taxes and any other amount required to be withheld by any governmental authority, including, without limitation, any amounts with respect to ordinary income recognized by a Participant pursuant to the issuance of shares of Stock when Restricted Stock Units vest. The Company will automatically withhold shares of Stock otherwise distributable to the Participant when Restricted Stock Units vest to satisfy the Participant’s withholding obligation.

3.6 No Rights as a Stockholder . Participant will have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Stock subject to Restricted Stock Units until the Restricted Stock Units have vested and shares of Stock relating thereto have been issued and recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agent or registrars.

3.7 Limits on Transferability . The Restricted Stock Units granted under this Agreement may be transferred to a trust in which the Participant or the Participant’s spouse control the management of assets. With respect to Restricted Stock Units, if any, that have been transferred to a trust, references in this Agreement to vesting related to such Restricted Stock

 

4


Units shall be deemed to include such trust. No interest of the Participant under the Plan may be subject to attachment, execution, garnishment, sequestration, the laws of bankruptcy or any other legal or equitable process.

3.8 Adjustments . If there is any change in the Stock by reason of any stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination or exchange of shares of Stock, or any similar change affecting the Stock, the number and class of securities subject to Restricted Stock Units and any other terms of this Agreement then the Committee will make appropriate and proportionate adjustments (including relating to the Stock, other securities, cash or other consideration that may be acquired upon vesting of Restricted Stock Units) that it deems necessary. Any adjustment so made shall be final and binding upon the Participant.

3.9 No Right to Continued Performance of Services . The grant of the Restricted Stock Units does not confer upon the Participant any right to continue to be employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary nor may it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary for which the Participant performs services to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time.

3.10 Compliance With Law and Regulations . This grant and vesting of Restricted Stock Units and the obligation of the Company to issue shares of Stock under this Agreement are subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, including those related to disclosure of financial and other information to the Participant and to approvals by any government or regulatory agency as may be required. The Company will not be required to issue or deliver any certificates for shares of Stock prior to (A) the listing of such shares of Stock on any stock exchange on which the Stock may then be listed and (B) the completion of any registration or qualification of such shares of Stock under any federal or state law, or any rule or regulation of any government body which the Company determines, in its sole discretion, to be necessary or advisable, provided, however, that the payment will be made on the earliest date on which the Company reasonably anticipates that making such payment will not cause a violation of any such federal or state law, rule or regulation.

3.11 Certain Corporation Transactions . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement will in any way prohibit the Company from merging with or consolidating into another corporation or from selling or transferring all or substantially all of its assets, or from distributing all or substantially all of its assets to its stockholders in liquidation, or from dissolving and terminating its corporate existence, and in any such event (other than a merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation and under the terms of which the shares of Stock outstanding immediately prior to the merger remain outstanding and unchanged), the Participant will be entitled to receive, at the time the Restricted Stock Units or portion thereof vests, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the same shares of stock, cash or other consideration received by stockholders of the Company in accordance with such merger, consolidation, sale or transfer of assets, liquidation or dissolution.

3.12 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation . The restrictive covenants set forth in Section 8.1 of the Employment Agreement (the “ Restrictive Covenants ”) shall be incorporated

 

5


herein and made a part of this Agreement along with the representations and warranties set forth in Section 9 of the Employment Agreement relating to such Restrictive Covenants.

4. Investment Representation . The Participant must, upon demand by the Company, promptly furnish the Company, prior to the issuance of any shares of Stock upon the vesting of all or any part of the Restricted Stock Units, an agreement in which the Participant represents that the shares of Stock acquired upon vesting are being acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof. The Company will have the right, at its election, to place legends on the certificates representing the shares of Stock so being issued with respect to limitations on transferability imposed by federal and/or state laws, and the Company will have the right to issue “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent.

5. Participant Bound by Plan . The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof. The Company hereby agrees to provide the Participant with any amendments to the Plan which may be adopted prior to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units.

6. Notices . Any notice hereunder to the Company must be addressed to: MGM Resorts International, 3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109, Attention: 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Administrator, and any notice hereunder to Participant must be addressed to the Participant at the Participant’s last address on the Company’s records, subject to the right of either party to designate at any time hereafter in writing some other address. Any notice will be deemed to have been duly given on personal delivery or three days after being sent in a properly sealed envelope, addressed as set forth above, and deposited (with first class postage prepaid) in the United States mail.

7. Execution . Each party agrees that an electronic, facsimile and/or digital signature or an online acceptance or acknowledgment will be accorded the full legal force and effect of a handwritten signature under Nevada law.

8. Governing Law . The parties hereto agree that the validity, construction and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Nevada.

9. Arbitration . Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit A to this Agreement (which constitutes a material provision of this Agreement), disputes relating to this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to Exhibit A hereto.

10. Variation of Pronouns . All and pronouns and variations thereof contained herein shall be deemed to refer to masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

11. Severability . Any portion of this Agreement that is declared contrary to any law, regulation, or is otherwise invalid, shall be deemed stricken without impairing the validity of the remainder of such

 

6


12. Code Section 409A Compliance . It is intended that this Agreement and the Restricted Stock Units comply with or be exempt from (as “short-term deferrals” or otherwise) Code Section 409A and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. The Committee reserves the right, if it deems necessary or advisable in its sole discretion, to unilaterally amend or modify this Agreement or the Plan so that the Restricted Stock Units granted to the Participant comply with Code Section 409A. The Participant’s right to payments hereunder will be treated at all times as a right to a series of separate payment under Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations.

*    *    *

[The remainder of this page is left blank intentionally.]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Participant have entered into this Agreement in Las Vegas, Nevada, as of the date first written above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
By:   /s/ John M. McManus
  Name:   John M. McManus
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel & Secretary

 

PARTICIPANT
By:   /s/ James J. Murren
  James J. Murren

 

8


EXHIBIT A

ARBITRATION

This Exhibit A sets forth the methods for resolving disputes should any arise under the Agreement, and accordingly, this Exhibit A shall be considered to be a part of the Agreement.

 

1.

Except for a claim by either Participant or the Company for injunctive relief where such would be otherwise authorized by law, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the Agreement or the breach hereof including without limitation any claim involving the interpretation or application of the Agreement or the Plan, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the employment arbitration rules then in effect of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service (“JAMS”), to the extent not inconsistent with this paragraph. This Exhibit A covers any claim Participant might have against any officer, director, employee, or agent of the Company, or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, divisions, and affiliates, and all successors and assigns of any of them. The promises by the Company and Participant to arbitrate differences, rather than litigate them before courts or other bodies, provide consideration for each other, in addition to other consideration provided under the Agreement.

 

2.

Claims Subject to Arbitration . This Exhibit A contemplates mandatory arbitration to the fullest extent permitted by law. Only claims that are justiciable under applicable state or federal law are covered by this Exhibit A. Such claims include any and all alleged violations of any state or federal law whether common law, statutory, arising under regulation or ordinance, or any other law, brought by any current or former employees.

 

3.

Non-Waiver of Substantive Rights . This Exhibit A does not waive any rights or remedies available under applicable statutes or common law. However, it does waive Participant’s right to pursue those rights and remedies in a judicial forum. By signing the Agreement and the acknowledgment at the end of this Exhibit A, the undersigned Participant voluntarily agrees to arbitrate his or her claims covered by this Exhibit A.

 

4.

Time Limit to Pursue Arbitration; Initiation : To ensure timely resolution of disputes, Participant and the Company must initiate arbitration within the statute of limitations (deadline for filing) provided for by applicable law pertaining to the claim. The failure to initiate arbitration within this time limit will bar any such claim. The parties understand that the Company and Participant are waiving any longer statutes of limitations that would otherwise apply, and any aggrieved party is encouraged to give written notice of any claim as soon as possible after the event(s) in dispute so that arbitration of any differences may take place promptly. The parties agree that the aggrieved party must, within the time frame provided by this Exhibit A, give written notice of a claim pursuant to Section 6 of the Agreement. In the event such notice is to be provided to the Company, the Participant shall provide a copy of such notice of a claim to the Company’s Executive Vice President and General Counsel. Written notice shall identify and describe the nature of the claim, the supporting facts and the relief or remedy sought.

 

9


5.

Selecting an Arbitrator : This Exhibit A mandates Arbitration under the then current rules of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service (JAMS) regarding employment disputes. The arbitrator shall be either a retired judge or an attorney experienced in employment law and licensed to practice in the state in which arbitration is convened. The parties shall select one arbitrator from among a list of three qualified neutral arbitrators provided by JAMS. If the parties are unable to agree on the arbitrator, each party shall strike one name and the remaining named arbitrator shall be selected.

 

6.

Representation/Arbitration Rights and Procedures :

 

  a.

Participant may be represented by an attorney of his/her choice at his/her own expense.

 

  b.

The arbitrator shall apply the substantive law (and the law of remedies, if applicable) of Nevada (without regard to its choice of law provisions) and/or federal law when applicable. In all cases, this Exhibit A shall provide for the broadest level of arbitration of claims between the Company and Participant under Nevada or applicable federal law. The arbitrator is without jurisdiction to apply any different substantive law or law of remedies.

 

  c.

The arbitrator shall have no authority to award non-economic damages or punitive damages except where such relief is specifically authorized by an applicable state or federal statute or common law. In such a situation, the arbitrator shall specify in the award the specific statute or other basis under which such relief is granted.

 

  d.

The applicable law with respect to privilege, including attorney-client privilege, work product, and offers to compromise must be followed.

 

  e.

The parties shall have the right to conduct reasonable discovery, including written and oral (deposition) discovery and to subpoena and/or request copies of records, documents and other relevant discoverable information consistent with the procedural rules of JAMS. The arbitrator shall decide disputes regarding the scope of discovery and shall have authority to regulate the conduct of any hearing and/or trial proceeding. The arbitrator shall have the right to entertain a motion to dismiss and/or motion for summary judgment.

 

  f.

The parties shall exchange witness lists at least 30 days prior to the trial/hearing procedure. The arbitrator shall have subpoena power so that either Participant or the Company may summon witnesses. The arbitrator shall use the Federal Rules of Evidence. Both parties have the right to file a post hearing brief. Any party, at its own expense, may arrange for and pay the cost of a court reporter to provide a stenographic record of the proceedings.

 

  g.

Any arbitration hearing or proceeding shall take place in private, not open to the public, in Las Vegas, Nevada.

 

10


7.

Arbitrator’s Award : The arbitrator shall issue a written decision containing the specific issues raised by the parties, the specific findings of fact, and the specific conclusions of law. The award shall be rendered promptly, typically within 30 days after conclusion of the arbitration hearing, or the submission of post-hearing briefs if requested. The arbitrator may not award any relief or remedy in excess of what a court could grant under applicable law. The arbitrator’s decision is final and binding on both parties. Judgment upon an award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having competent jurisdiction.

 

  a.

Either party may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to compel arbitration under this Exhibit A and to enforce an arbitration award.

 

  b.

In the event of any administrative or judicial action by any agency or third party to adjudicate a claim on behalf of Participant which is subject to arbitration under this Exhibit A, Participant hereby waives the right to participate in any monetary or other recovery obtained by such agency or third party in any such action, and Participant’s sole remedy with respect to any such claim shall be any award decreed by an arbitrator pursuant to the provisions of this Exhibit A.

 

8.

Fees and Expenses : The Company shall be responsible for paying any filing fee and the fees and costs of the arbitrator; provided, however, that if Participant is the party initiating the claim, Participant will contribute an amount equal to the filing fee to initiate a claim in the court of general jurisdiction in the state in which Participant is (or was last) employed by the Company. Participant and the Company shall each pay for their own expenses, attorney’s fees (a party’s responsibility for his/her/its own attorney’s fees is only limited by any applicable statute specifically providing that attorney’s fees may be awarded as a remedy), and costs and fees regarding witness, photocopying and other preparation expenses. If any party prevails on a statutory claim that affords the prevailing party attorney’s fees and costs, or if there is a written agreement providing for attorney’s fees and/or costs, the arbitrator may award reasonable attorney’s fees and/or costs to the prevailing party, applying the same standards a court would apply under the law applicable to the claim(s).

 

9.

The arbitration provisions of this Exhibit A shall survive the termination of Participant’s employment with the Company and the expiration of the Agreement. These arbitration provisions can only be modified or revoked in a writing signed by both parties and which expressly states an intent to modify or revoke the provisions of this Exhibit A.

 

10.

The arbitration provisions of this Exhibit A do not alter or affect the termination provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.

Capitalized terms not defined in this Exhibit A shall have the same definition as in the Agreement to which this is Exhibit A.

 

12.

If any provision of this Exhibit A is adjudged to be void or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, such adjudication shall not affect the validity of the remainder of Exhibit A. All other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

 

11


ACKNOWLEDGMENT

BOTH PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT: THEY HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS EXHIBIT A IN ITS ENTIRETY, THEY UNDERSTAND ITS TERMS, EXHIBIT A CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL TERM AND CONDITION OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES TO WHICH IT IS EXHIBIT A, AND THEY AGREE TO ABIDE BY ITS TERMS.

The parties also specifically acknowledge that by agreeing to the terms of this Exhibit A, they are waiving the right to pursue claims covered by this Exhibit A in a judicial forum and instead agree to arbitrate all such claims before an arbitrator without a court or jury. It is specifically understood that this Exhibit A does not waive any rights or remedies which are available under applicable state and federal statutes or common law. Both parties enter into this Exhibit A voluntarily and not in reliance on any promises or representation by the other party other than those contained in the Agreement or in this Exhibit A.

Participant further acknowledges that Participant has been given the opportunity to discuss this Exhibit A with Participant’s private legal counsel and that Participant has availed himself/herself of that opportunity to the extent Participant wishes to do so.

*    *    *

[The remainder of this page is left blank intentionally.]

 

12


EXHIBIT B

PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

The Company’s EBITDA for the six-month period beginning on January 1, 2011 must be at least 50% of the targeted EBITDA for the same period. The target EBITDA for such purpose will be determined based on the Committee’s assessment of the projected financial performance for 2011 in light of the general economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Plan participants as determined in the budget to be adopted by the Board of Directors. For such purpose, EBITDA will consist of consolidated net income before extraordinary items, taxes, non-operating income or expenses, depreciation and amortization, as adjusted for nonrecurring items (whether at the Company’s level or unconsolidated affiliate level) including gains or losses from the sale of operating properties, gains or losses on insurance proceeds related to asset claims, EBITDA attributable to operations of assets for the period prior to their disposal, certain asset write-downs or write-ups, gains or losses from acquisition, sale, disposition or exchange of debt securities, and certain legal and advisory fees. In determining the percentage of targeted EBITDA that is achieved for this purpose, targeted EBITDA will be adjusted downward to reflect any operation of the Company’s disposed on during the six-month period beginning on January 1, 2011.

 

13

EXHIBIT 10.10

AMENDMENT TO MGM MIRAGE FREESTANDING STOCK APPRECIATION

RIGHT AGREEMENT

This Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of June 30, 2011, between James J. Murren (the “ Employee ”) and MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, on October 6, 2008 the Company granted a SAR (as defined in the SAR Agreement (as defined below)) to the Employee under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Incentive Plan ”) and a Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (the “ SAR Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, on the date of grant of the SAR, the Employee had previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement entered into as of September 16, 2005, by and between MGM Mirage and the Employee, as amended effective as of January 1, 2009 (the “ Employment Agreement ”) which contained certain terms relating to stock options and SARs;

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that the SAR Agreement did not reflect the Company’s intent with respect to the treatment of the SAR upon certain terminations of employment of the Employee; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee desire to modify the terms of the SAR by amending the SAR Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the SAR Agreement as follows:

1. A new Section shall be added to the SAR Agreement as the last Section appearing prior to the signature page of the SAR Agreement which shall read as follows:

Other Vesting; Additional Exercise Period . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement entered into as of September 16, 2005, by and between MGM Mirage and the Participant, as amended effective as of January 1, 2009 (the “Employment Agreement”) or otherwise,

A. the SAR evidenced by this Agreement shall receive the treatment expressly provided for stock options set forth in Section 10 of the Employment Agreement.

B. with respect to any continued vesting and exerciseability of the SAR which the Participant may be eligible to receive under Section 10 of the Employment Agreement during inactive status (after giving effect to subsection A above), the continued vesting and exercise period will apply during the inactive status period, if any, under the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any


of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination; provided, that such period shall in no event exceed the term of the SAR as set forth in Section 3.1.A of this Agreement.”

2. Except as specifically amended hereby, the SAR Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as originally executed.

3. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
By:   /s/ John M. McManus
  Name:   John M. McManus
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel & Secretary

A MENDMENT TO JAMES J . MURREN SAR AGREEMENT COVERING OCTOBER 6, 2008 SAR GRANT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

/s/ James J. Murren
James J. Murren

A MENDMENT TO JAMES J . MURREN SAR AGREEMENT COVERING OCTOBER 6, 2008 SAR GRANT

EXHIBIT 10.11

AMENDMENT TO MGM MIRAGE NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION

AGREEMENTS

This Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of June 30, 2011, between James J. Murren (the “ Employee ”) and MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, on (i) February 27, 2003 the Company granted a Nonqualified Option (as defined in the February 27, 2003 Option Agreement (as defined below)) to the Employee under the Company’s 1997 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (the “ 1997 Incentive Plan ”) and a Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (the “ February 27, 2003 Option Agreement ”) and (ii) each of (x) May 3, 2005 and (y) May 10, 2005 the Company granted a Nonqualified Option (as defined in the May 3, 2005 Option Agreement or the May 10, 2005 Option Agreement (each, as defined below), as applicable) to the Employee under the Company’s 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ 2005 Incentive Plan ”) and a Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (Five Year Vesting) (the “ May 3, 2005 Option Agreement ” or the “ May 10, 2005 Option Agreement ,” as applicable, and together with the February 27, 2003 Option Agreement, collectively, the “ Option Agreements ”);

WHEREAS, on the date of grant of each of the Nonqualified Options, the Employee had previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement entered into as of June 1, 2002, by and between MGM Mirage and the Employee (the “ Employment Agreement ”) which contained certain terms relating to stock options;

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that the Option Agreements did not reflect the Company’s intent with respect to the treatment of the Nonqualified Options upon certain terminations of employment of the Employee; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee desire to modify the terms of the Nonqualified Options by amending the Option Agreements;

NOW THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the Option Agreements as follows:

1. A new Section shall be added to the Option Agreements as the last Section of the Option Agreements which shall read as follows:

Other Vesting; Additional Exercise Period . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement entered into as of June 1, 2002, by and between MGM Mirage and the Participant (the “Employment Agreement”) or otherwise, with respect to any continued vesting and exerciseability of the Nonqualified Option which the Participant may be eligible to receive under Section 10 of the Employment Agreement during inactive status, the continued vesting and exercise period will apply during the inactive status period, if any, under the Participant’s employment


agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination; provided, that such period shall in no event exceed the term of the Nonqualified Option as set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement.”

2. Except as specifically amended hereby, the Option Agreements shall remain in full force and effect as originally executed.

3. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Nonqualified Stock Option Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
By:   /s/ John M. McManus
  Name:   John M. McManus
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel & Secretary

A MENDMENT TO JAMES J . MURREN NQ O PTION A GREEMENTS COVERING F EBRUARY  27, 2003, M AY  3, 2005 AND M AY  10, 2005

N ONQUALIFIED S TOCK O PTION G RANTS


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Nonqualified Stock Option Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

/s/ James J. Murren
James J. Murren

A MENDMENT TO JAMES J . MURREN NQ O PTION A GREEMENTS COVERING F EBRUARY  27, 2003, M AY  3, 2005 AND M AY  10, 2005

N ONQUALIFIED S TOCK O PTION G RANTS

EXHIBIT 10.12

AMENDMENT TO MGM MIRAGE FREESTANDING STOCK APPRECIATION

RIGHT AGREEMENT

This Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of June 30, 2011, between Daniel J. D’Arrigo (the “ Employee ”) and MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, on each of (i) October 6, 2008, (ii) October 5, 2009 and (iii) October 4, 2010 the Company granted a SAR (as defined in the October 6, 2008 SAR Agreement, the October 5, 2009 SAR Agreement or the October 4, 2010 SAR Agreement (each, as defined below), as applicable) to the Employee under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Incentive Plan ”) and a Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (the “ October 6, 2008 SAR Agreement ,” the “ October 5, 2009 SAR Agreement ” or the “ October 4, 2010 SAR Agreement ,” as applicable, and collectively, the “ SAR Agreements ”);

WHEREAS, on the date of grant of each SAR, the Employee had previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement entered into as of September 10, 2007, by and between MGM Mirage and the Employee, as amended effective as of January 1, 2009 (the “ Employment Agreement ”) which contained certain terms relating to SARs;

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that the SAR Agreements did not reflect the Company’s intent with respect to the treatment of the SARs upon certain terminations of employment of the Employee; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee desire to modify the terms of the SARs by amending the SAR Agreements;

NOW THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the SAR Agreements as follows:

1. A new Section shall be added to the SAR Agreements as the last Section appearing prior to the signature page of the SAR Agreements which shall read as follows:

Other Vesting; Additional Exercise Period . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement entered into as of September 10, 2007, by and between MGM Mirage and the Participant, as amended effective as of January 1, 2009 (the “Employment Agreement”) or otherwise, with respect to any continued vesting and exerciseability of the SAR which the Participant may be eligible to receive under Section 10 of the Employment Agreement that is determined, in whole or in part, by reference to a period of inactive status (including, without limitation, during the term of an expired or superseded agreement, as applicable), the continued vesting and exercise period shall be determined, in whole or in part, as applicable, by reference to a period of inactive status, if any, as provided under the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any


Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination; provided, that such period shall in no event exceed the term of the SAR as set forth in Section 3.1.A of this Agreement.”

2. Except as specifically amended hereby, the SAR Agreements shall remain in full force and effect as originally executed.

3. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
By:   /s/ John M. McManus
  Name:   John M. McManus
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel & Secretary

A MENDMENT TO D ANIEL J. D’A RRIGO SAR AGREEMENT COVERING O CTOBER  6, 2008, O CTOBER  5, 2009 AND O CTOBER  4, 2010

SAR GRANTS


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

/s/ Daniel J. D’Arrigo
Daniel J. D’Arrigo

A MENDMENT TO D ANIEL J. D’A RRIGO SAR AGREEMENT COVERING O CTOBER  6, 2008, O CTOBER  5, 2009 AND O CTOBER  4, 2010

SAR GRANTS

EXHIBIT 10.13

AMENDMENT TO MGM MIRAGE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

AGREEMENTS

This Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of June 30, 2011, between Daniel J. D’Arrigo (the “ Employee ”) and MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, on each of (i) October 13, 2008, (ii) October 5, 2009 and (iii) October 4, 2010 the Company granted Restricted Stock Units (as defined in the October 13, 2008 RSU Agreement, the October 5, 2009 RSU Agreement or the October 4, 2010 RSU Agreement (each, as defined below), as applicable) to the Employee under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Incentive Plan ”) and a Restricted Stock Units Agreement (the “ October 13, 2008 RSU Agreement ”, the “ October 5, 2009 RSU Agreement ” or the “ October 4, 2010 RSU Agreement ,” as applicable, and collectively, the “ RSU Agreements ”);

WHEREAS, on the date of grant of each of the Restricted Stock Units, the Employee had previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement entered into as of September 10, 2007, by and between MGM Mirage and the Employee, as amended effective as of January 1, 2009 (the “ Employment Agreement ”) which contained certain terms relating to the Restricted Stock Units;

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that the RSU Agreements did not reflect the Company’s intent with respect to the treatment of Restricted Stock Units upon certain terminations of employment of the Employee; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee desire to modify the terms of the Restricted Stock Units by amending the RSU Agreements;

NOW THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the RSU Agreements as follows:

1. A new Section shall be added to the RSU Agreements as the last Section appearing prior to the signature page of the RSU Agreements which shall read as follows:

Other Vesting . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement entered into as of September 10, 2007, by and between MGM Mirage and the Participant, as amended effective as of January 1, 2009 (the “Employment Agreement”) or otherwise:

A. any continued vesting of the Restricted Stock Units which the Participant may be eligible to receive under Section 10.2.1 of the Employment Agreement shall continue for the shorter of twelve (12) months from the date the Participant is placed in an inactive status or the remaining period of the Specified Term (as such term (or, if no such term is used, any similar term) is defined in the Participant’s


employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination (the “Current Employment Agreement”)) if the Participant remains in inactive status for such period and, for the avoidance of doubt, any Restricted Stock Units that become vested in accordance with this section will be paid to the Participant within 30 days following the vesting dates set forth in Section 3.1, subject to any provision of this Agreement and/or the Employment Agreement which may delay such payment pursuant to the requirements of Code Section 409A.

B. for the avoidance of doubt, any Restricted Stock Units that become vested pursuant to Section 10.5 of the Employment Agreement will be paid to the Participant within 30 days following the date the Restricted Stock Units vest, subject to any provision of this Agreement and/or the Employment Agreement which may delay such payment pursuant to the requirements of Code Section 409A.”

2. Except as specifically amended hereby, the RSU Agreements shall remain in full force and effect as originally executed.

3. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Restricted Stock Units Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
By:   /s/ John M. McManus
  Name:   John M. McManus
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel & Secretary

A MENDMENT TO D ANIEL J. D’A RRIGO RSUs AGREEMENTS COVERING OCTOBER 13, 2008, O CTOBER  5, 2009 AND O CTOBER  4,

2010 RSUs GRANTS


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Restricted Stock Units Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

/s/ Daniel J. D’Arrigo
Daniel J. D’Arrigo

A MENDMENT TO D ANIEL J. D’A RRIGO RSUs AGREEMENTS COVERING OCTOBER 13, 2008, O CTOBER  5, 2009 AND O CTOBER  4,

2010 RSUs GRANTS

EXHIBIT 10.14

AMENDMENT TO MGM MIRAGE NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION

AGREEMENTS

This Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of June 30, 2011, between Daniel J. D’Arrigo (the “ Employee ”) and MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, on (i) (x) June 13, 2002, (y) September 3, 2002 and (z) February 27, 2003, the Company granted a Nonqualified Option (as defined in the June 13, 2002 Option Agreement, the September 3, 2002 Option Agreement or the February 27, 2003 Option Agreement (each, as defined below), as applicable) to the Employee under the Company’s 1997 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (the “ 1997 Incentive Plan ”) and a Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (the “ June 13, 2002 Option Agreement ,” the “ September 3, 2002 Option Agreement ” or the “ February 27, 2003 Option Agreement ,” as applicable) and (ii) May 3, 2005 the Company granted a Nonqualified Option (as defined in the May 3, 2005 Option Agreement (as defined below)) to the Employee under the Company’s 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ 2005 Incentive Plan ”) and a Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (Five Year Vesting) (the “ May 3, 2005 Option Agreement ,” and together with the June 13, 2002 Option Agreement, the September 3, 2002 Option Agreement and the February 27, 2003 Option Agreement, collectively, the “ Option Agreements ”);

WHEREAS, on the date of grant of each of the Nonqualified Options, the Employee had previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement entered into as of February 20, 2002, by and between MGM Mirage and the Employee (the “ Employment Agreement ”) which contained certain terms relating to stock options;

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that the Option Agreements did not reflect the Company’s intent with respect to the treatment of the Nonqualified Options upon certain terminations of employment of the Employee; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee desire to modify the terms of the Nonqualified Options by amending the Option Agreements;

NOW THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the Option Agreements as follows:

1. A new Section shall be added to the Option Agreements as the last Section of the Option Agreements which shall read as follows:

Other Vesting; Additional Exercise Period . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement entered into as of February 20, 2002, by and between MGM Mirage and the Participant (the “Employment Agreement”) or otherwise, with respect to any continued vesting and exerciseability of the Nonqualified Option which the Participant may be eligible to receive under Section 10 of


the Employment Agreement that is determined, in whole or in part, by reference to a period of inactive status (including, without limitation, during the term of an expired or superseded agreement, as applicable), the continued vesting and exercise period shall be determined, in whole or in part, as applicable, by reference to a period of inactive status, if any, as provided under the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination; provided, that such period shall in no event exceed the term of the Nonqualified Option as set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement.”

2. Except as specifically amended hereby, the Option Agreements shall remain in full force and effect as originally executed.

3. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Nonqualified Stock Option Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
By:   /s/ John M. McManus
  Name:   John M. McManus
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel & Secretary

A MENDMENT TO DANIEL J . D ARRIGO NQ O PTION A GREEMENTS COVERING JUNE 13, 2002, SEPTEMBER 3, 2002, F EBRUARY 27, 2003

AND M AY 3, 2005 N ONQUALIFIED S TOCK O PTION G RANTS


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Nonqualified Stock Option Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

/s/ Daniel J. D’Arrigo
Daniel J. D’Arrigo

A MENDMENT TO DANIEL J . D ARRIGO NQ O PTION A GREEMENTS COVERING JUNE 13, 2002, SEPTEMBER 3, 2002, F EBRUARY 27, 2003

AND M AY 3, 2005 N ONQUALIFIED S TOCK O PTION G RANTS

EXHIBIT 10.15

AMENDMENT TO MGM MIRAGE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

AGREEMENT

This Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of June 30, 2011, between Robert H. Baldwin (the “ Employee ”) and MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, on October 5, 2009 the Company granted Restricted Stock Units (as defined in the RSU Agreement (as defined below)) to the Employee under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Incentive Plan ”) and a Restricted Stock Units Agreement (the “ RSU Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, on the date of grant of the Restricted Stock Units, the Employee had previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement entered into as of September 16, 2005, by and between MGM Mirage and the Employee, as amended effective as of January 1, 2009 (the “ Employment Agreement ”) which contained certain terms relating to the Restricted Stock Units;

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that the RSU Agreement did not reflect the Company’s intent with respect to the treatment of Restricted Stock Units upon certain terminations of employment of the Employee; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee desire to modify the terms of the Restricted Stock Units by amending the RSU Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the RSU Agreement as follows:

1. A new Section shall be added to the RSU Agreement as the last Section appearing prior to the signature page of the RSU Agreement which shall read as follows:

Other Vesting . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement entered into as of September 16, 2005, by and between MGM Mirage and the Participant, as amended effective as of January 1, 2009 (the “Employment Agreement”) or otherwise:

A. if the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination (the “Current Employment Agreement”) is terminated by the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) as a result of the Participant’s death or Disability (as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement to the extent such Disability would also qualify as Disability as such term is defined in Code Section 409A), the outstanding and unvested Restricted Stock Units shall immediately vest and, for the avoidance of doubt, any Restricted Stock Units that become vested in accordance with this section will be paid to


the Participant within 30 days following the date the Restricted Stock Units vest; provided that if at the time of separation of service the Participant is a “specified employee” under Code Section 409A and payment would be treated as a payment made on separation of service, then if required to avoid the taxes imposed by Code Section 409A payment will be delayed by six months. Any payment hereunder due within such six-month period will be delayed and paid within 10 days following the beginning of the seventh month following the Participant’s separation from service. If the Participant dies during the six-month period, payment will be made within 30 days of the date of the Participant’s death.

B. if the Current Employment Agreement is terminated by (i) the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) during the Specified Term (as such term (or, if no such term is used, any similar term) is defined in the Current Employment Agreement) for Employer’s No Cause (within the meaning of the Employment Agreement) or (ii) the Participant for Employee’s Good Cause (as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement), the Restricted Stock Units shall continue to vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in subsections A though D of Section 3.1 of this Agreement during the remaining period of the Specified Term (as such term (or, if no such term is used, any similar term) is defined in the Current Employment Agreement) if the Participant remains in inactive status for such period and, for the avoidance of doubt, any Restricted Stock Units that become vested in accordance with this section will be paid to the Participant within 30 days following the vesting dates set forth in Section 3.1, subject to any provision of this Agreement which may delay such payment pursuant to the requirements of Code Section 409A.

C. for the avoidance of doubt, any Restricted Stock Units that become vested pursuant to Section 10.5 of the Employment Agreement will be paid to the Participant within 30 days following the date the Restricted Stock Units vest, subject to any provision of this Agreement and/or the Employment Agreement which may delay such payment pursuant to the requirements of Code Section 409A.”

2. Except as specifically amended hereby, the RSU Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as originally executed.

3. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Restricted Stock Units Agreement is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
By:   /s/ John M. McManus
  Name:   John M. McManus
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel & Secretary

A MENDMENT TO ROBERT H . BALDWIN RSU S AGREEMENT COVERING OCTOBER 5, 2009 RSU S GRANT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Restricted Stock Units Agreement is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

/s/ Robert H. Baldwin
Robert H. Baldwin

A MENDMENT TO ROBERT H . BALDWIN RSU S AGREEMENT COVERING OCTOBER 5, 2009 RSU S GRANT

EXHIBIT 10.16

AMENDMENT TO MGM MIRAGE FREESTANDING STOCK APPRECIATION

RIGHT AGREEMENTS

This Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of June 30, 2011, between Robert H. Baldwin (the “ Employee ”) and MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, on each of (i) October 6, 2008 and (ii) October 5, 2009 the Company granted a SAR (as defined in the October 6, 2008 SAR Agreement or the October 5, 2009 SAR Agreement (each, as defined below), as applicable) to the Employee under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Incentive Plan ”) and a Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (the “ October 6, 2008 SAR Agreement ” or the “ October 5, 2009 SAR Agreement ,” as applicable, and collectively, the “ SAR Agreements ”);

WHEREAS, on the date of grant of each SAR, the Employee had previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement entered into as of September 16, 2005, by and between MGM Mirage and the Employee, as amended effective as of January 1, 2009 (the “ Employment Agreement ”) which contained certain terms relating to stock options and SARs;

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that the SAR Agreements did not reflect the Company’s intent with respect to the treatment of the SARs upon certain terminations of employment of the Employee; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee desire to modify the terms of the SARs by amending the SAR Agreements;

NOW THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the SAR Agreements as follows:

1. A new Section shall be added to the SAR Agreements as the last Section of the SAR Agreements which shall read as follows:

Other Vesting; Additional Exercise Period . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement entered into as of September 16, 2005, by and between MGM Mirage and the Participant, as amended effective as of January 1, 2009 (the “Employment Agreement”) or otherwise,

A. the SAR evidenced by this Agreement shall receive the treatment expressly provided for stock options set forth in Section 10 of the Employment Agreement.

B. with respect to any continued vesting and exerciseability of the SAR which the Participant may be eligible to receive under Section 10 of the


Employment Agreement during inactive status (after giving effect to subsection A above), the continued vesting and exercise period will apply during the inactive status period, if any, under the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination; provided, that such period shall in no event exceed the term of the SAR as set forth in Section 3.1.A of this Agreement.”

2. Except as specifically amended hereby, the SAR Agreements shall remain in full force and effect as originally executed.

3. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
By:   /s/ John M. McManus
  Name:   John M. McManus
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel & Secretary

A MENDMENT TO ROBERT H . BALDWIN SAR A GREEMENTS COVERING OCTOBER 6, 2008 AND O CTOBER  5, 2009 SAR G RANTS


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

/s/ Robert H. Baldwin
Robert H. Baldwin

A MENDMENT TO ROBERT H . BALDWIN SAR A GREEMENTS COVERING OCTOBER 6, 2008 AND O CTOBER  5, 2009 SAR G RANTS

EXHIBIT 10.17

AMENDMENT TO MGM MIRAGE NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION

AGREEMENTS

This Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of June 30, 2011, between Robert H. Baldwin (the “ Employee ”) and MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, on (i) February 27, 2003 the Company granted a Nonqualified Option (as defined in the February 27, 2003 Option Agreement (as defined below)) to the Employee under the Company’s 1997 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (the “ 1997 Incentive Plan ”) and a Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (the “ February 27, 2003 Option Agreement ”) and (ii) May 3, 2005 the Company granted a Nonqualified Option (as defined in the May 3, 2005 Option Agreement (as defined below)) to the Employee under the Company’s 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ 2005 Incentive Plan ”) and a Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (Five Year Vesting) (the “ May 3, 2005 Option Agreement ,” and together with the February 27, 2003 Option Agreement, collectively, the “ Option Agreements ”);

WHEREAS, on the date of grant of each of the Nonqualified Options, the Employee had previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement entered into as of June 1, 2002, by and between MGM Mirage and the Employee (the “ Employment Agreement ”) which contained certain terms relating to stock options;

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that the Option Agreements did not reflect the Company’s intent with respect to the treatment of the Nonqualified Options upon certain terminations of employment of the Employee; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee desire to modify the terms of the Nonqualified Options by amending the Option Agreements;

NOW THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the Option Agreements as follows:

1. A new Section shall be added to the Option Agreements as the last Section of the Option Agreements which shall read as follows:

Other Vesting; Additional Exercise Period . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement entered into as of June 1, 2002, by and between MGM Mirage and the Participant (the “Employment Agreement”) or otherwise, with respect to any continued vesting and exerciseability of the Nonqualified Option which the Participant may be eligible to receive under Section 10 of the Employment Agreement during inactive status, the continued vesting and exercise period will apply during the inactive status period, if any, under the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination; provided, that


such period shall in no event exceed the term of the Nonqualified Option as set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement.”

2. Except as specifically amended hereby, the Option Agreements shall remain in full force and effect as originally executed.

3. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Nonqualified Stock Option Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
By:   /s/ John M. McManus
  Name:   John M. McManus
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel & Secretary

A MENDMENT TO ROBERT H . BALDWIN NQ O PTION A GREEMENTS COVERING F EBRUARY  27, 2003 AND M AY  3, 2005 N ONQUALIFIED S TOCK O PTION G RANTS


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Nonqualified Stock Option Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

/s/ Robert H. Baldwin
Robert H. Baldwin

A MENDMENT TO ROBERT H . BALDWIN NQ O PTION A GREEMENTS COVERING F EBRUARY  27, 2003 AND M AY  3, 2005 N ONQUALIFIED S TOCK O PTION G RANTS

EXHIBIT 10.18

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL

AMENDED AND RESTATED FREESTANDING STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT

AGREEMENT

 

 

No. of shares subject to the SAR: 750,000

This Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made by and between MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Robert H. Baldwin (the “Participant”) as of December 13, 2010, and amended and restated as of April 8, 2011.

RECITALS

A. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has adopted the MGM MIRAGE 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which provides for the granting of awards, including SARs (as that term is defined in Section 1 below) to selected employees.

B. The Board believes that the grant of SARs will stimulate the interest of selected employees in, and strengthen their desire to remain with, the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary (as those terms are hereinafter defined).

C. The Compensation Committee appointed to administer the Plan (the “Committee”) authorized the grant of an SAR to Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement as of December 13, 2010.

D. On April 8, 2011, the Committee authorized amendments to the SARs, set forth in this Agreement, to reflect the Committee’s original intent that the SARs include certain rights upon termination of employment.

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

1.1 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.2 “Change of Control” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

1.3 “COC Termination Right” means, in accordance with Section 10.7 of the Employment Agreement, the Participant’s right to terminate his active employment during the Employment Term for any reason in the event of a Change of Control; provided, that, the Participant must provide the Company with thirty (30) days’ prior notice of such termination; and provided, further, that, such notice must be given by the Participant to the Company no later

 

1


than ninety (90) days following the Change of Control. Such notice may be provided to the Company prior to, and conditioned upon, the occurrence of a Change of Control.

1.4 “Continuing COC” means a Change of Control (a) following which the shares of Stock will be publicly traded or (b) in which a company whose common stock is publicly traded acquires control of the Company and replaces the then outstanding balance of this SAR with an equivalent stock appreciation right with respect to its common stock.

1.5 “Disability” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

1.6 “Discontinuing COC” means a Change of Control (a) following which the shares of Stock will no longer be publicly traded and (b) in the event that a company whose common stock is publicly traded acquires control of the Company, in which such acquirer does not replace the then outstanding balance of this SAR with an equivalent stock appreciation right with respect to its common stock.

1.7 “Employee’s Good Cause” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

1.8 “Employer’s Good Cause” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

1.9 “Employment Agreement” means the employment agreement, dated as of December 13, 2010, by and between the Participant and the Company.

1.10 “Employment Term” means the term of the Employment Agreement ending on December 13, 2014.

1.11 “Exercise Period” means the period commencing upon December 13, 2010 and ending upon the earliest of:

(1) the expiration date specified in Section 3.1.A;

(2) in the event of a termination of the Participant’s active employment during the Employment Term (before a Change of Control or following a Continuing COC) by the Company without Employer’s Good Cause, by Employee for Employee’s Good Cause, by the Participant pursuant to exercise of the COC Termination Right, or on account of death or Disability, the date that is two (2) years and ninety (90) days following the date of such termination (except that in the case of a termination due to Disability, such period will be measured from the commencement of the Disability);

(3) in the event of a termination of the Participant’s active employment during the Employment Term (before a Change of Control or following a Continuing COC) by the Company for Employer’s Good Cause or by the Participant without Employee’s Good Cause, the date that is ninety (90) days following the date of such termination;

 

2


(4) in the event that the Participant violates the Restrictive Covenants (as incorporated in this Agreement by Section 3.11) during the Restrictive Period, the date that is ninety (90) days following the date upon which such violation occurred;

(5) in the event of a termination of the Participant’s active employment for any reason after the end of the Employment Term, the date that is ninety (90) days following such termination; and

(6) the date of the occurrence of a Discontinuing COC.

1.12 “Parent” means a parent corporation as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

1.13 “Restrictive Covenants” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11 of this Agreement.

1.14 “Restrictive Period” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Employment Agreement.

1.15 “SAR” means a Stock Appreciation Right that is granted independently of any Option pursuant to the Plan.

1.16 “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretative guidance issued thereunder.

1.17 “Stock” means the Company’s common stock, $.01 par value per share.

1.18 “Stock Appreciation Right” means an award pursuant to the Plan to be settled in Stock, with the number of shares to be delivered based upon the increase in value of the underlying Stock, granted in tandem with or independently of an option granted under the Plan.

1.19 “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary corporation as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code or corporation or other entity, whether domestic or foreign, in which the Company has or obtains a proprietary interest of more than 50 percent by reason of stock ownership or otherwise.

1.20 “Vesting Period” means the period commencing upon December 13, 2010 and ending upon the earliest of:

(1) the third anniversary of the Initial Exercise Date;

(2) in the event of a termination of the Participant’s active employment during the Employment Term (before a Change of Control or following a Continuing COC) by the Company without Employer’s Good Cause, by the Participant for Employee’s Good Cause, by the Participant pursuant to exercise of the COC Termination Right, or on account of death or Disability, the date that is two (2) years following the date of such termination (except that in the case of a termination due to Disability, such two (2)-year period will be measured from the commencement of the Disability);

 

3


(3) in the event of a termination of the Participant’s active employment during the Employment Term (before a Change of Control or following a Continuing COC) by the Company for Employer’s Good Cause or by the Participant without Employee’s Good Cause, the date of such termination;

(4) in the event that the Participant violates the Restrictive Covenants (as incorporated in this Agreement by Section 3.11) during the Restrictive Period, the date upon which such violation occurred; and

(5) the date of the occurrence of a Discontinuing COC.

2. Grant to Participant .

2.1 On December 13, 2010, the Company granted to the Participant a SAR with respect to an aggregate of 750,000 shares of Stock, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement of the same date. This SAR consists of the right to receive, upon exercise of the SAR (or any portion thereof), shares of Stock in an amount whose Fair Market Value (as defined in the Plan) is equal to the excess of (X) the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date or dates upon which the Participant exercises this SAR, or any portion thereof, over (Y) the Conversion Price (as that term is hereinafter defined) of such shares. That number of shares shall be reduced by the number of shares of Stock whose Fair Market Value is equal to the amount of tax required to be withheld by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary as a result of the grant or exercise of this SAR. No fractional shares shall be issued pursuant to this SAR.

2.2 The conversion price per share for this SAR shall be: $13.18, the Fair Market Value on the date of grant (the “Conversion Price”).

3. Terms and Conditions .

3.1 Exercisability . The SAR evidenced hereby is subject to the terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement (including extensions, renewals, amendments and successors thereto if the provisions relating to SARs are not modified (and if modified, such modifications shall only apply to SARs granted concurrently with or after the date of such modification, and the existing agreement shall govern the SAR evidenced hereby)) as it relates to all terms except: the Conversion Price; the number of shares determined in Section 2.1 above; and the expiration date defined in this section. If the Employment Agreement is silent as to the terms and conditions in this Section 3, the SAR evidenced hereby is subject to the following terms and conditions:

A. Expiration Date . The SAR shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Pacific Standard Time on December 13, 2017 or such earlier time as may be required by the Plan or this Agreement if the Participant’s employment with the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary is terminated.

B. Exercise of SAR . The SAR, or any portion thereof, may be exercised only to the extent it has vested pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and only during the Exercise Period; provided, however that this SAR may not at any time be exercised in part with respect to fewer than the lesser of (i) 50 shares or (ii) the number of shares

 

4


which remain to be purchased pursuant to this SAR. In order to exercise this SAR, the Participant or any other person or persons entitled to exercise this SAR shall give written notice to the Committee specifying the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is being exercised, which notice must be received during the Exercise Period; provided, that if the Participant’s employment with the Company and any Parent and Subsidiaries is terminated due to death, or if the Participant dies during the Exercise Period following a termination of employment, this SAR or a portion thereof may be exercised at any time or from time to time during the Exercise Period, to the extent the Participant would have been entitled to do so, by the person or persons to whom the Participant’s rights under this SAR pass by will or applicable law, or if no such person has such rights, by his executors or administrators. This SAR will vest and become exercisable in cumulative installments as follows, subject to Sections 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4:

(i) The first installment shall consist of 25 percent of the shares subject to this SAR and shall vest and become exercisable on December 13, 2011 (the “Initial Exercise Date”).

(ii) The second installment shall consist of 25 percent of the shares subject to this SAR and shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Initial Exercise Date.

(iii) The third installment shall consist of 25 percent of the shares subject to this SAR and shall vest and become exercisable on the second anniversary of the Initial Exercise Date.

(iv) The fourth installment shall consist of 25 percent of the shares subject to this SAR and shall vest and become exercisable on the third anniversary of the Initial Exercise Date.

An installment of the SAR will not vest and become exercisable unless (i) the vesting date specified in this Section 3.1.B. with respect to such installment occurs during the Vesting Period, and (ii) either the Participant has continued active employment or service with the Company, its Parent and Subsidiaries through such applicable vesting date or the Vesting Period was extended for two (2) years (pursuant to Clause (2) of the definition of “Vesting Period”).

3.2 Change of Control .

A. In the event the Participant terminates his active employment during the Employment Term by exercising the COC Termination Right:

(i) vesting with respect to the unvested balance of this SAR, if any, shall accelerate, and this SAR will become vested and exercisable in full upon the date of termination of the Participant’s active employment; and

(ii) the Restrictive Covenants incorporated herein by Section 3.11 shall not apply to the Participant following the date of termination of his active employment.

 

5


B. In the event of a Discontinuing COC, if the Exercise Period will not have expired prior to or as of the date of the occurrence of such Discontinuing COC, this SAR will terminate upon the occurrence of such Discontinuing COC, and:

(i) if the Participant is currently actively employed by the Company during the Employment Term on the date of the occurrence of the Discontinuing COC, vesting with respect to the unvested balance of this SAR, if any, will accelerate, and this SAR will become vested in full immediately prior to the occurrence of such Discontinuing COC.

(ii) If the Participant’s active employment was previously terminated during the Employment Term in circumstances as a result of which the Vesting Period was extended by two (2) years (pursuant to Clause (2) of the definition of “Vesting Period”), vesting with respect to the balance of such two (2)-year extension, if any, will accelerate, and this SAR will become vested to the extent of such accelerated balance immediately prior to the occurrence of the Discontinuing COC.

(iii) Where the Discontinuing COC results from an exchange of the Company’s outstanding shares of Stock for securities or property other than cash, the Committee shall provide for:

(A) the purchase of the outstanding, vested balance of this SAR for an amount of cash equal to (I) the value of the consideration per share of Stock to be paid by the purchaser in such Discontinuing COC, less the Conversion Price, multiplied by (II) the number of shares of Stock subject to the outstanding, vested balance of this SAR, net of applicable taxes; or

(B) the purchase of the outstanding, vested balance of this SAR for an amount of the same securities or property as are received, pursuant to the Discontinuing COC, by the stockholders of the Company with respect to their shares of Stock, which amount has a value equal to (I) the value of the consideration per share of Stock to be paid by the purchaser in such Discontinuing COC, less the Conversion Price, multiplied by (II) the number of shares of Stock subject to the outstanding, vested balance of this SAR, net of applicable taxes.

The cash due to the Participant in connection with a purchase pursuant to clause (A) shall be paid in a lump sum within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of such Discontinuing COC. Any payment pursuant to clause (B) shall comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A.

(iv) Where the Discontinuing COC results from an exchange of the Company’s outstanding shares of Stock for cash, the Committee shall provide for the purchase of the outstanding, vested balance of this SAR for an amount of cash equal to (A) the cash price per share of Stock to be paid by the purchaser in such Discontinuing COC, less the Conversion Price, multiplied by (B) the number of shares of Stock subject to the outstanding, vested balance of this SAR being purchased, net of applicable taxes. The cash due to the Participant in connection with a purchase pursuant to this Section 3.2.B.(iv) shall be paid in a lump sum within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of such Discontinuing COC.

 

6


C. Subject to Section 3.2.A., in the event of a Continuing COC, the unvested balance of this SAR (if any) will continue to vest, and the outstanding balance of this SAR (if any) will be subject to exercise, in each case as if such Continuing COC had not occurred.

3.3 Forfeiture of SAR . The unvested balance of this SAR, if any, shall be forfeited, and the Participant’s rights in such unvested balance of this SAR shall lapse and expire, on the day immediately following the date when the Vesting Period expires. This SAR, whether or not vested shall lapse and expire on the day immediately following the date when the Exercise Period expires.

3.4 Committee Discretion . The Committee, in its discretion, may accelerate the exercisability of the balance, or some lesser portion, of the Participant’s unexercisable SAR at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and in accordance with any written agreement between the Participant and the Company. If so accelerated, this SAR will be considered as exercisable as of the date specified by the Committee or an applicable written agreement.

3.5 Limits on Transferability . This SAR may be transferred to a trust in which the Participant or the Participant’s spouse control the management of the assets. With respect to a SAR, if any that has been transferred to a trust, references in this Agreement to exercisability related to such SAR shall be deemed to include such trust. No interest of Participant under the Plan shall be subject to attachment, execution, garnishment, sequestration, the laws of bankruptcy or any other legal or equitable process.

3.6 Adjustments . If there is any change in the Stock by reason of any stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination or exchange of shares of Stock, or of any similar change affecting the Stock, the number and class of securities subject to this SAR, the Conversion Price per share, and any other terms of this Agreement then the Committee will make appropriate and proportionate adjustments (including relating to the Stock, other securities, cash or other consideration which may be acquired upon exercise of this SAR) that it deems necessary. Any adjustment so made shall be final and binding upon the Participant.

3.7 No Rights as Stockholder . Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Stock subject to this SAR until the SAR has been exercised and shares of Stock relating thereto have been issued and recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agent or registrars.

3.8 No Right to Continued Performance of Services . This SAR shall not confer upon the Participant any right to continue to be employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary nor may it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary for which Participant performs services to terminate Participant’s employment at any time.

3.9 Compliance With Law and Regulations . This SAR, its exercise and the obligation of the Company to issue shares of Stock under this Agreement are subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, including those related to disclosure of financial and other information to the Participant and to approvals by any government or regulatory agency as may be required. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates for shares of Stock prior to (A) the listing of such shares on any stock exchange on which the Stock

 

7


may then be listed and (B) the completion of any registration or qualification of such shares under any federal or state law, or any rule or regulation of any government body which the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable.

3.10 Certain Corporation Transactions . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement will in any way prohibit the Company from merging with or consolidating into another corporation or from selling or transferring all or substantially all of its assets, or from distributing all or substantially all of its assets to its stockholders in liquidation, or from dissolving and terminating its corporate existence, and if any such event constitutes a Change of Control, Section 3.2 shall apply.

3.11 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation . The restrictive covenants set forth in Section 8.1 of the Employment Agreement (the “Restrictive Covenants”) shall be incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement along with the representations and warranties set forth in Section 9 of the Employment Agreement relating to such Restrictive Covenants.

4. Investment Representation . The Participant must, upon demand by the Company, promptly furnish the Company, prior to the issuance of any shares of Stock upon the exercise of all or any part of this SAR, an agreement in which the Participant represents that the shares of Stock acquired upon exercise are being acquired for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof. The Company will have the right, at its election, to place legends on the certificates representing the shares so being issued with respect to limitations on transferability imposed by federal and/or state laws, and the Company will have the right to issue “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent.

5. Participant Bound by Plan . Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof. The Company hereby agrees to provide the Participant with any amendments to this Plan which may be adopted prior to the expiration date specified in Section 3.1.A.

6. Notices . Any notice hereunder to the Company must be addressed to: MGM Resorts International, 3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109, Attention: 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan Administrator, and any notice hereunder to Participant must be addressed to the Participant at Participant’s last address on the records of the Company, subject to the right of either party to designate at any time hereafter in writing some other address. Any notice shall be deemed to have been duly given on personal delivery or three days after being sent in a properly sealed envelope, addressed as set forth above, and deposited (with first class postage prepaid) in the United States mail.

7. Execution . Each party agrees that an electronic, facsimile or digital signature or an online acceptance or acknowledgment will be accorded the full legal force and effect of a handwritten signature under Nevada law.

8. Governing Law . The parties hereto agree that the validity, construction and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Nevada.

 

8


9. Arbitration . Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit A to this Agreement (which constitutes a material provision of this Agreement), disputes relating to this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to Exhibit A hereto.

10. Variation of Pronouns . All pronouns and any variations thereof contained herein shall be deemed to refer to masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

11. Severability . Any portion of this Agreement that is declared contrary to any law, regulation or is otherwise invalid, shall be deemed stricken without impairing the validity of the remainder this Agreement.

*        *        *

[The remainder of this page is left blank intentionally.]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Participant have entered into this Agreement in Las Vegas, Nevada, as of the date first written above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
By:   /s/ John M. McManus
  Name:   John M. McManus
  Title:  

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel & Secretary

PARTICIPANT
By:   /s/ Robert H. Baldwin
  Robert H. Baldwin

 

10


EXHIBIT A

ARBITRATION

This Exhibit A sets forth the methods for resolving disputes should any arise under the Agreement, and accordingly, this Exhibit A shall be considered to be a part of the Agreement.

 

1.

Except for a claim by either Participant or the Company for injunctive relief where such would be otherwise authorized by law, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the Agreement or the breach hereof including without limitation any claim involving the interpretation or application of the Agreement or the Plan, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the employment arbitration rules then in effect of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service (“JAMS”), to the extent not inconsistent with this paragraph. This Exhibit A covers any claim Participant might have against any officer, director, employee, or agent of the Company, or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, divisions, and affiliates, and all successors and assigns of any of them. The promises by the Company and Participant to arbitrate differences, rather than litigate them before courts or other bodies, provide consideration for each other, in addition to other consideration provided under the Agreement.

 

2.

Claims Subject to Arbitration . This Exhibit A contemplates mandatory arbitration to the fullest extent permitted by law. Only claims that are justiciable under applicable state or federal law are covered by this Exhibit A. Such claims include any and all alleged violations of any state or federal law whether common law, statutory, arising under regulation or ordinance, or any other law, brought by any current or former employees.

 

3.

Non-Waiver of Substantive Rights . This Exhibit A does not waive any rights or remedies available under applicable statutes or common law. However, it does waive Participant’s right to pursue those rights and remedies in a judicial forum. By signing the Agreement and the acknowledgment at the end of this Exhibit A, the undersigned Participant voluntarily agrees to arbitrate his or her claims covered by this Exhibit A.

 

4.

Time Limit to Pursue Arbitration; Initiation : To ensure timely resolution of disputes, Participant and the Company must initiate arbitration within the statute of limitations (deadline for filing) provided for by applicable law pertaining to the claim. The failure to initiate arbitration within this time limit will bar any such claim. The parties understand that the Company and Participant are waiving any longer statutes of limitations that would otherwise apply, and any aggrieved party is encouraged to give written notice of any claim as soon as possible after the event(s) in dispute so that arbitration of any differences may take place promptly. The parties agree that the aggrieved party must, within the time frame provided by this Exhibit A, give written notice of a claim pursuant to Section 6 of the Agreement. In the event such notice is to be provided to the Company, the Participant shall provide a copy of such notice of claim to the Company’s Executive Vice President and General Counsel. Written notice shall identify and describe the nature of the claim, the supporting facts and the relief or remedy sought.

 

5.

Selecting an Arbitrator : This Exhibit A mandates Arbitration under the then current rules of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Service (JAMS) regarding employment

 

11


 

disputes. The arbitrator shall be either a retired judge or an attorney experienced in employment law and licensed to practice in the state in which arbitration is convened. The parties shall select one arbitrator from among a list of three qualified neutral arbitrators provided by JAMS. If the parties are unable to agree on the arbitrator, each party shall strike one name and the remaining named arbitrator shall be selected.

 

6.

Representation/Arbitration Rights and Procedures :

 

  a.

Participant may be represented by an attorney of his/her choice at his/her own expense.

 

  b.

The arbitrator shall apply the substantive law (and the law of remedies, if applicable) of Nevada (without regard to its choice of law provisions) and/or federal law when applicable. In all cases, this Exhibit A shall provide for the broadest level of arbitration of claims between the Company and Participant under Nevada or applicable federal law. The arbitrator is without jurisdiction to apply any different substantive law or law of remedies.

 

  c.

The arbitrator shall have no authority to award non-economic damages or punitive damages except where such relief is specifically authorized by an applicable state or federal statute or common law. In such a situation, the arbitrator shall specify in the award the specific statute or other basis under which such relief is granted.

 

  d.

The applicable law with respect to privilege, including attorney-client privilege, work product, and offers to compromise must be followed.

 

  e.

The parties shall have the right to conduct reasonable discovery, including written and oral (deposition) discovery and to subpoena and/or request copies of records, documents and other relevant discoverable information consistent with the procedural rules of JAMS. The arbitrator shall decide disputes regarding the scope of discovery and shall have authority to regulate the conduct of any hearing and/or trial proceeding. The arbitrator shall have the right to entertain a motion to dismiss and/or motion for summary judgment.

 

  f.

The parties shall exchange witness lists at least 30 days prior to the trial/hearing procedure. The arbitrator shall have subpoena power so that either Participant or the Company may summon witnesses. The arbitrator shall use the Federal Rules of Evidence. Both parties have the right to file a post hearing brief. Any party, at its own expense, may arrange for and pay the cost of a court reporter to provide a stenographic record of the proceedings.

 

  g.

Any arbitration hearing or proceeding shall take place in private, not open to the public, in Las Vegas, Nevada.

 

7.

Arbitrator’s Award : The arbitrator shall issue a written decision containing the specific issues raised by the parties, the specific findings of fact, and the specific conclusions of law. The award shall be rendered promptly, typically within 30 days after conclusion of the arbitration hearing, or the submission of post-hearing briefs if requested. The

 

12


 

arbitrator may not award any relief or remedy in excess of what a court could grant under applicable law. The arbitrator’s decision is final and binding on both parties. Judgment upon an award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having competent jurisdiction.

 

  a.

Either party may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to compel arbitration under this Exhibit A and to enforce an arbitration award.

 

  b.

In the event of any administrative or judicial action by any agency or third party to adjudicate a claim on behalf of Participant which is subject to arbitration under this Exhibit A, Participant hereby waives the right to participate in any monetary or other recovery obtained by such agency or third party in any such action, and Participant’s sole remedy with respect to any such claim shall be any award decreed by an arbitrator pursuant to the provisions of this Exhibit A.

 

8.

Fees and Expenses : The Company shall be responsible for paying any filing fee and the fees and costs of the arbitrator; provided, however, that if Participant is the party initiating the claim, Participant will contribute an amount equal to the filing fee to initiate a claim in the court of general jurisdiction in the state in which Participant is (or was last) employed by the Company. Participant and the Company shall each pay for their own expenses, attorney’s fees (a party’s responsibility for his/her/its own attorney’s fees is only limited by any applicable statute specifically providing that attorney’s fees may be awarded as a remedy), and costs and fees regarding witness, photocopying and other preparation expenses. If any party prevails on a statutory claim that affords the prevailing party attorney’s fees and costs, or if there is a written agreement providing for attorney’s fees and/or costs, the arbitrator may award reasonable attorney’s fees and/or costs to the prevailing party, applying the same standards a court would apply under the law applicable to the claim(s).

 

9.

The arbitration provisions of this Exhibit A shall survive the termination of Participant’s employment with the Company and the expiration of the Agreement. These arbitration provisions can only be modified or revoked in a writing signed by both parties and which expressly states an intent to modify or revoke the provisions of this Exhibit A.

 

10.

The arbitration provisions of this Exhibit A do not alter or affect the termination provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.

Capitalized terms not defined in this Exhibit A shall have the same definition as in the Agreement to which this is Exhibit A.

 

12.

If any provision of this Exhibit A is adjudged to be void or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, such adjudication shall not affect the validity of the remainder of Exhibit A. All other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

 

13


ACKNOWLEDGMENT

BOTH PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT: THEY HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS EXHIBIT A IN ITS ENTIRETY, THEY UNDERSTAND ITS TERMS, EXHIBIT A CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL TERM AND CONDITION OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES TO WHICH IT IS EXHIBIT A, AND THEY AGREE TO ABIDE BY ITS TERMS.

The parties also specifically acknowledge that by agreeing to the terms of this Exhibit A, they are waiving the right to pursue claims covered by this Exhibit A in a judicial forum and instead agree to arbitrate all such claims before an arbitrator without a court or jury. It is specifically understood that this Exhibit A does not waive any rights or remedies which are available under applicable state and federal statutes or common law. Both parties enter into this Exhibit A voluntarily and not in reliance on any promises or representation by the other party other than those contained in the Agreement or in this Exhibit A.

Participant further acknowledges that Participant has been given the opportunity to discuss this Exhibit A with Participant’s private legal counsel and that Participant has availed himself/herself of that opportunity to the extent Participant wishes to do so.

*        *        *

[The remainder of this page is left blank intentionally.]

 

14

EXHIBIT 10.19

AMENDMENT TO MGM MIRAGE NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION

AGREEMENTS

This Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of June 30, 2011, between Corey Sanders (the “ Employee ”) and MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, on (i) February 27, 2003 the Company granted a Nonqualified Option (as defined in the February 27, 2003 Option Agreement (as defined below)) to the Employee under the Company’s 1997 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (the “ 1997 Incentive Plan ”) and a Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (the “ February 27, 2003 Option Agreement ”) and (ii) May 3, 2005 the Company granted a Nonqualified Option (as defined in the May 3, 2005 Option Agreement (as defined below)) to the Employee under the Company’s 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ 2005 Incentive Plan ”) and a Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (Five Year Vesting) (the “ May 3, 2005 Option Agreement ,” and together with the February 27, 2003 Option Agreement, collectively, the “ Option Agreements ”);

WHEREAS, on the date of grant of each of the Nonqualified Options, the Employee had previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement entered into as of June 1, 2002, by and between MGM Grand Hotel and the Employee (the “ Employment Agreement ”) which contained certain terms relating to stock options;

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that the Option Agreements did not reflect the Company’s intent with respect to the treatment of the Nonqualified Options upon certain terminations of employment of the Employee; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee desire to modify the terms of the Nonqualified Options by amending the Option Agreements;

NOW THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the Option Agreements as follows:

1. A new Section shall be added to the Option Agreements as the last Section of the Option Agreements which shall read as follows:

Other Vesting; Additional Exercise Period . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement entered into as of June 1, 2002, by and between MGM Grand Hotel and the Participant (the “Employment Agreement”) or otherwise, with respect to any continued vesting and exerciseability of the Nonqualified Option which the Participant may be eligible to receive under Section 10 of the Employment Agreement that is determined, in whole or in part, by reference to a period of inactive status (including, without limitation, during the term of an expired or superseded agreement, as applicable), the continued vesting and exercise period shall be determined, in whole or in part, as applicable, by reference to a period of inactive status,

 


if any, as provided under the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination; provided, that such period shall in no event exceed the term of the Nonqualified Option as set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement.”

2. Except as specifically amended hereby, the Option Agreements shall remain in full force and effect as originally executed.

3. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Nonqualified Stock Option Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
  By:   /s/ John M. McManus
    Name:    John M. McManus
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
      General Counsel & Secretary

 

A MENDMENT TO C OREY S ANDERS NQ O PTION A GREEMENTS COVERING F EBRUARY 27, 2003 AND M AY 3, 2005 N ONQUALIFIED

S TOCK O PTION G RANTS


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Nonqualified Stock Option Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

/s/ Corey Sanders
Corey Sanders

 

A MENDMENT TO C OREY S ANDERS NQ O PTION A GREEMENTS COVERING F EBRUARY  27, 2003 AND M AY  3, 2005 N ONQUALIFIED

S TOCK O PTION G RANTS

EXHIBIT 10.20

AMENDMENT TO MGM MIRAGE FREESTANDING STOCK APPRECIATION

RIGHT AGREEMENT

This Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of June 30, 2011, between Corey Sanders (the “ Employee ”) and MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, on each of (i) August 3, 2009 and (ii) October 4, 2010 the Company granted a SAR (as defined in the August 3, 2009 SAR Agreement or the October 4, 2010 SAR Agreement (each, as defined below), as applicable) to the Employee under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Incentive Plan ”) and a Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (the “ August 3, 2009 SAR Agreement ” or the “ October 4, 2010 SAR Agreement ,” as applicable, and collectively, the “ SAR Agreements ”);

WHEREAS, on the date of grant of each SAR, the Employee had previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement entered into as of August 3, 2009, by and between MGM Mirage Operations, Inc. and the Employee (the “ Employment Agreement ”) which contained certain terms relating to SARs;

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that the SAR Agreements did not reflect the Company’s intent with respect to the treatment of the SARs upon certain terminations of employment of the Employee; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee desire to modify the terms of the SARs by amending the SAR Agreements;

NOW THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the SAR Agreements as follows:

1. A new Section shall be added to the SAR Agreements as the last Section appearing prior to the signature page of the SAR Agreements which shall read as follows:

Other Vesting; Additional Exercise Period . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement entered into as of August 3, 2009, by and between MGM Mirage Operations, Inc. and the Participant (the “Employment Agreement”) or otherwise,

A. with respect to any continued vesting and exerciseability of the SAR which the Participant may be eligible to receive under Section 10 of the Employment Agreement that is determined, in whole or in part, by reference to a period of inactive status (including, without limitation, during the term of an expired or superseded agreement, as applicable), the continued vesting and exercise period shall be determined, in whole or in part, as applicable, by reference to a period of inactive status, if any, as provided under the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or

 


any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination; provided, that such period shall in no event exceed the term of the SAR as set forth in Section 3.1.A of this Agreement.

B. with respect to any accelerated vesting of the SAR which the Participant may be eligible to receive under Section 10 of the Employment Agreement that is calculated, in whole or in part, by reference to the remaining portion of the “Specified Term” (including, without limitation, during the term of an expired or superseded agreement, as applicable), the accelerated vesting shall be calculated, in whole or in part, as applicable, by reference to the remaining portion of the “Specified Term,” if any, of the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination.”

2. Except as specifically amended hereby, the SAR Agreements shall remain in full force and effect as originally executed.

3. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
  By:   /s/ John M. McManus
    Name:    John M. McManus
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
      General Counsel & Secretary

 

A MENDMENT TO COREY SANDERS SAR AGREEMENT COVERING A UGUST 3, 2009 AND OCTOBER 4, 2010 SAR GRANTS


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

/s/ Corey Sanders
Corey Sanders

 

A MENDMENT TO COREY SANDERS SAR AGREEMENT COVERING A UGUST  3, 2009 AND OCTOBER 4, 2010 SAR GRANTS

EXHIBIT 10.21

AMENDMENT TO MGM MIRAGE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

AGREEMENT

This Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of June 30, 2011, between Corey Sanders (the “ Employee ”) and MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, on October 6, 2008 the Company granted Restricted Stock Units (as defined in the RSU Agreement (as defined below)) to the Employee under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Incentive Plan ”) and a Restricted Stock Units Agreement (the “ RSU Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, on the date of grant of the Restricted Stock Units, the Employee had previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement entered into as of January 3, 2006, by and between MGM Grand Resorts, LLC and the Employee (the “ Employment Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that the RSU Agreement did not reflect the Company’s intent with respect to the treatment of Restricted Stock Units upon certain terminations of employment of the Employee; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee desire to modify the terms of the Restricted Stock Units by amending the RSU Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the RSU Agreement as follows:

1. A new Section shall be added to the RSU Agreement as the last Section appearing prior to the signature page of the RSU Agreement which shall read as follows:

Other Vesting . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement entered into as of January 3, 2006, by and between MGM Grand Resorts, LLC and the Participant (the “Employment Agreement”) or otherwise:

A. if the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination (the “Current Employment Agreement”) is terminated by the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) during the Specified Term (as such term (or, if no such term is used, any similar term) is defined in the Current Employment Agreement) for Employer’s No Cause (within the meaning of the Employment Agreement), the Restricted Stock Units shall continue to vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in subsections A though D of Section 3.1 of this Agreement during the shorter of twelve (12) months from the date the Participant is placed in an inactive status or the remaining period of the Specified Term (as such term (or, if no such term is used, any similar term)

 


is defined in the Current Employment Agreement), in each case, if the Participant remains in inactive status for such period and, for the avoidance of doubt, any Restricted Stock Units that become vested in accordance with this section will be paid to the Participant within 30 days following the vesting dates set forth in Section 3.1, subject to any provision of this Agreement which may delay such payment pursuant to the requirements of Code Section 409A.

B. if the Current Employment Agreement is terminated on or prior to the first anniversary of a Change of Control (as such term (or, if no such term is used, any similar term) is defined in the Employment Agreement) which is also a “change in the ownership or effective control of the corporation, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the corporation” (as defined in Code Section 409A): (i) by the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) (x) as a result of the Participant’s death or Disability (as such term (or, if no such term is used, any similar term) is defined in the Employment Agreement) or (y) for Employer’s No Cause (within the meaning of the Employment Agreement) or (ii) by the Participant for Employee’s Good Cause (as such term (or, if no such term is used, any similar term) is defined in the Employment Agreement), the Restricted Stock Units which would have vested (but for such termination) in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in subsections A though D of Section 3.1 of this Agreement during the shorter of twelve (12) months after the date of termination or the remainder of the Specified Term (as such term (or, if no such term is used, any similar term) is defined in the Current Employment Agreement) shall immediately vest and, for the avoidance of doubt, any Restricted Stock Units that become vested in accordance with this section will be paid to the Participant within 30 days following the date the Restricted Stock Units vest; provided, that if at the time of separation of service the Participant is a “specified employee” under Code Section 409A and payment would be treated as a payment made on separation of service, then if required to avoid the taxes imposed by Code Section 409A payment will be delayed by six months. Any payment hereunder due within such six-month period will be delayed and paid within 10 days following the beginning of the seventh month following the Participant’s separation from service. If the Participant dies during the six-month period, payment will be made within 30 days of the date of the Participant’s death.”

2. Except as specifically amended hereby, the RSU Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as originally executed.

3. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Restricted Stock Units Agreement is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
  By:   /s/ John M. McManus
    Name:    John M. McManus
    Title:  

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel & Secretary

 

A MENDMENT TO COREY SANDERS RSU S AGREEMENT COVERING OCTOBER 6, 2008 RSU S GRANT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Restricted Stock Units Agreement is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

/s/ Corey Sanders
Corey Sanders

 

A MENDMENT TO COREY SANDERS RSU S AGREEMENT COVERING OCTOBER 6, 2008 RSU S GRANT

EXHIBIT 10.22

AMENDMENT TO MGM MIRAGE FREESTANDING STOCK APPRECIATION

RIGHT AGREEMENT

This Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of June 30, 2011, between Corey Sanders (the “ Employee ”) and MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, on October 6, 2008 the Company granted a SAR (as defined in the SAR Agreement (as defined below)) to the Employee under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Incentive Plan ”) and a Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (the “ SAR Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, on the date of grant of the SAR, the Employee had previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement entered into as of January 1, 2006, by and between MGM Grand Resorts, LLC and the Employee (the “ Employment Agreement ”) which contained certain terms relating to stock options;

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that the SAR Agreement did not reflect the Company’s intent with respect to the treatment of the SAR upon certain terminations of employment of the Employee; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee desire to modify the terms of the SAR by amending the SAR Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the SAR Agreement as follows:

1. A new Section shall be added to the SAR Agreement as the last Section appearing prior to the signature page of the SAR Agreement which shall read as follows:

Other Vesting; Additional Exercise Period . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement entered into as of January 1, 2006, by and between MGM Grand Resorts, LLC and the Participant (the “Employment Agreement”) or otherwise,

A. the SAR evidenced by this Agreement shall receive the treatment expressly provided for stock options set forth in Section 10 of the Employment Agreement.

B. with respect to any continued vesting and exerciseability of the SAR which the Participant may be eligible to receive under Section 10 of the Employment Agreement (after giving effect to subsection A above) that is determined, in whole or in part, by reference to a period of inactive status (including, without limitation, during the term of an expired or superseded agreement, as applicable), the continued vesting and exercise period shall be determined, in whole or in part, as applicable, by

 


reference to a period of inactive status, if any, as provided under the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination; provided, that such period shall in no event exceed the term of the SAR as set forth in Section 3.1.A of this Agreement.

C. with respect to any accelerated vesting of the SAR which the Participant may be eligible to receive under Section 10 of the Employment Agreement (after giving effect to subsection A above) that is calculated, in whole or in part, by reference to the remaining portion of the “Specified Term” (including, without limitation, during the term of an expired or superseded agreement, as applicable), the accelerated vesting shall be calculated, in whole or in part, as applicable, by reference to the remaining portion of the “Specified Term,” if any, of the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination.”

2. Except as specifically amended hereby, the SAR Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as originally executed.

3. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
  By:   /s/ John M. McManus
    Name:    John M. McManus
    Title:  

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel & Secretary

 

A MENDMENT TO COREY SANDERS SAR AGREEMENT COVERING OCTOBER 6, 2008 SAR GRANT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

/s/ Corey Sanders
Corey Sanders

 

A MENDMENT TO COREY SANDERS SAR AGREEMENT COVERING OCTOBER 6, 2008 SAR GRANT

EXHIBIT 10.23

AMENDMENT TO MGM MIRAGE FREESTANDING STOCK APPRECIATION

RIGHT AGREEMENT

This Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of June 30, 2011, between William J. Hornbuckle (the “ Employee ”) and MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, on October 4, 2010 the Company granted a SAR (as defined in the SAR Agreement (as defined below)) to the Employee under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Incentive Plan ”) and a Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (the “ SAR Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, on the date of grant of the SAR, the Employee had previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement entered into as of September 14, 2010, by and between MGM Resorts International and the Employee (the “ Employment Agreement ”) which contained certain terms relating to SARs;

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that the SAR Agreement did not reflect the Company’s intent with respect to the treatment of the SAR upon certain terminations of employment of the Employee; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee desire to modify the terms of the SAR by amending the SAR Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the SAR Agreement as follows:

1. A new Section shall be added to the SAR Agreement as the last Section appearing prior to the signature page of the SAR Agreement which shall read as follows:

Other Vesting; Additional Exercise Period . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement entered into as of September 14, 2010, by and between MGM Resorts International and the Participant (the “Employment Agreement”) or otherwise,

A. with respect to any continued vesting and exerciseability of the SAR which the Participant may be eligible to receive under Section 10 of the Employment Agreement that is determined, in whole or in part, by reference to a period of inactive status (including, without limitation, during the term of an expired or superseded agreement, as applicable), the continued vesting and exercise period shall be determined, in whole or in part, as applicable, by reference to a period of inactive status, if any, as provided under the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination; provided, that such period shall in no event exceed the term of the SAR as set forth in Section 3.1.A of this Agreement.

 


B. with respect to any accelerated vesting of the SAR which the Participant may be eligible to receive under Section 10 of the Employment Agreement that is calculated, in whole or in part, by reference to the remaining portion of the “Specified Term” (including, without limitation, during the term of an expired or superseded agreement, as applicable), the accelerated vesting shall be calculated, in whole or in part, as applicable, by reference to the remaining portion of the “Specified Term,” if any, of the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination.”

2. Except as specifically amended hereby, the SAR Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as originally executed.

3. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
  By:   /s/ John M. McManus
    Name: John M. McManus
   

Title: Executive Vice President,

          General Counsel & Secretary

 

A MENDMENT TO WILLIAM J . HORNBUCKLE SAR AGREEMENT COVERING O CTOBER 4, 2010 SAR G RANT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

/s/ William J. Hornbuckle
William J. Hornbuckle

 

A MENDMENT TO WILLIAM J . HORNBUCKLE SAR AGREEMENT COVERING O CTOBER  4, 2010 SAR G RANT

EXHIBIT 10.24

AMENDMENT TO MGM MIRAGE FREESTANDING STOCK APPRECIATION

RIGHT AGREEMENT

This Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of June 30, 2011, between William J. Hornbuckle (the “ Employee ”) and MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, on each of (i) October 6, 2008 and (ii) August 3, 2009 the Company granted a SAR (as defined in the October 6, 2008 SAR Agreement or the August 3, 2009 SAR Agreement (each, as defined below), as applicable) to the Employee under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Incentive Plan ”) and a Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (the “ October 6, 2008 SAR Agreement ” or the “ August 3, 2009 SAR Agreement ,” as applicable, and collectively, the “ SAR Agreements ”);

WHEREAS, on the date of grant of each SAR, the Employee had previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement entered into as of February 4, 2008, effective as of April 2, 2008, by and between Mandalay Corp. and MAC, CORP. and the Employee, as amended effective January 1, 2009 (the “ Employment Agreement ”) which contained certain terms relating to SARs;

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that the SAR Agreements did not reflect the Company’s intent with respect to the treatment of the SARs upon certain terminations of employment of the Employee; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee desire to modify the terms of the SARs by amending the SAR Agreements;

NOW THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the SAR Agreements as follows:

1. A new Section shall be added to the SAR Agreements as the last Section appearing prior to the signature page of the SAR Agreements which shall read as follows:

Other Vesting; Additional Exercise Period . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement entered into as of February 4, 2008, effective as of April 2, 2008, by and between Mandalay Corp. and MAC, CORP. and the Participant, as amended effective as of January 1, 2009 (the “Employment Agreement”) or otherwise,

A. with respect to any continued vesting and exerciseability of the SAR which the Participant may be eligible to receive under Section 10 of the Employment Agreement that is determined, in whole or in part, by reference to a period of inactive status (including, without limitation, during the term of an expired or superseded agreement, as applicable), the continued vesting and exercise period shall be

 


determined, in whole or in part, as applicable, by reference to a period of inactive status, if any, as provided under the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination; provided, that such period shall in no event exceed the term of the SAR as set forth in Section 3.1.A of this Agreement.

B. with respect to any accelerated vesting of the SAR which the Participant may be eligible to receive under Section 10 of the Employment Agreement that is calculated, in whole or in part, by reference to the remaining portion of the “Specified Term” (including, without limitation, during the term of an expired or superseded agreement, as applicable), the accelerated vesting shall be calculated, in whole or in part, as applicable, by reference to the remaining portion of the “Specified Term,” if any, of the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination.”

2. Except as specifically amended hereby, the SAR Agreements shall remain in full force and effect as originally executed.

3. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
  By:   /s/ John M. McManus
    Name: John M. McManus
   

Title: Executive Vice President,

          General Counsel & Secretary

 

A MENDMENT TO WILLIAM J . HORNBUCKLE SAR AGREEMENT COVERING O CTOBER  6, 2008 AND AUGUST 3, 2009 SAR G RANTS


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

/s/ William J. Hornbuckle
William J. Hornbuckle

 

A MENDMENT TO WILLIAM J . HORNBUCKLE SAR AGREEMENT COVERING O CTOBER  6, 2008 AND AUGUST 3, 2009 SAR G RANTS

EXHIBIT 10.25

AMENDMENT TO MGM MIRAGE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

AGREEMENTS

This Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of June 30, 2011, between William J. Hornbuckle (the “ Employee ”) and MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, on each of (i) October 6, 2008 and (ii) October 13, 2008 the Company granted Restricted Stock Units (as defined in the October 6, 2008 RSU Agreement or October 13, 2008 RSU Agreement (each, as defined below), as applicable) to the Employee under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Incentive Plan ”) and a Restricted Stock Units Agreement (the “ October 6, 2008 RSU Agreement ” or the “ October 13, 2008 RSU Agreement ,” as applicable, and collectively, the “ RSU Agreements ”);

WHEREAS, on the date of grant of each of the Restricted Stock Units, the Employee had previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement entered into as of February 4, 2008, effective as of April 2, 2008, by and between Mandalay Corp. and MAC, CORP. and the Employee (the “ Employment Agreement ”) which contained certain terms relating to the Restricted Stock Units;

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that the RSU Agreements did not reflect the Company’s intent with respect to the treatment of Restricted Stock Units upon certain terminations of employment of the Employee; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee desire to modify the terms of the Restricted Stock Units by amending the RSU Agreements;

NOW THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the RSU Agreements as follows:

1. A new Section shall be added to the RSU Agreements as the last Section appearing prior to the signature page of the RSU Agreements which shall read as follows:

Other Vesting . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement entered into as of February 4, 2008, effective as of April 2, 2008, by and between Mandalay Corp. and MAC, CORP. and the Participant (the “Employment Agreement”) (including specifically Sections 10.2.1, 10.5.1. and 22) or otherwise:

A. any continued vesting of the Restricted Stock Units which the Participant may be eligible to receive under Section 10.2.1 of the Employment Agreement shall continue for the shorter of twelve (12) months from the date the Participant is placed in an inactive status or the remaining period of the Specified Term (as such term (or, if no such term is used, any similar term) is defined in the Participant’s

 


employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination (the “Current Employment Agreement”)), in each case, if the Participant remains in inactive status for such period and, for the avoidance of doubt, any Restricted Stock Units that become vested in accordance with this section will be paid to the Participant within 30 days following the vesting dates set forth in Section 3.1, subject to any provision of this Agreement and/or the Employment Agreement which may delay such payment pursuant to the requirements of Code Section 409A.

B. for all purposes of the Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder, the term Change of Control (or other like term) shall mean a “change in the ownership or effective control of the corporation, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the corporation” (as defined in Code Section 409A) and, for the avoidance of doubt, any Restricted Stock Units that become vested pursuant to Section 10.5 of the Employment Agreement will be paid to the Participant within 30 days following the date the Restricted Stock Units vest, subject to any provision of this Agreement and/or the Employment Agreement which may delay such payment pursuant to the requirements of Code Section 409A.

C. any accelerated vesting of the Restricted Stock Units which the Participant may be eligible to receive under Section 10.5.1 of the Employment Agreement (after giving effect to subsection B above) shall be determined by calculating the number of Restricted Stock Units which would have vested but for such termination during the shorter of twelve (12) months after the date of termination or the remainder of the Specified Term (as such term (or, if no such term is used, any similar term) is defined in the Current Employment Agreement).”

2. Except as specifically amended hereby, the RSU Agreements shall remain in full force and effect as originally executed.

3. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Restricted Stock Units Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
  By:   /s/ John M. McManus
    Name: John M. McManus
   

Title: Executive Vice President,

          General Counsel & Secretary

 

A MENDMENT TO WILLIAM J. HORNBUCKLE RSUs AGREEMENTS COVERING OCTOBER 6, 2008 AND OCTOBER 13, 2008 RSUs GRANTS


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Restricted Stock Units Agreements is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

/s/ William J. Hornbuckle
William J. Hornbuckle

 

A MENDMENT TO WILLIAM J. HORNBUCKLE RSUs AGREEMENTS COVERING OCTOBER 6, 2008 AND OCTOBER 13, 2008 RSUs GRANTS

EXHIBIT 10.26

AMENDMENT TO MGM MIRAGE NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION

AGREEMENTS

This Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of June 30, 2011, between William J. Hornbuckle (the “ Employee ”) and MGM Resorts International (formerly MGM MIRAGE), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

WHEREAS, on May 3, 2005 the Company granted a Nonqualified Option (as defined in the May 3, 2005 Option Agreement (as defined below)) to the Employee under the Company’s 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan and a Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (Five Year Vesting) (the “ Option Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, on the date of grant of the Nonqualified Options, the Employee had previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement entered into as of July 9, 2001, by and between MGM Mirage and the Employee (the “ Employment Agreement ”) which contained certain terms relating to stock options;

WHEREAS, the Company has determined that the Option Agreement did not reflect the Company’s intent with respect to the treatment of the Nonqualified Option upon certain terminations of employment of the Employee; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee desire to modify the terms of the Nonqualified Option by amending the Option Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the Option Agreement as follows:

1. A new Section shall be added to the Option Agreement as the last Section of the Option Agreement which shall read as follows:

Other Vesting; Additional Exercise Period . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement entered into as of July 9, 2001, by and between MGM Mirage and the Participant (the “Employment Agreement”) or otherwise, with respect to any continued vesting and exerciseability of the Nonqualified Option which the Participant may be eligible to receive under Section 10 of the Employment Agreement that is determined, in whole or in part, by reference to a period of inactive status (including, without limitation, during the term of an expired or superseded agreement, as applicable), the continued vesting and exercise period shall be determined, in whole or in part, as applicable, by reference to a period of inactive status, if any, as provided under the Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, any Parent or Subsidiary) in effect as of the applicable date of determination; provided, that such period shall in no event exceed the term of the Nonqualified Option as set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement. ”

 


2. Except as specifically amended hereby, the Option Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as originally executed.

3. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

MGM RESORTS INTERNATIONAL
  By:   /s/ John M. McManus
    Name:   John M. McManus
    Title:  

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel & Secretary

A MENDMENT TO WILLIAM J . HORNBUCKLE NQ O PTION A GREEMENT COVERING M AY  3, 2005 N ONQUALIFIED S TOCK O PTION

G RANT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to MGM Mirage Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement is hereby executed in Las Vegas, Nevada to be effective as of the date set forth above.

 

/s/ William J. Hornbuckle
William J. Hornbuckle

A MENDMENT TO WILLIAM J . HORNBUCKLE NQ O PTION A GREEMENT COVERING M AY  3, 2005 N ONQUALIFIED S TOCK O PTION

G RANTS

Exhibit 10.27

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of May 13, 2011, by and between NEVADA LANDING PARTNERSHIP, an Illinois general partnership (the “ Nevada Group ”), and RBG, L.P., an Illinois limited partnership (the “ Illinois Group ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Nevada Group and the Illinois Group are the Partners of Elgin Riverboat Resort-Riverboat Casino, an Illinois general partnership (the “ Joint Venture ”), each with a fifty percent (50%) Partnership Interest;

WHEREAS, the Joint Venture is governed by that certain Amended and Restated Joint Venture Agreement, made and entered into as of June 25, 2002, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1, made and entered into as of April 25, 2005 (as amended, the “ JV Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 7.1 of the JV Agreement, the management and control of the Joint Venture is vested in the Committee, which is currently comprised of six (6) members, three (3) of whom were appointed by the Illinois Group and three (3) of whom were appointed by the Nevada Group;

WHEREAS, Dan Azark and Ken Rosevear have each voluntarily resigned from the Committee, resulting in two (2) vacancies on the Committee;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 11.10 of the JV Agreement, the JV Agreement may only be amended in a document duly executed by each Partner; and

WHEREAS, the Partners desire to amend the JV Agreement to, among other things, reduce the number of members of the Committee to four (4).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the JV Agreement.

2. Amendments related to the Committee .

(i) Section 7.1 of the JV Agreement is hereby amended to replace the second sentence of the first paragraph of Section 7.1 (which, for the avoidance of doubt, begins with the words “The Committee shall at all times consist of …”) with the following:

“The Committee shall at all times consist of four (4) members of whom two (2) shall be appointed by the Illinois Group and two (2) by the Nevada


Group; provided, however, no Partner having a Partnership Percentage of twenty-five percent (25%) or less shall be entitled to appoint members to the Committee, and the size of the Committee shall be permanently reduced by the number of members which such Partner would otherwise have been entitled to appoint.”

(ii) Section 7.1 of the JV Agreement is hereby amended to replace the second full paragraph of Section 7.1 (which, for the avoidance of doubt, begins with the words “The Committee shall meet at least once each quarter …”) with the following:

“The Committee shall meet at least once each calendar quarter at the offices of the Joint Venture or such other times or places as the Committee shall determine (unless such meeting shall be waived by all members thereof) or on the call of any two (2) members upon two (2) days notice to all members in person, by mail or by facsimile. An agenda for each meeting shall be prepared in advance by the Partners in consultation with each of the other. Three (3) members of the Committee, present, in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum (unless the Committee shall then consist of less than three (3) members, in which event all members shall be required for a quorum). A concurring vote of at least three (3) members of the Committee shall govern all its actions (unless the Committee shall then consist of less than three (3) members, in which event unanimous action is required). The Committee may act without a meeting if a written consent thereto is signed by all of the members of the Committee entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof. The Committee shall cause written minutes to be prepared of all action taken by the Committee and shall deliver a copy thereof to each member of the Committee within thirty (30) days thereafter.”

3. Amendments Relating to Transfers . Section 9.5 of the JV Agreement is hereby amended to replace the fourth full paragraph of Section 9.5 (which, for the avoidance of doubt, begins with the words “Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding . . .”) with the following:

“Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, no person, including, without limitation, a substitute Partner in the Joint Venture admitted in connection with the transfer of any Partnership Interest, shall have the right to appoint any member of the Committee unless such person or entity shall own more than a twenty-five percent (25%) Partnership Percentage, and each Partner owning more than a twenty-five percent, but less than a fifty percent (50%), Partnership Percentage shall be entitled to appoint one (1) member of the Committee. Each Partner owning at least a fifty percent (50%) Partnership Interest shall be entitled to appoint two (2) members of the Committee.”

4. Amendment to Notice Provision . Section 11.2 of the JV Agreement is hereby amended to replace the second sentence of Section 11.2 (which, for the avoidance of doubt, begins with the words “All notices or other communications …”) with the following:

 

2


“All notices or other communications shall be addressed to the parties at their respective addresses as set forth on the signature pages hereof, and in the case of notice or other communications addressed to the Illinois Group, with a copy to Latham & Watkins LLP, 233 South Wacker Drive, Suite 5800, Chicago, Illinois 60606; Attention: Michael A. Pucker.”

5. Matters related to the Committee .

(i) The Illinois Group hereby reaffirms the appointment of Peter Liguori and Martha Sabol as its members of the Committee, each to act in such capacity until his or her successor shall have been duly appointed and qualified in accordance with the JV Agreement or, if earlier, his or her death, resignation or removal.

(ii) The Nevada Group hereby reaffirms the appointment of Corey Sanders and William Martin as its members of the Committee, each to act in such capacity until his or her successor shall have been duly appointed and qualified in accordance with the JV Agreement or, if earlier, his or her death, resignation or removal.

6. Matters Related to Notices . The current notice addresses of the Partners are as follows:

Illinois Group:

RBG, L.P.

c/o HCCA, L.L.C.

71 South Wacker Drive

Suite 4600

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Nevada Group:

Nevada Landing Partnership

3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South

Las Vegas, Nevada 89109

Attention: John M. McManus

7. No Other Amendments . Except as specifically amended hereby, the JV Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as written.

8. Governing Law . This Amendment is made pursuant to and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to Illinois’s conflict of laws principles.

9. Captions . All article and section headings or captions contained in this Amendment are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope of this Amendment or the intent of any provision hereof.

 

3


10. Severability . If any provision of this Amendment or application to any party or circumstances shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Amendment or the application of such provision to such person or circumstances, other than as to which it is so determined invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected thereby, and each provision shall be valid and shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

11. Entire Agreement . The JV Agreement, as amended hereby, and that certain letter agreement, dated April 25, 2005, between the Illinois Group and the Nevada Group regarding the appointment of the Illinois Group as the Managing Joint Venture Partner, contain the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and all prior agreements relative hereto which are not contained herein are terminated. All references in the JV Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “hereby” and words of similar import shall refer to the JV Agreement as amended hereby.

12. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall be deemed one agreement, but no counterpart shall be binding unless an identical counterpart shall have been executed and delivered by each of the other parties hereto.

13. Further Assurances . The parties hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments or documents as any other party may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and purposes of this Amendment.

14. Illinois Gaming Laws . All of the provisions of this Amendment are subject to the Illinois Riverboat Gambling Act and the rules and regulations of the Illinois Gaming Board.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the day and year first written above.

 

PARTNERS :
ILLINOIS GROUP
RBG, L.P. , an Illinois limited partnership
By:   HCCA, L.L.C., its general partner
  By:  

 /s/ Peter M. Liguori

    Name: Peter M. Liguori
    Title: Operational Manager
NEVADA GROUP
NEVADA LANDING PARTNERSHIP , an
Illinois general partnership
By:  

M.S.E. INVESTMENTS, INCORPORATED,
a general partner

  By:  

 /s/ Corey Sanders

    Name: Corey Sanders
    Title: Authorized Signatory

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, James J. Murren, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of MGM Resorts International;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

August 8, 2011      

/ S / J AMES J. M URREN

 
      James J. Murren  
      Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President  

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Daniel J. D’Arrigo, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of MGM Resorts International;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

August 8, 2011      

/ S / D ANIEL J. D’A RRIGO

 
      Daniel J. D’Arrigo  
      Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with the Quarterly Report of MGM Resorts International (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ending June 30, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, James J. Murren, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 

/ S / J AMES J. M URREN

James J. Murren
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President
August 8, 2011

A signed original of this certification has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

In connection with the Quarterly Report of MGM Resorts International (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ending June 30, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Daniel J. D’Arrigo, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 

/ S / D ANIEL J. D’A RRIGO

Daniel J. D’Arrigo
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
August 8, 2011

A signed original of this certification has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.